Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
Form 10-K
 
(Mark One)
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20212023
or
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                     to                     
Commission file number: 001-36786
 
 RESTAURANT BRANDS INTERNATIONAL INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
  
Canada98-1202754
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
130 King Street West, Suite 300M5X 1E1
Toronto,Ontario
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)(Zip Code)
(905) 339-6011
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each classTrading SymbolsName of each exchange on which registered
Common Shares, without par valueQSRNew York Stock Exchange
Toronto Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
 
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes      No  
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes      No  
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes      No  ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).    Yes       No  ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer   Accelerated filer 
Non-accelerated filer   Smaller reporting company 
Emerging growth company
If an emerging growth company, indicate by checkmark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.  
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant's executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes      No  
The aggregate market value of the common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant on June 30, 2021,2023, computed by reference to the closing price for such stock on the New York Stock Exchange on such date, was $19,635,860,698.$23,935,449,117.
The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s common shares as of February 15, 202214, 2024 was 309,632,586313,350,086 shares.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:
Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for the 20222024 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, which is to be filed no later than 120 days after December 31, 2021,2023, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.



Table of Contents
RESTAURANT BRANDS INTERNATIONAL INC.
20212023 FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
  Page
Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 1C.
Item 1.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.
Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
Item 9C.
Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.
Item 15.
Item 16.
Tim Hortons® and Timbits® are trademarks of Tim Hortons Canadian IP Holdings Corporation. Burger King®, Whopper® and BK® are trademarks of Burger King Corporation.Company LLC. Popeyes®, Popeyes Louisiana Kitchen® and Popeyes Chicken & Biscuits® are trademarks of Popeyes Louisiana Kitchen, Inc. Firehouse Subs® is a trademark of FRG, LLC. Unless the context otherwise requires, all references to “we”, “us”, “our” and “Company” refer to Restaurant Brands International Inc. and its subsidiaries.

2

Table of Contents
Explanatory Note
We are the sole general partner of Restaurant Brands International Limited Partnership (“Partnership”), which is the indirect parent of The TDL Group Corp. (“Tim Hortons”TDL”), Burger King CorporationCompany LLC (“Burger King”BKC”), Popeyes Louisiana Kitchen, Inc. (“Popeyes”PLKI”) and FRG, LLC (“Firehouse Subs”FRG”). As a result of our controlling interest, we consolidate the financial results of Partnership and record a noncontrolling interest for the portion of Partnership we do not own in our consolidated financial statements. Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests on the consolidated statements of operations presents the portion of earnings or loss attributable to the economic interest in Partnership owned by the holders of the noncontrolling interests. As sole general partner, we manage all of Partnership’s operations and activities in accordance with the partnership agreement of Partnership (the “partnership agreement”). We have established a conflicts committee composed entirely of “independent directors” (as such term is defined in the partnership agreement) in order to consent to, approve or direct various enumerated actions on behalf of the Company (in its capacity as the general partner of Partnership) in accordance with the terms of the partnership agreement.
Pursuant to Rule 12g-3(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), we are a successor issuer to Burger King Worldwide, Inc. Our common shares trade on the New York Stock Exchange and the Toronto Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol “QSR”. In addition, the Class B exchangeable limited partnership units of Partnership (the “Partnership exchangeable units”) are deemed to be registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act, and Partnership is subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. The Partnership exchangeable units trade on the Toronto Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol “QSP”.
Each of the Company and Partnership is a reporting issuer in each of the provinces and territories of Canada and, as a result, is subject to Canadian continuous disclosure and other reporting obligations under applicable Canadian securities laws. This Annual Report on Form 10-K constitutes the Company’s Annual Information Form for purposes of its Canadian continuous disclosure obligations under National Instrument 51-102 – Continuous Disclosure Obligations (“NI 51-102”). Pursuant to an application for exemptive relief made in accordance with National Policy 11-203 – Process for Exemptive Relief Applications in Multiple Jurisdictions, Partnership has received exemptive relief dated October 31, 2014 from the Canadian securities regulators. This exemptive relief exempts Partnership from the continuous disclosure requirements of NI 51-102, effectively allowing Partnership to satisfy its Canadian continuous disclosure obligations by relying on the Canadian continuous disclosure documents filed by the Company, for so long as certain conditions are satisfied. Among these conditions is a requirement that Partnership concurrently send to all holders of the Partnership exchangeable units all disclosure materials that the Company sends to its shareholders and a requirement that Partnership separately report all material changes in respect of Partnership that are not also material changes in respect of the Company.
Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this section to “RBI”, the “Company”, “we”, “us” or “our” are to Restaurant Brands International Inc. and its subsidiaries, collectively and all references in this section to “Partnership” are to Restaurant Brands International Limited Partnership and its subsidiaries, collectively.
All references to “$” or “dollars” in this report are to the currency of the United States unless otherwise indicated. All references to “Canadian dollars” or “C$” are to the currency of Canada unless otherwise indicated.

3

Table of Contents
Part I
Item 1. Business
Company Overview
We are a Canadian corporation that serves as the indirect holding company for Tim Hortons, Burger King, Popeyesthe entities that own and Firehouse Subs, which we acquired on December 15, 2021, and their consolidated subsidiaries. We are one offranchise the world’s largest quick service restaurant (“QSR”) companies with over $35 billion in annual system-wide sales and over 29,000 restaurants in more than 100 countries as of December 31, 2021. Our Tim Hortons®, Burger King®, Popeyes® and Firehouse Subs® brands. We are one of the world’s largest quick service restaurant (“QSR”) companies with over $40 billion in annual system-wide sales and more than 30,000 restaurants in more than 120 countries and territories as of December 31, 2023. Our four iconic brands have similar franchise business models with complementary daypart mixes and product platforms. Our four iconic brands are managed independently while benefitingplatforms that benefit from global scale and sharing of best practices. As of December 31, 2021, approximately 100%2023, nearly all of the total restaurants for each of our brands waswere franchised and references to "our restaurants"“our restaurant” or "system-wide restaurants"“system-wide restaurants” include franchised restaurants and those owned by us ("(“Company restaurants"restaurants”).
Our business generates revenue fromBrand Overview
The following is a summary of our brands as of and for the following sources: (i) franchise and advertising revenues, consisting primarily of royalties and advertising fund contributions based on a percentage of sales reported by franchise restaurants and franchise fees paid by franchisees; (ii) property revenues from properties we lease or sublease to franchisees; and (iii) sales at Company restaurants. In addition, our Tim Hortons (“TH”) business generates revenue from sales to franchisees related to our supply chain operations, including manufacturing, procurement, warehousing and distribution, as well as sales to retailers.year ended December 31, 2023:
Number of Restaurants
BrandU.S. and CanadaInternationalGlobalNumber of Countries and TerritoriesGlobal System Wide Sales
($ in millions)
Tim Hortons4,525 1,308 5,833 19 $7,845 
Burger King7,144 12,240 19,384 125 $27,019 
Popeyes3,394 1,177 4,571 40 $6,813 
Firehouse Subs1,265 17 1,282 $1,209 
Consolidated16,328 14,742 31,070 $42,886 
Our Tim Hortons® Brand
Founded in 1964, THTim Hortons is one of the largest donut/coffee/tea restaurant chains in North America and the largest in Canada as measured by total number of restaurants. As of December 31, 2021, we owned or franchised a total of 5,291 TH restaurants. THTim Hortons restaurants are quick service restaurants with a menu that includes premium blend coffee, tea, espresso-based hot and cold specialty drinks, fresh baked goods, including donuts, Timbits®, bagels, muffins, cookies and pastries, grilled paninis, classic sandwiches, wraps, soups and more.
Our Burger King® Brand
Founded in 1954, Burger King (“BK”) is the world’s second largest fast food hamburger restaurant (“FFHR”) chain, as measured by total number of restaurants. Asrestaurants, and is the Home of December 31, 2021, we owned or franchised a total of 19,247 BK restaurants in more than 100 countries. BKthe Whopper®. Burger King restaurants are quick service restaurants that feature flame-grilled hamburgers, chicken and other specialty sandwiches, french fries, soft drinks and other food items.
Our Popeyes® Brand
Founded in 1972, Popeyes (“PLK”) is the world’s second largest quick service chicken concept as measured by total number of restaurants. As of December 31, 2021, we owned or franchised a total of 3,705 PLK restaurants. PLKPopeyes restaurants are quick service restaurants that distinguish themselves with a unique “Louisiana” style menu featuring fried chicken, chicken sandwiches, chicken tenders, wings, fried shrimp and other seafood, red beans and rice and other regional items.
Our Firehouse Subs® Brand
Founded in 1994, Firehouse Subs (“FHS”) is a brand built on decades of culture rooted in public service and a leading player in the QSRquick service restaurants sandwich category in North America. As of December 31, 2021, we owned or franchised a total of 1,213 FHS restaurants. FHSFirehouse Subs restaurants are quick service restaurants featuring hot and hearty subs piled high with quality meats and cheese as well as chopped salads, chili and soups, signature and other sides, soft drinks and local specialties.
COVID-19 ResponseOperating Segments
The global crisis resulting fromBeginning with the spreadfourth quarter of coronavirus (“COVID-19”) impacted our global restaurant operations for2023, we are reporting results under five operating and reportable segments. This shift in reportable segments reflects how RBI's leadership oversees and manages the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.
While the impact of COVID-19 on system-wide sales growth, system-wide sales, comparable sales and net restaurant growth was significant for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, in the 2021 period these metrics were affected to a lesser extent, with variations among brands and regions. During 2020 and 2021, substantially all TH, BK and PLK restaurants remained open, some with limited operations, such as drive-thru, takeout and delivery (where applicable), reduced, if any, dine-in capacity, and/or restrictions on hours of operation. Certain markets periodically required temporary closures while implementing government mandated lockdown orders. While most regions have eased restrictions since the initial lockdowns, increases in cases and new variants have caused certain markets to re-impose temporary restrictions asbusiness. As a result of government mandates. We expect local conditions to continue to dictate limitations on restaurantthis change, our five operating and reportable segments consist of each of our brands’ operations capacity,in the U.S. and hoursCanada, (1) TH, (2) BK, (3) PLK, and (4) FHS and a fifth segment, INTL which includes consolidated results from each brands’ international operations outside of operation.the U.S. and Canada.
4

Table of Contents
DuringAdditional financial information about our reportable segments can be found in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and Note 17, “Segment Reporting and Geographic Information,” to the twelve monthsaccompanying consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
Sources of Revenue
We generate revenues from the following sources: (i) sales, consisting primarily of (1) Tim Hortons supply chain sales, which represent sales of products, supplies and restaurant equipment to franchisees, as well as sales of consumer packaged goods (“CPG”), and (2) sales at Company restaurants; (ii) franchise revenues, consisting primarily of royalties based on a percentage of sales reported by franchised restaurants and franchise fees paid by franchisees; (iii) property revenues from properties we lease or sublease to franchisees; and (iv) advertising revenues and other services, consisting primarily of (1) advertising fund contributions based on a percentage of sales reported by franchised restaurants to fund advertising expenses and (2) tech fees and revenues that vary by market and partially offset expenses related to technology initiatives.
For the year ended December 31, 2021, COVID-19 contributed to labor challenges, which in some regions resulted in reduced operating hours and service modes at select restaurants as well as supply chain pressures.2023, the primary revenues for each segment were:
With the pandemic affecting consumer behavior, the importance of digital sales, including delivery, has grown. We expect to continue to support enhancements of our digital and marketing capabilities. While we do not know the full future impact COVID-19 will have on our business, we expect to see a continued impact from COVID-19 on our results in 2022.
SegmentSalesFranchise RevenuesProperty RevenuesAdvertising and Other Revenues
THSupply chain and CPGRoyalties and franchise feesRental income on ~75% restaurantsAd fund
BKCompany restaurantsRental income on ~20% restaurantsAd fund and tech fee
PLKRental income on <3% restaurants
FHSNoneAd fund
INTLNoneNot meaningfulAd fund and tech revenue
Our Business Strategy
We believe that we have created a financially strong company built upon a foundation of four thriving, independent brands with significant global growth potential and the opportunity to bepotential. As one of the most efficientleading franchised QSR operators in the world, we are focused on delivering quality, service and convenience through our focus on the following strategies:
accelerating net restaurant growth;consistently serving quality food and beverages;
enhancing guest service and experience at our restaurants through comprehensive training, improved restaurant operations, reimaged restaurants and appealing menu options;
increasing restaurant sales and profitability which are critical to the success of our franchise partnersfranchisees and our ability to grow our brands around the world;
strengthening drive thrudrive-thru and delivery channels to provide guests convenient access to our product offerings;
utilizing technological and digital initiatives, including loyalty programs, to interact with our guests and modernize the operations of our restaurants;
accelerating net restaurant growth;
efficiently managing costs and sharing best practices; and
preserving the rich heritage of each of our brands by managing them and their respective franchisee relationships independently and continuing to play a prominent role in local communities.
Operating Segments
Our business consists of four operating segments, which are also our reportable segments: (1) TH; (2) BK; (3) PLK;We believe that accelerating sales growth and (4) FHS. Additional financial information about our reportable segments can be found in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and Note 18, “Segment Reporting and Geographic Information,”driving franchisee profitability is critical to the accompanying consolidated financial statementssuccess of our franchisees and our ability to grow our brands around the world. In furtherance of Burger King's Reclaim the Flame plan, we have recently reached an agreement to acquire the remaining equity interests of our largest U.S. Burger King franchisee, Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc. (“Carrols”). Upon completion of this acquisition, which is expected to occur in the second quarter of 2024, we will acquire approximately 1,020 Burger King restaurants and approximately 60 Popeyes restaurants. We expect to accelerate Carrols' current rate of remodels to bring the acquired portfolio to modern image over the next five years. In addition, we have recently acquired approximately 125 Burger King restaurants unrelated to the acquisition of Carrols, 38 of which were acquired in January 2024. Once remodeled, we expect to refranchise the majority of the acquired restaurants with motivated, local franchisees who will continue to enhance the guest service experience. While we expect to complete the refranchising in five to seven years after the acquisition, BK
5

Table of Contents
intends to maintain a Company restaurant portfolio of 200 to 300 restaurants for strategic innovation, training, and operator development purposes.
Restaurant Development
We track our development targets through net restaurant growth (“NRG”) which refers to the net change in restaurant count (openings, net of permanent closures) over a trailing twelve-month period, divided by the restaurant count at the beginning of the trailing twelve-month period. In determining whether a restaurant meets our definition of a restaurant that will be included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statementsour NRG, we consider factors such as scope of operations, format and Supplementary Data.image, separate franchise agreement, and minimum sales thresholds. We refer to restaurants that do not meet our definition as “alternative formats.
Restaurant Development These alternative formats are helpful to build brand awareness, test new concepts and provide convenience in certain markets. In addition to the restaurants included in our restaurant count, as of December 31, 2023 we had 342 alternative format units open, which primarily include TH self-serves and Tims Express outlets in China.
As part of our development approach for our brands in the U.S., we have granted limited development rights in specific areas to franchisees in connection with area development agreements. We expect to enter into similar arrangements in 20222024 and beyond. In Canada, we have not granted exclusive or protected areas to BKBurger King or THTim Hortons franchisees, with limited exceptions.
As part of our international growth strategy for each of our BK, TH and PLK brands, we have established master franchise and development agreements in a number of markets, and we may enter into similar arrangements for FHS in the future.markets. We have also created strategic master franchise joint ventures in certain markets which we received a meaningful minority equity stake in each joint venture. We will continue to evaluate opportunities to accelerate international development of all of our brands, including through the establishment of master franchises withgranting exclusive development rights and joint ventures with new and existing franchisees.
Advertising and Promotions
In general, franchisees fund substantially all of the marketing programs for each of our brands by making contributions ranging from 2.0% to 5.0% of gross sales to advertising funds managed by us or by the franchisees. Advertising contributions are used to pay for expenses relating to marketing, advertising and promotion, including market research, production, advertising costs, sales promotions, social media campaigns, technology initiatives and other support functions for the respective brands.
We manage the advertising funds for each of our brands in the U.S. and Canada, other than FHS for which a majority is managed by a marketing cooperative. While we manage the advertising funds in certain other markets for BK, in many international markets, including the markets managed by master franchisees, franchisees make contributions into franchisee-managed advertising funds. As part of our global marketing strategy, we provide franchisees with advertising support and guidance in order to deliver a consistent global brand message.
Product Development
New product development is a key driver of the long-term success of our brands. We believe the development of new products can drive traffic by expanding our customer base, allowing restaurants to expand into new dayparts, and continuing to build brand
5

Table of Contents
leadership in food quality and taste. Based on guest feedback, we drive product innovation in order to satisfy the needs of our guests around the world. This strategy will continue to be a focus in 2022 and beyond.
Operations Support
Our operations strategy is designed to deliver best-in-class restaurant operations by our franchisees and to improve friendliness, cleanliness, speed of service and overall guest satisfaction. Each of our brands has uniform operating standards and specifications relating to product quality, cleanliness and maintenance of the premises. In addition, our restaurants are required to be operated in accordance with quality assurance and health standards that each brand has established, as well as standards set by applicable governmental laws and regulations, including applicable local, provincial and state laws regarding COVID-19 and Center for Disease Control and similar health authority guidelines. Each franchisee typically participates in initial and ongoing training programs to learn all aspects of operating a restaurant in accordance with each brand’s operating standards.
Manufacturing, Supply and Distribution
In general, we approve the manufacturers of the food, packaging, equipment and other products used in restaurants for each of our brands. We have a comprehensive supplier approval process, which requires all food and packaging products to pass our quality standards and the suppliers’ manufacturing process and facilities to pass on-site food safety inspections. Our franchisees are required to purchase substantially all food and other products from approved suppliers and distributors.
TH products are sourced from a combination of third-party suppliers and our own manufacturing facilities. To protect our proprietary blends, we operate two coffee roasting facilities in Ancaster, Ontario and Rochester, New York, where we blend all of the coffee for our TH restaurants and, where practical, for our take home, packaged coffee. Our fondant and fills manufacturing facility in Oakville, Ontario produces, and is the primary supplier of, the ready-to-use glaze, fondants, fills and syrups which are used in a number of TH products. As of December 31, 2021, we have only one or a few suppliers to service each category of products sold at our restaurants.
We sell most raw materials and supplies, including coffee, sugar, paper goods and other restaurant supplies, to TH restaurants in Canada and the U.S. We purchase those raw materials from multiple suppliers and generally have alternative sources of supply for each. While we have multiple suppliers for coffee from various coffee-producing regions, the available supply and price for high-quality coffee beans can fluctuate dramatically. Accordingly, we monitor world market conditions for green (unroasted) coffee and contract for future supply volumes to obtain expected requirements of high-quality coffee beans at acceptable prices.
Our TH business has significant supply chain operations, including procurement, warehousing and distribution, to supply paper, dry goods, frozen goods and refrigerated products to a substantial majority of our Canadian restaurants. We act as a distributor to TH restaurants in Canada through nine distribution centers located in Canada, of which five are company-owned. We own or lease a significant number of trucks and trailers that regularly deliver to most of our Canadian restaurants. In the U.S., we supply similar products to restaurants through third-party distributors.
All of the products used in our BK, PLK and FHS restaurants are sourced from third-party suppliers. In the U.S. and Canada, there is a purchasing cooperative for each of BK and PLK that negotiates the purchase terms for most equipment, food, beverages (other than branded soft drinks which we negotiate separately under long-term agreements) and other products used in BK and PLK restaurants. The purchasing agent is also authorized to purchase and manage distribution services on behalf of most of the BK and PLK restaurants in the U.S. and Canada. PLK also utilizes exclusive suppliers for certain of its proprietary products. As of December 31, 2021, four distributors serviced approximately 92% of BK restaurants in the U.S., five distributors serviced approximately 85% of PLK restaurants in the U.S. and four distributors serviced approximately 88% of the FHS restaurants in the U.S. Additionally, some suppliers pay us rebates based on items purchased by franchisees.
In 2000, Burger King Corporation entered into long-term exclusive contracts with The Coca-Cola Company and Dr Pepper/Snapple, Inc. to supply BK restaurants with their products and which obligate restaurants in the U.S. to purchase a specified number of gallons of soft drink syrup. These volume commitments are not subject to any time limit. As of December 31, 2021, we estimate that it will take approximately 5.6 years to complete the Coca-Cola purchase commitment and approximately 9 years to complete the Dr Pepper/Snapple, Inc. purchase commitment. If these agreements were terminated, we would be obligated to pay an aggregate amount equal to approximately $305 million as of December 31, 2021 based on an amount per gallon for each gallon of soft drink syrup remaining in the purchase commitments, interest and certain other costs. We have also entered into long-term beverage supply arrangements with certain major beverage vendors for the TH, PLK and FHS brands in the U.S. and Canada.
Franchise Agreements and Other Arrangements
General. We grant franchisees the right to operate restaurants using our trademarks, trade dress and other intellectual property, uniform operating procedures, consistent quality of products and services and standard procedures for inventory control and management. For each franchisefranchised restaurant, we generally enter into a franchise agreement covering a standard set of terms and
6

Table of Contents
conditions. Recurring fees consist of periodic royalty and advertising payments. Franchisees report gross sales on a monthly or weekly basis and pay royalties based on gross sales.
Franchise agreements are generally not assignable without our consent. In Canada andOur franchise agreements in the U.S., our TH franchise agreementssegment grant us the right to reacquire a restaurant under certain circumstances, and our BK, PLKand FHSwhile franchise agreements in our BK, PLK and FHS segments generally provide us a right of first refusal if a franchisee proposes to sell a restaurant. Defaults (including non-payment of royalties or advertising contributions, or failure to operate in compliance with our standards) can lead to termination of the franchise agreement.
U.S. and Canada.Canada 
TH - Tim Hortons franchisees in the U.S. and Canada operate under several types of license agreements, with a typical term for a standard restaurant of 10 years plus renewal period(s) of 10 years in the aggregate for Canada and a typical term of 20 years for the U.S. THTim Hortons franchisees who lease land and/or buildings from us typically pay a royalty of 3.0% to 4.5% of weekly restaurant gross sales. Our license agreements contemplate a one-time franchise fee which must be paid in full before the restaurant opens for business and upon the grant of an additional term. Under a separate lease or sublease, THTim Hortons franchisees typically pay monthly rent based on the greater of a fixed monthly payment and contingent rental payments based on a percentage (usually 8.5% to 10.0%) of monthly gross sales or flow through monthly rent based on the terms of an underlying lease. Where the franchisee owns the premises, leases it from a third party or enters into a flow through lease with TH,Tim Hortons, the royalty is typically increased. In addition, the royalty rates under license agreements entered into in connection with non-standard restaurants, including self-serve kiosks and strategic alliances with third parties, may vary from those described above and are negotiated on a case-by-case basis.
BK - The typical BK and PLKBurger King franchise agreement in the U.S. and Canada has a 20-year term, and the typical FHS agreement has a 10-year term, all of which contemplatecontemplates a one-time franchise fee plus an additional fee upon renewal. Subject to the incentive programs described below, most new BK franchiseBurger King franchised restaurants in the U.S. and Canada pay a royalty on gross sales of 4.5%, most PLK restaurants in the U.S. and Canada pay a royalty on gross sales of 5.0% and most FHS restaurants in the U.S and Canada pay a royalty on gross sales of 6.0%. BKBurger King franchise agreements typically provide for a 20-year renewal term, PLK franchise agreements typically provide for two 10-year renewal terms and FHS franchise agreements typically provide for four 5-year renewal terms.term. In addition, BK and PLKBurger King franchisees pay a technology fee on all digital sales through our proprietary technology and FHS franchisees pay an annual per restaurant information system fee.technology.
In an effort to improve the image of our BK restaurants in the U.S., we offered U.S. franchisees reduced up-front franchise feesmatching funds with respect to certain restaurant upgrades and limited-termremodels. These franchisees can elect to pay an increased royalty and advertising fund rate reductionsin order to remodel restaurants to our modern image during the past several years and wereceive a higher level of matching funds. We plan to continue to offer remodel incentives to U.S. franchisees during 2022.2024. These limited-term incentive programs are expected to negatively impact our effectivecash flow in the early years while in effect but increase the royalty rate while in effect.for a period following the remodel. However, we expect this impact to be partially mitigated as incentive programs granted in prior years will expirethat provided reductions to royalty and we will also be entering into newadvertising rates expire.
6

Table of Contents
PLK - The typical Popeyes franchise agreements for BK restaurantsagreement in the U.S. withand Canada has a 4.5%20-year term, which contemplates a one-time franchise fee plus an additional fee upon renewal. Subject to the incentive programs described below, most Popeyes restaurants pay a royalty rate. on gross sales of 5.0%. Popeyes franchise agreements typically provide for two 10-year renewal terms. In addition, Popeyes franchisees pay a technology fee on all digital sales through our proprietary technology.
For PLK,Popeyes, we offer development incentive programs pursuant to which we encourage veterans, women orand minorities to become PLKPopeyes franchisees and programs for these franchisees and existing top operators to develop and open new restaurants.
FHS - The typical Firehouse Subs franchise agreement has a 10-year term. Subject to the incentive programs described below, most Firehouse restaurants in the U.S. and Canada pay a royalty on gross sales of 6.0%. Firehouse Subs franchise agreements typically provide for either one 10-year renewal term or four 5-year renewal terms. In addition, Firehouse Subs franchisees pay an annual per restaurant information system fee, and starting in 2024, a technology fee for digital transactions.
For FHS,Firehouse Subs franchisees, we offer limited-term royalty reductions in connection with commitments to develop additional restaurants in specified territories.territories and now offer incentive programs with matching funds for existing franchisees as well as for first responders and veterans to become Firehouse franchisees.
International.International
As part of the international growth strategy for each of our brands, we have entered into master franchise agreements or development agreements that grant franchisees exclusive or non-exclusive development rights and, in some cases, allow them to sub-franchise or require them to provide support services to other franchisees in their markets. In 2021,2023, we entered into master franchise agreements for the PLKPopeyes brand in France, India, Mexico, Saudi Arabia,China and Romania, for the Tim Hortons brand in South Korea, Singapore and Malaysia, for the Firehouse Subs brand in the United KingdomArab Emirates and Oman, and for the Burger King brand in Reunion Island, and development agreements for the PLKPopeyes brand in RomaniaKuwait, Bahrain, Costa Rica, Albania, Kosovo, Montenegro and Jamaica,Bosnia and Herzegovina, for the BKTim Hortons brand in Panama, for the NetherlandsFirehouse Subs brand in Mexico, Albania and Nigeria,Kosovo, and for the THBurger King brand in the Cayman Islands.Albania, Kosovo, Montenegro, Bulgaria, and Bosnia and Herzegovina. The franchise fees, royalty rate and advertising contributions if applicable, paid by master franchisees or developers vary from country to country, depending on the facts and circumstances of each market. We expect to continue implementing similar arrangements for our brands in 20222024 and beyond.
Franchise Restaurant Leases.Leases
We leased or subleased 3,588to franchisees 3,541 properties toin our TH franchisees, 1,403segment, 1,299 properties toin our BK franchisees,segment, 93 properties in our PLK segment and 788 properties to PLK franchiseesin our INTL segment as of December 31, 20212023 pursuant to separate lease agreements with these franchisees. For properties that we lease from third-party landlords and sublease to franchisees, our leases generally provide for fixed rental payments and may provide for contingent rental payments based on a restaurant’s annual gross sales. Franchisees who lease land only or land and building from us do so on a “triple net” basis. Under these triple net leases, the franchisee is obligated to pay all costs and expenses, including all real property taxes and assessments, repairs and maintenance and insurance. In many cases, we will contribute toward the cost of remodels with the franchisees in connection with extensions of the underlying lease.
Advertising and Promotions
In general, franchisees fund substantially all of the marketing programs for each of our brands by making contributions ranging from 2.0% to 5.0% of gross sales to advertising funds managed by us or by the franchisees. Advertising contributions are used to pay for expenses relating to marketing, advertising and promotion, including market research, production, advertising costs, sales promotions, social media campaigns, technology initiatives and other support functions for the respective brands. As part of our global marketing strategy, we provide franchisees with advertising support and guidance in order to deliver a consistent global brand message.
U.S. and Canada - We manage the advertising funds for each of our brands in the U.S. and Canada. In 2021, we spent C$80 million to support TH Canada advertising expenses. In September 2022, we announced our intention to pay $120 million of BK US advertising expenses over approximately two years, of which we have spent $62 million through December 31, 2023.
INTL - While we manage the advertising funds in a few select markets for Burger King, Popeyes and Firehouse Subs in the INTL segment, in most international markets, including the markets managed by master franchisees, franchisees make contributions into franchisee-managed advertising funds.
Product Development
New product development is a key driver of the long-term success of our brands. We believe the development of new products can drive traffic by expanding our customer base, allowing restaurants to expand into new dayparts, and continuing to build brand leadership in food quality and taste. Based on guest feedback, we drive product innovation in order to satisfy the needs of our guests around the world. This strategy will continue to be a focus in 2024 and beyond.
7

Table of Contents
Operations Support
Our operations strategy is designed to deliver best-in-class restaurant operations by our franchisees and to improve friendliness, cleanliness, speed of service and overall guest satisfaction. Each of our brands has uniform operating standards and specifications relating to product quality, cleanliness and maintenance of the premises. In addition, our restaurants are required to be operated in accordance with quality assurance and health standards that each brand has established, as well as standards set by applicable governmental laws and regulations and applicable health authority guidelines. Each franchisee typically participates in initial and ongoing training programs to learn all aspects of operating a restaurant in accordance with each brand’s operating standards.
Manufacturing, Supply and Distribution
In general, we approve the manufacturers of the food, packaging, equipment and other products used in restaurants for each of our brands. We have a comprehensive supplier approval process, which requires all food and packaging products to pass our quality standards and the suppliers’ manufacturing process and facilities to pass on-site food safety inspections. Our franchisees are required to purchase substantially all food and other products from approved suppliers and distributors.
U.S. and Canada
TH - Tim Hortons products, in Canada and the U.S., are sourced from a combination of third-party suppliers and our own manufacturing facilities. To protect our proprietary blends, we operate two coffee roasting facilities in Ancaster, Ontario and Rochester, New York, where we primarily roast the majority of the coffee for our Tim Hortons restaurants and blend the beans for our take home, packaged coffee. We utilize third-party roasting or manufacturing facilities for certain other take home products and international markets. Our fondant and fills manufacturing facility in Oakville, Ontario produces, and is the primary supplier of, the ready-to-use glaze, fondants, fills and syrups which are used in a number of Tim Hortons products. As of December 31, 2023, we typically have only one or a few suppliers to service each category of products sold at our restaurants.
We sell most raw materials and supplies, including coffee, sugar, paper goods and other restaurant supplies, to Tim Hortons restaurants. We purchase each type of those raw materials from a few suppliers and generally have alternative sources of supply for each. While we have multiple suppliers for green coffee from various coffee-producing regions, the available supply and price for high-quality coffee beans can fluctuate significantly. Accordingly, we monitor world market conditions for green (unroasted) coffee and contract for future supply volumes to obtain expected requirements of high-quality coffee beans at acceptable prices.
Our TH segment also includes significant supply chain operations, including procurement, warehousing and distribution, to supply paper, dry goods, frozen goods and refrigerated products to a substantial majority of our Canadian restaurants. We act as a distributor to Tim Hortons restaurants in Canada through nine distribution centers located in Canada, of which five are company-owned. We own or lease a significant number of trucks and trailers that regularly deliver to most of our Canadian restaurants. In the U.S., we supply similar products to restaurants through third-party distributors.
BK, PLK, FHS - All of the products used in our BK, PLK and FHS restaurants are sourced from third-party suppliers. In the U.S. and Canada, there are purchasing cooperatives for each of BK and PLK that negotiate the purchase terms for most equipment, food, beverages (other than branded soft drinks which we negotiate separately under long-term agreements) and other products used in BK and PLK restaurants. Additionally, some suppliers pay us rebates based on items purchased by franchisees. The purchasing cooperative is also authorized to manage distribution services on behalf of most of the BK and PLK restaurants in the U.S. and Canada. PLK also utilizes exclusive suppliers for certain of its proprietary products. As of December 31, 2023, four distributors serviced approximately 92% of BK restaurants in the U.S., five distributors serviced approximately 85% of PLK restaurants in the U.S. and five distributors serviced approximately 100% of the FHS restaurants in the U.S.
In 2023, Burger King entered into a new long-term exclusive contract with The Coca-Cola Company to supply BK restaurants with their products for ten years. The contract retains the remaining volume obligation under the prior agreement for restaurants in the U.S. to purchase a specified number of gallons of soft drink syrup. Burger King also has a volume commitment agreement with Dr. Pepper/Snapple, Inc. As of December 31, 2023, we estimate that it will take approximately four years to complete the Coca-Cola purchase commitment and approximately eight years to complete the Dr Pepper/Snapple, Inc. purchase commitment. If these agreements were terminated, we would be obligated to pay an aggregate amount equal to approximately $230 million as of December 31, 2023 based on an amount per gallon for each gallon of soft drink syrup remaining in the purchase commitments, interest and certain other costs.
INTL - In general, the products used in our INTL restaurants are sourced from third-party suppliers and to a lesser extent from our TH manufacturing facilities. In those markets in which we have master franchise agreements, the master franchisee is responsible for selecting the suppliers and negotiating price, subject to approval of one of our regional quality assurance or other applicable marketing or operations teams. In other INTL markets, franchisees can make their own purchasing decisions from an approved supplier list which has been vetted by the relevant regional quality assurance or applicable marketing or operations team. We
8

Table of Contents
encourage our INTL franchisees to source products from local suppliers that are approved by us and we work with franchisees to approve potential suppliers in their local markets.
Intellectual Property
We own valuable intellectual property relating to our brands, including trademarks, service marks, patents, industrial designs, copyrights, trade secrets and other proprietary information, some of which are of material importance to our TH, BK, PLKTim Hortons, Burger King, Popeyes and FHS businesses.Firehouse Subs brands. The duration of trademarks and service marks varies by country, however, trademarks and service marks generally are valid and may be renewed as long as they are in use and/or properly registered. We have established the standards and specifications for most of the goods and services used in the development, improvement and operation of our restaurants. These proprietary
7

Table of Contents
standards, specifications and restaurant operating procedures are our trade secrets. Additionally, we own certain patents and industrial designs of varying duration relating to equipment and/or packaging used in BKBurger King and THTim Hortons restaurants.
Information Systems and Digital Technology
Our corporate financial, human resources and similar systems are fully integrated and provide a solid foundation for our business. In 2021, we began providing rPOS, a proprietaryFranchisees may utilize point-of-sale software solution to certain franchisees in TH, BK and PLK restaurants in the U.S., Canada, Mexico and Germany, and we continue to enhance this product and work to expand its adoption. Alternatively, franchisees may utilize point of sale software provided by a set of approved third-party vendors. Depending on the region, these vendors may also provideoffer labor scheduling, inventory, production management, and cash control services, and other services. We have an architecture that enables us to build custom customer-facing applications and integrate them with our third-party providers, to support mobile ordering, web ordering, and kiosks. As of the end of 2021,2023, we have deployed this architecture in the U.S., Canada, and several otherinternational jurisdictions, and we plan to deploy it to additional markets in the future.
During 2021,We have expanded our digital technologies and the use of our mobile apps and digital technologies expanded and we nowcontinues to increase. We provide digital loyalty programs across all four brandsTH, BK, PLK, and FHS and have digital loyalty programs in many of our homeINTL markets. We alsoIn addition, we offer our guests added convenience by offering third partythrough third-party and white label delivery at many of our home market restaurants. Further, we are modernizingcontinuing to modernize the drive-thru experience with the rollout of outdoor digital menu boards for TH, BK and PLK brands in their home markets. Wewe plan to leverage our technology capabilities to continue to expand the choices for how customers order, pay for and receive their food.
Although many of our systems are provided through third parties, we have the ability to obtain transaction-level data from most of our franchised restaurants and from Company restaurants.  Thisrestaurants, which allows us to assess how our new and existing products are performing around the world. Additionally, we have been investing to upgrade our supply chain systems and improve efficiency. We expect to continue to invest in technology capabilities to support and drive our business.
Competition
Each of our brands competes in the U.S., Canada and internationally with many well-established food service companies on the basis of product choice, quality, affordability, service and location. With few barriers to entry to the restaurant industry, our competitors include a variety of independent local operators, in addition to well-capitalized regional, national and international restaurant chains and franchises, and new competitors may emerge at any time. We also compete for consumer dining dollars with national, regional and local (i) quick service restaurants that offer alternative menus, (ii) casual and “fast casual” restaurant chains, (iii) convenience stores and grocery stores, and (iv) new concepts, such as virtual brands and dark kitchens.brands. Furthermore, delivery aggregators and other food delivery services provide consumers with convenient access to a broad range of competing restaurant chains and food retailers, particularly in urban areas.
Government Regulations and Affairs
General. We and our franchisees are subject to various laws and regulations including (i) licensing and regulation relating to health, food preparation, sanitation and safety standards, sustainability, and, for our distribution business, traffic and transportation regulations; (ii) information security, privacy and consumer protection laws; and (iii) other laws regulating the design, accessibility and operation of facilities, such as the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Accessibility for Ontarians with Disabilities Act and similar Canadian federal and provincial legislation that can have a significant impact on our franchisees and our performance. These regulations include food safety regulations, including supervision by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration and its international equivalents, which govern the manufacture, labeling, packaging, traceability and safety of food. In addition, we are or may become subject to legislation or regulation seeking to tax and/or regulate high-fat, high-calorie and high-sodium foods, particularly in Canada, the U.S., certain European countries and other markets around the United Kingdom and Spain.world. Certain countries, provinces, states and municipalities have approved menu labeling legislation that requires restaurant chains to provide caloric information on menu boards, and menu labeling legislation has also been adopted on the U.S. federal level as well as in Ontario.
U.S. and Canada. Our restaurants must comply with licensing requirements and regulations by a number of governmental authorities, which include zoning, health, safety, sanitation, building and fire agencies in the jurisdiction in which the restaurant is located. We and our franchisees are also subject to various employment laws, including laws governing union organizing, working
9

Table of Contents
conditions, work authorization requirements, health insurance, overtime and wages and efforts are currently underway to strengthen these laws in favor of the employee. In addition, we and our U.S. franchisees are subject to the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act.
We are subject to federal franchising laws adopted by the U.S. Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”) and state and provincial franchising laws. Much of the legislation and rules adopted have been aimed at providing detailed disclosure to a prospective franchisee, duties of good faith as between the franchisor and the franchisee, and/or periodic registration by the franchisor with applicable regulatory agencies. Additionally, some U.S. states have enacted or are considering enacting legislation that governs the termination or non-renewal of a franchise agreement and other aspects of the franchise relationship.
8

Table of Contents
International. Internationally, we and our franchisees are subject to national and local laws and regulations that often are similar in nature to those affecting us and our franchisees in the U.S. and Canada. We and our franchisees are also subject to a variety of tariffs and regulations on imported commodities and equipment, and laws regulating foreign investment.
Environmental. Various laws concerning the handling, storage and disposal of hazardous materials and restaurant waste and the operation of restaurants in environmentally sensitive locations may impact aspects of our operations and the operations of our franchisees; however, we do not believe that compliance with applicable environmental regulations will have a material effect on our capital expenditures, financial condition, results of operations, or competitive position. Increased focus by U.S., Canadian and international governmental authorities on environmental matters is likely to lead to new governmental initiatives, particularly in the area of climate change. While we cannot predict the precise nature of these initiatives, we expect that they may impact our business both directly and indirectly. There is a possibility that government initiatives, or actual or perceived effect of changes in weather patterns, climate or water resources could have a direct impact on the operations of our brands in ways that we cannot predict at this time.
Sustainability
We are committed to the simple principle of doing what’s right. Our “Restaurant Brands for Good” plan provides a framework for serving our guests the food and drinks they love while contributing to a sustainable future and having a positive social impact in the communities we serve. Our ongoing efforts will focus on three key pillars:
Food - serving high quality and great tasting food every day with a focus on food safety, improving choice, nutrition, transparency, and ingredients;
Planet - continuing to reduce our environmental footprint, with a focus on packaging and recycling, green buildings, and responsible sourcing; and
People & Communities - supporting communities and enhancing livelihoods, with a focus on supporting communities, talent development, diversity and inclusion, ethics and human rights, and improving supplier livelihoods.
In September 2021, we announcedWe have adopted science based targets to reduce greenhouse gas emissions by 50% by 2030, as approved by the Science Based Targets initiative, as well as a commitmentand are committed to achieving net-zero emissions by 2050 or sooner.2050. Starting in 2024, we will be changing our base year from 2019 to 2022, to reflect emissions from Firehouse Subs, which we acquired in December 2021, and an improved calculation methodology. While most of the impact is from scope 3 emissions that are not under our direct control, reaching these targets will require us to devote resources to support changes by suppliers, manufacturers, raw material sourcing, distributors, and franchisees.
The sustainability section of our corporate website sets forth our initiatives with respect to these pillars and will be updated periodically.periodically but is not incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Seasonal Operations
Our restaurant sales are typically higher in the spring and summer months when the weather is warmer and typically lowest during the winter months. Furthermore, adverse weather conditions can have material adverse effects on restaurant sales. The timing of holidays may also impact restaurant sales. Because our businesses are moderately seasonal, results for any one quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be achieved for any other quarter or for the full fiscal year.
Human Capital
As of December 31, 2021,2023, we had approximately 5,7009,000 employees, including approximately 1,7002,200 corporate employees in our restaurant support centers and serving our franchisees from the field, approximately 1,1001,300 employees in our distribution centers and manufacturing facilities, and approximately 2,9005,500 employees in Company restaurants. Our franchisees are independent business owners that separately employ more than 500,000 team members in their restaurants.
At RBI, we
10

Table of Contents
We strive to create a workplace environment where our employees love coming to work each day; a place that is committed to inclusion, respect, accountability and doing what is right. While our board regularly receives updates from our Peoplepeople team, the compensation committee has oversight of our compensation program and the audit committee has been tasked with oversight of workforce management risks. Our Peoplepeople team is organized into four pillars that focus on attracting, retaining, developing and rewarding top talent.
The cycle starts with attracting talent from campus and professional sources, leveraging technology to identify and assess candidates who best fit our roles. As part of our hiring process, we have committed in June 2020 that at least half of all final-round candidates interviewing for roles with our four RBI restaurant support centers will be from groups that are demonstrably diverse, including gender, race and sexual orientation, based on the composition and requirements of the applicable jurisdiction. Since our commitment, we have meaningfully exceeded that target, leading to an increase in diverse hires. In 2021,2023, RBI hired approximately 430500 new corporate employees, 3,6007,000 new restaurant employees, and 270400 new distribution and manufacturing employees. Each
9

Table of Contents
population segment has a dedicated onboarding program designed to get employees up to speed quickly, and foster a smooth transition into the workplace.
TheOur retention efforts focus on work environment, employee engagement and our diversity and inclusion initiatives. We regularly conduct anonymous surveys to seek feedback from our restaurant support center and field employees on a variety of topics, including our sustainability and diversity initiatives, how they are coping working from home during the COVID-19 pandemic,flexible work policies, the support they receive from their managers, and whatthe types of learning and development opportunities they would like to have offered. Our executive Steering Committee monitors progress across key indicators such as representation, engagement, and retention to guide strategies for promoting diversity and inclusion. To ensure that the work of the Steering Committee is fully integrated, we have dedicated team members within the people and legal teams to implement initiatives in this space. These initiatives include company-wide implicit bias training, internal events featuring eminent speakers, and sponsorship and mentorship opportunities for identity-based groups. We also leverage designated subject matter experts across each of our brands to ensure accountability and consistent execution of priorities company-wide with regards to marketing, suppliers, franchisees, and community engagement.
Developing talent includes evaluation, training, career planning and leadership development. We have a rigorous talent assessment process for restaurant support center and field employees built on specific competencies that we assess at both the employee and job level. This data allows us to more easily identify potential successors and illuminate potential opportunities for our employees in a more objective and unbiased way. Additionally, to help our employees and franchisee’s team members succeed in their roles, we emphasize continuous training and development opportunities and have a formal mentoring program that connects employees from our restaurant support centers around the world to facilitate career growth and development opportunities. These include, but are not limited to, safety and security protocols, updates on new products and service offerings and deployment of technologies. In 2021,2023, we conducted management and leadership training, including problem solving, feedback sessions, data analysis and spot learning opportunities to address specific business needs. We continuedalso brought back our women's coaching program that we piloted in 2020brand service days, which allow corporate employees to work in our restaurants in a structured way that enables a better link between the corporate decisions we make and the operational deployment of them at the restaurant support centers to pair junior women with senior leaders to work on goal setting and building paths to achieve those goals.level.
Our approach to rewarding talent is through a combination of compensation, recognition, and wellness and benefits. We are committed to providing market-competitive pay and benefits, affirming our pay for performance philosophy while balancing retention risk. Restaurant support center and distribution employees are eligible for performance-based cash incentive programs. Each incentive plan reinforces and rewards individuals for achievement of specific business goals. All employees are also able to access telemedicine with no copay, as well as a 24/7 Employee Assistance Program. For corporate office and field-based employees, we offer a leading parental leave policy.
Underpinning all of these initiatives is a strong reliance on data. We leverage aour people analytics team and a newly implemented human capital management system to assess our achievements in each of our four pillars to identify areas for improvement. A team of experienced People Business Partnerspeople business partners work closely with their client groups to provide counsel on people issues and help roll out people initiatives directly to employees.
While much of the work mentioned above relates to our corporate workforce, we also have adopted employee guidelines and policies applicable to our restaurant employees and encourage our franchisees to adopt similar guidelines and policies.
Philanthropic Foundations
RBI is committed to strengthening and giving back to the communities we serve through our brand foundations and by supporting local programs and issues that are close to our guests’ hearts. Our philanthropic foundations include:
Tim Hortons Foundation Camps and Smile Cookie Initiative: Created in 1974, Tim Hortons Foundation Camps are helping youth aged 12-16 from disadvantaged circumstances discover the strengths within themselves. Through December 31, 2023, the Tim Hortons Foundation’s annual Camp Day has sent hundreds of thousands of youth to a multi-year camp-based program at one of seven Tims Camps in Canada and the U.S. In addition, the Tim Hortons annual Smile Cookie initiative is empowering restaurant owners to
11

Table of Contents
sell special Smile Cookies for a full week and donate 100% of the proceeds to the charities they select. Since the first-ever Smile Cookie campaign in 1996, this charitable campaign has raised millions of dollars for local charities, hospitals, and community programs.
The Burger King Foundation: Established in 2005, the Burger King Foundation creates brighter futures by empowering individuals and feeding potential through education and emergency relief. Since its inception, hundreds of thousands of children and families have been supported through educational programs and employee emergency relief grants, with the Burger King Scholars Program awarding millions in scholarship funds alone.
The Popeyes Foundation: The mission of the Popeyes Foundation is to strengthen communities with food and support in times of need. The Popeyes Foundation contributes to communities through third-party initiatives and, since 2018, has provided millions of meals to children in local communities. The Foundation additionally supports the Popeyes family directly through the Popeyes Foundation Family Fund. This fund supports U.S. employees who may be victims of natural disasters or other emergency hardship situations.
Firehouse Subs Public Safety Foundation: Both the U.S. and Canadian foundations are committed to supporting public safety in our communities through funding in four distinct areas: providing lifesaving equipment to first responders, delivering prevention education to promote safety, offering scholarships for careers in public safety, and providing disaster relief assistance. We strive to make a tangible impact in the communities we serve by supporting and empowering the heroes who work so tirelessly to keep us safe.
Available Information
We make available free of charge on or through the Investor Relations section of our internet website at www.rbi.com,, all materials that we file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), including this annual reportAnnual Report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after electronically filing or furnishing such material with the SEC and with the Canadian Securities Administrators. This information is also available at www.sec.gov, an internet site maintained by the SEC that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC, and on the System for Electronic Document Analysis and Retrieval (“SEDAR”)SEDAR+ at www.sedar.com,www.sedarplus.ca, a website maintained by the Canadian Securities Administrators. The references to our website address, the SEC’s website address and the website maintained by the Canadian Securities Administrators do not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained in these websites and should be not considered part of this document.
A copy of our Corporate Governance Guidelines, Code of Business Ethics and Conduct for Non-Restaurant Employees, Code of Ethics for Executive Officers, Code of Conduct for Directors and the Charters of the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, Conflicts Committee and Operations and StrategyConflicts Committee of our board of directors are posted in the Investor Relations section of our website at www.rbi.com.www.rbi.com.
Our principal executive offices are located at 130 King Street West, Suite 300, Toronto, Ontario M5X 1E1, Canada. Our telephone number is (905) 339-6011.
1012

Table of Contents
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Risks Related to Our Business Operations
We face intense competition in our markets, which could negatively impact our business.
The restaurant industry is intensely competitive and we compete with many well-established food service companies on the basis of product choice, quality, affordability, service and location. With few barriers to entry, our competitors include a variety of independent local operators, in addition to well-capitalized regional, national and international restaurant chains and franchises, and new competitors such as virtual brands and dark kitchens, may emerge at any time. Furthermore, delivery aggregators and food delivery services provide consumers with convenient access to a broad range of competing restaurant chains and food retailers, particularly in urbanized areas, and may form a closer relationship with our customers and increase costs.costs to us. Each of our brands also competes for qualified franchisees, suitable restaurant locations and management and personnel.
Our ability to compete will depend on the success of our plans to effectively respond to consumer preferences, improve existing products, develop and roll-out new products, and manage the complexity of restaurant operations as well as the impact of our competitors’ actions. In addition, our long-term success will depend on our ability to strengthen our customers' digital experience through mobile ordering, delivery, kiosks, loyalty programs, and social interaction. Some of our competitors have substantially greater financial resources, higher revenues and greater economies of scale than we do. These advantages may allow them to implement their operational strategies more quickly or effectively than we can or benefit from changes in technologies, which could harm our competitive position. These competitive advantages may be exacerbated in a difficult economy, thereby permitting our competitors to gain market share. We may be unable to successfully respond to changing consumer preferences, including with respect to new technologies and alternative methods of delivery. In addition, online platforms and aggregators may direct potential customers to other options based on paid placements, online reviews or other factors. If we are unable to maintain our competitive position, we could experience lower demand for products, downward pressure on prices, reduced margins, an inability to take advantage of new business opportunities, a loss of market share, reduced franchisee profitability and an inability to attract qualified franchisees in the future.
Failure to preserve the value and relevance of our brands could negatively impact our financial results.
We depend in large part on the value of the TH, BK, PLKTim Hortons, Burger King, Popeyes and FHSFirehouse Subs brands. To be successful in the future, we must preserve, enhance and leverage the value of our brands. Brand value is based in part on consumer tastes, preferences and perceptions on a variety of factors, including the nutritional content, methods of production and preparation of our products and our business practices, including with respect to animal welfare, natural resources, sustainability and other environmental or social concerns. Consumer acceptance of our products may be influenced by or subject to change for a variety of reasons. For example, adverse publicity associated with nutritional, health and other scientific studies and conclusions, which constantly evolve and often have contradictory implications, may drive popular opinion against quick service restaurants in general, which may impact the demand for our products. Moreover, health campaigns against products we offer in favor of foods that are perceived as healthier may affect consumer perception of our product offerings and impact the value of our brands.
In addition, adverse publicity related to litigation, regulation (including initiatives intended to drive consumer behavior) or incidents involving us, our franchisees, competitors or suppliers may impact the value of our brands by discouraging customers from buying our products. Perceptions may also be affected by activist campaigns to promote adverse perceptions of the quick service restaurant industry or our brands and/or our operations, suppliers, franchisees or other partners such as campaigns aimed at sustainability or living-wage opinions. Consumer demand for our products and our brand equity could diminish if we, our employees or our franchisees or other business partners fail to preserve the quality of our products, act or are perceived to act as unethical, illegal, racially-biased or in a socially irresponsible manner, including with respect to the sourcing, content or sale of our products or the use of consumer data for general or direct marketing or other purposes, fail to comply with laws and regulations, publicly take controversial positions or actions or fail to deliver a consistently positive consumer experience in each of our markets. If we are unsuccessful in addressing consumer adverse perceptions, our brands and our financial results may suffer.
Economic conditions have and may continue to adversely affect consumer discretionary spending which could negatively impactand our business and operating results.
We believe that our restaurant sales, guest traffic and profitability are strongly correlated to consumer discretionary spending, which is influenced by general economic conditions, unemployment levels, the availability of discretionary income, inflation, and, ultimately, consumer confidence. For example, the COVID-19 pandemic has resulted at times in significant increases in unemployment and a reduction in discretionary spending. A protracted economic slowdown, increased unemployment and underemployment of our customer base, decreased salaries and wage rates, inflation, rising interest rates or other industry-wide cost pressures adversely affect consumer behavior by weakening consumer confidence and decreasing consumer spending for restaurant dining occasions. Governmental or other responses to economic challenges may be unable to restore or maintain consumer confidence. As a result, ofwe and our franchisees could experience reduced sales and profitability.
1113

Table of Contents
these factors, during recessionary periods we and our franchisees may experience reduced sales and profitability, which may cause our business and operating results to suffer.
Our results can be adversely affected by unforeseen events, such as adverse weather conditions, natural disasters, war or terrorist attacks, or threats, pandemics, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, or other catastrophic events.
Unforeseen events, such as adverse weather conditions, natural disasters or catastrophic events, can adversely impact restaurant sales. Natural disasters such as earthquakes, hurricanes, and severe adverse weather conditions, earthquakes, hurricanes and healthother natural disasters, wars or terrorist attacks, pandemics whether occurringor catastrophic events, as well as the actions taken in Canada, the United States or abroad,response to these unforeseen events can keep customers in the affected area from dining out, cause damage to or closure of restaurants and result in lost opportunitiessales for our restaurants.
For example, measures implemented to reduce the spread of COVID-19 have adversely affected workforces, customers, consumer sentiment, supply chains, economies and financial markets, and, along with decreased consumer spending, have led to an economic downturn and increased inflation in many of our markets. As a result of COVID-19 and resulting labor challenges, we and our franchisees have experienced store closures and instances of reduced store-level operations, including reduced operating hours and dining-room closures. While many markets have reopened for dine-in guests, the capacity may be limited, and local conditions and new variants may lead again to closures or increased limitations. As a result of COVID-19, restaurant traffic and system-wide sales have been and may continue to be significantly negatively impacted.
We cannot predict the duration or scope of the COVID-19 pandemic or when operations will cease to be affected by it. Furthermore, we cannot predict the effects thatIn addition, actual or threatened armed conflicts, such as the war in Ukraine and conflicts in the Middle East, terrorist attacks, efforts to combat terrorism, or heightened security requirements will have onand may in the future adversely affect our future operations. Because a significant portion of our restaurant operating costs are fixed or semi-fixed in nature, the loss of sales and increases in labor, energy and commodity costs during these periods hurt our and our franchisees’ operating margins and can result in restaurant operating losses and our loss of royalties. We expect the COVID-19 pandemic to continue to impact our financial results and based on the duration and scope, such impact could be material.
Our results depend on effective marketing and advertising, the successful development and launch of new productsproduct launches and digital engagement with customers.engagement.
Our revenues are heavily influenced by brand marketing and advertising and by our ability to develop and launch new and innovative products. OurIf our marketing and advertising programs mayare not be successful, or we may fail to develop commercially successful new products, which may adversely affect our ability to attract new guests and retain existing guests and could materially and adversely affect our results of operations. Moreover, becauseoperations could be materially adversely affected. Because franchisees contribute to advertising funds based on a percentage of gross sales at their franchisefranchised restaurants, advertising fund expenditures generally are dependent upon restaurant sales volumes at system-wide restaurants.volumes. If system-wide sales decline, the amountamounts available for our marketing and advertising programs will be reduced.reduced unless we contribute to advertising spend, which could adversely affect our results of operations. Also, to the extent that we use value offerings in our marketing and advertising programs to drive traffic, the low price offerings may condition our guests to resist higher prices in a more favorable economic environment.
In addition, we continue to focus on transforming the restaurant experience through technology and digital engagement to improve our service model and strengthen relationships with customers, including through digital channels, loyalty initiatives, mobile ordering and payment systems, social media engagement, and delivery initiatives. These initiativesIf our digital commerce platforms do not meet customers’ expectations in terms of security, privacy, speed, attractiveness or ease of use, customers may not havebe less inclined to return to those platforms, which could negatively impact the anticipated impact onsame store sales of our franchise sales and therefore we may not fully realize the intended benefits of these significant investments. In addition,brands. Also, utilizing third-party delivery services may not be as profitable as sales directly to our guests and may also introduce food quality and customer satisfaction risks outside of our control. If the third-party delivery services that we utilize cease or curtail their operations, increase their fees or give greater priority or promotions on their platforms to our competitors, our delivery business and our sales may be negatively impacted. The delivery business is also the subject of increased scrutiny from federal, state, and local regulators, which may result in additional costs and expenses that the delivery business may seek to pass through to participating restaurants, including through increased fees.
The global scope of our business subjects us to risks and costs andthat may cause our profitability to decline.
Our global operations expose us to risks in managing the differing cultural, regulatory, geopolitical and economic environments in the countries where our restaurants operate. These risks, which can vary substantially by market and may increase in importance as each of our brands enter into new markets and our franchisees expand operations in international markets, are described in many of the risk factors discussed in this report and include the following:
governmental laws, regulations and policies adopted to manage national economic conditions, such as increases in taxes, austerity measures that impact consumer spending, monetary policies that may impact inflation rates and currency fluctuations;
the imposition of import restrictions or controls;
the effects of legal and regulatory changes and the burdens and costs of our compliance with a variety of foreign laws;
changes in the laws and policies that govern foreign investment and trade in the countries in which we operate;
12

Tableoperate, including the imposition of Contentsimport restrictions or controls;
compliance with U.S., Canadian and other anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws, including compliance by our employees, contractors, licensees or agents and those of our strategic partners and joint ventures;
risks and costs associated with political and economic instability, corruption, anti-American or anti-Canadian sentiment, boycotts and social and ethnic unrest in the countries in which we operate;
the risks of operating in developing or emerging markets in which there are significant uncertainties regarding the interpretation, application and enforceability of laws, regulations, contract rights and intellectual property rights;
risks arising from the significant and rapid fluctuations in currency exchange markets and the decisions and positions that we take to hedge such volatility;
the impact of labor costs on our franchisees' margins given changing labor conditions and difficulties experienced by our franchisees in staffing their international operations; and
14

Table of Contents
the effects of increases in the taxes we pay and other changes in applicable tax laws.
The conflictconflicts between Russia and Ukraine couldand in the Middle East may continue to adversely impact economic conditions in those regions and elsewhere including through decreased demand for dining out as well as resultbrands associated with the U.S. or Canada and/or increased commodity, labor and energy costs, and/or delays or disruptions in heightened economic sanctions from the U.S., Canada and other countries in a mannersupply chains that may adversely affect us and our franchisee’s restaurants located in Russia and Eastern Europe.franchisees’ restaurants.
Our operations are subject to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange and interest rates.
We reportBecause our results inreporting currency is U.S. dollars, whichour international revenue that is our reporting currency. The operations of TH, BK, PLK and FHS that are denominatedgenerated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar areis translated to U.S. dollars for our financial reporting purposes andpurposes. These international revenues are therefore impacted by fluctuations in currency exchange rates and changes in currency regulations. In addition, fluctuations in interest rates may affect our business.business and the availability of financing for franchisees to open more restaurants. Although we attempt to minimize these risks through geographic diversification and the utilization of derivative financial instruments, our risk management strategies may not be effective and our results of operations could be adversely affected.
Increases in food, equipment and commodity costs or shortages or interruptions in the supply or delivery of our foodthereof could harm our operating results and the results of our franchisees.
Our profitability and theThe profitability of our franchisees will dependand us depends in part on our ability to anticipate and react to changes in food, andequipment, commodity and supply costs. With respect to our TH business, volatility in connection with certain key commodities that we purchase in the ordinary course of business can impact our revenues, costs and margins. If commodity prices rise, franchisees may experience reduced sales due to decreased consumer demand at retail prices that have been raised to offset increased commodity prices, which may reduce franchisee profitability. In addition,For example, the markets for beef and chicken are subject to significant price fluctuations due to seasonal shifts, climate conditions, the cost of grain, disease, industry demand, international commodity markets, food safety concerns, product recalls, government regulation, labor availability and cost, and other factors, all of which are beyond our control and, in many instances unpredictable. Increases, especially rapid increases, in commodity prices may adversely affect the profitability of our TH supply business and lead to reduced franchisee profitability to the extent prices cannot be proportionately increased without adversely affecting consumer demand. Such increases in commodity costs may materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.
We and our franchisees are dependent on frequent deliveries of fresh food products that meet our specifications. Shortages or interruptions in the supply of fresh food products or equipment caused by unanticipated demand, natural disasters or unforeseen events, such as the COVID-19 pandemic,pandemics, problems in production or distribution, inclement weather, delays or restrictions on shipping and/or manufacturing, closures of supplier or distributor facilities, or financial distress or insolvency of suppliers or distributors, or other conditions have and in the future could adversely affect the availability, quality and cost of ingredients and equipment, which could adversely affect our operating results. Burger King and Popeyes restaurants in the U.S. and Canada utilize purchasing cooperatives to negotiate supplier contracts for food and packaging. We do not control these purchasing cooperatives and if they do not properly manage suppliers or cease operations, the relevant supply chain could experience significant disruption. As of December 31, 2021,2023, we have only a few distributors that service most of our BK, PLKBurger King, Popeyes and FHSFirehouse Subs operations in the U.S., and our operations could be adversely affected if any of these distributors were unable to fulfill their responsibilities and we were unable to locatesecure a substitute distributor in a timely manner.
Our supply chain operations subject us to additional risks and may cause our profitability to decline.
We operate a vertically integrated supply chain for our TH business in which we manufacture, warehouse, and distribute certain food and restaurant supplies to THTim Hortons restaurants. Risks associated with this vertical integration growth strategy include:
delays and/or difficulties associated with, or liabilities arising from, owning a manufacturing, warehouse and distribution business;
maintenance, operations and/or management of the facilities, equipment, employees and inventories;
limitations on the flexibility of controlling capital expenditures and overhead;
the need for skills and techniques that are outside our traditional core expertise;
increased transportation, shipping, food and other supply costs;
inclement weather or extreme weather events;
13

Table of Contents
shortages or interruptions in the availability or supply of high-quality coffee beans, perishable food products and/or their ingredients;
variations in the quality of food and beverage products and/or their ingredients; and
political, physical, environmental, labor, or technological disruptions (such as from cybersecurity incidents) in our or our suppliers’ manufacturing and/or warehousing plants, facilities, or equipment.
15

Table of Contents
If we do not adequately address the challenges related to these vertically integrated operations or the overall level of utilization or production decreases for any reason, our results of operations and financial condition may be adversely impacted. Decreased sales from the COVID-19 pandemic may continue to affect supply chain revenue and profitability. Moreover, interruptions in the availability and delivery of food, beverages and other supplies to our restaurants or retailers arising from shortages or greater than expected demand, may increase costs or reduce revenues. As of December 31, 2021,2023, we have only one or a few suppliers to service each category of products sold at our THTim Hortons restaurants in the U.S. and Canada, and the loss of any one of these suppliers would likely adversely affect our business.
We and our franchisees may be unable to secure and renew desirable restaurant locations to maintain and effectively grow our restaurant portfolios.
The success of any restaurant depends in substantial part on its location. The current locations of our restaurants may not continue to be attractive as demographic patterns change. Neighborhood or economic conditions where our restaurants are located could decline in the future thusas demographic patterns change, resulting in potentially reduced sales in those locations. Competition for restaurant locations can also be intense and there may be delaydelays or cancellation of new site developments by developers and landlords or difficulties renewing existing sites, which may be exacerbated by factors related to the commercial real estate or credit markets. If franchisees cannot obtain and renew desirable locations for their restaurants at reasonable prices due to, among other things, higher than anticipated acquisition, construction and/or development costs of new restaurants, difficulty negotiating leases with acceptable terms, onerous land use or zoning restrictions, or challenges in securing required governmental permits, then their ability to execute their respective growth strategies may be adversely affected.
The market for retail real estate is highly competitive. Based on their size advantage and/or their greater financial resources, some of our competitors may have the ability to negotiate more favorable lease terms than we can and some landlords and developers may offer priority or grant exclusivity to some of our competitors for desirable locations. As a result, we or our franchisees may not be able to obtain new leases or renew existing leases on acceptable terms, if at all, which could adversely affect our sales and brand-building initiatives.
Our ownership and leasing of significant amounts of real estate exposes us to possible liabilities, losses, and risks.
Many of our Company and franchised restaurants are located on leased premises. As leases underlying these restaurants expire, we or our franchisees may be unable to negotiate a new lease or lease extension, either on commercially acceptable terms or at all, which could cause us or our franchisees to close restaurants in desirable locations. As a result, our revenues and our brand-building initiatives could be adversely affected. In general, we cannot cancel existing leases; therefore, if an existing or future restaurant is not profitable, and we decide to close it, we may still be committed to perform under the applicable lease. In addition, the value of our owned real estate assets could decrease, and/or our costs could increase, because of changes in the investment climate for real estate, demographic trends, demand for restaurant sites and other retail properties, and exposure to or liability associated with environmental contamination and reclamation.
Typically, the costs of insurance, taxes, maintenance, utilities, and other property-related costs due under a prime lease with a third-party landlord are passed through to the franchisee under our sublease. If a franchisee fails to perform the obligations passed through under the sublease, we will be required to perform these obligations resulting in an increase in our leasing and operational costs and expenses. In addition, the rent a franchisee pays us under the sublease may be based on a percentage of gross sales. If gross sales at a certain restaurant are less than we project we may pay more rent to a third-party landlord under the prime lease than we receive from the franchisee under the sublease. These events could result in increased leasing and operational costs to us.
Food safety concerns and concerns about the health risk of fast food may have an adverse effect onadversely affect our business.
Food safety is a top priority for us and we dedicate substantial resources to ensure that our customers enjoy safe, high-quality food products. However, food-borne illnesses and other food safety issues have occurred in the food industry in the past and could occur in the future. Also, our reliance on third-party food suppliers, distributors and food delivery aggregators increases the risk that food-borne illness incidents could be caused by factors outside of our control and that multiple locations would be affected rather than a single restaurant. Any occurrence of food-borne illness or any report or publicity, including through social media, linking us or one of our franchisees or suppliers to instances of food-borne illness or other food safety issues, including food tampering, adulteration or contamination, could require us to temporarily close restaurants, reduce sales and profits and adversely affect our brands and reputation as well as our sales and profits.reputation. Such occurrence at restaurants of competitors could adversely affect sales as a result of negative publicity about the industry generally. The occurrence of food-borne illnesses or food safety issues, at our franchisees' restaurants or those of our competitors, could also adversely affect the price and availability of affected ingredients, which could result in disruptions in our supply chain,
14

Table of Contents
significantly increase costs and/or lower margins for us and our franchisees. In addition, the COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in stricter health regulations and guidelines, which have increased operating costs for our franchisees.
Some of our products contain caffeine, dairy products, fats, sugar and other compounds and allergens, the health effects of which are the subject of public scrutiny, including suggesting that excessive consumption of these compoundsingredients can lead to a variety of adverse health effects. An unfavorable report on the health effects of any compounds present in our products, or negative publicity or litigation arising from other health risks such as obesity, could significantly reduce the demand for our beverages and food products. A decrease in customer traffic as a result of these health concerns or negative publicity could materially and adversely affect our brands and our business.
Materially increasing the number of restaurants that we operate could expose us to additional risk and adversely affect our operating margins and cash flows.
Historically, we operated a nearly fully franchised business model. However, in connection with the acquisition of Carrols, which we expect to complete in the second quarter of 2024, we will acquire approximately 1,100 restaurants, the vast majority of which are BK restaurants. In addition, we have recently acquired approximately 125 BK restaurants unrelated to the acquisition of Carrols, 38 of which were acquired in January 2024. Upon completing the Carrols acquisition, we will operate approximately 18% of our BK restaurants in the U.S. and Canada and 4% of our total restaurants. We expect to operate these acquired restaurants before refranchising most of them.
Operating a material portfolio of restaurants can expose us to additional risks or exacerbate those risks to which we are already exposed as a franchisor. For example, as a result of the Carrols acquisition, we expect to increase our number of employees by approximately 24,000. This increase in employees may expose us to additional liability and costs, such as risks associated with minimum wage increases and other mandated benefits, increased costs arising from third party and self-insured health care insurance, employment and labor liability, and regulatory compliance risks. We could also be subject to additional liability such as property,
16

Table of Contents
environmental and other liability as a result of being a direct operator and lessee of additional restaurants and liability arising from regulatory compliance. Furthermore, risks arising from increases in commodity prices, fuel prices or other costs associated with operating restaurants could adversely affect our operating margins if we are unable to increase pricing proportionately.
Additionally, as we previously announced, we plan to fund the remodel of substantially all BK restaurants acquired in the Carrols acquisition utilizing Carrols restaurants’ operating cash flow. Any future adverse pressure on acquired Carrols restaurants’ cash flow may delay these plans or impact consolidated RBI cash flow if we need to use funds from other sources to complete these remodels.
If we are unable to adequately protect our intellectual property, the value of our brands and our business may be harmed.
Our brands, which represent approximately 47%46% of the total assets on our balance sheet as of December 31, 2021,2023, are very important to our success and our competitive position. We rely on a combination of trademarks, copyrights, service marks, trade secrets, patents, industrial designs, and other intellectual property rights to protect our brands and the respective branded products. While we have registered certain trademarks in Canada, the U.S. and foreign jurisdictions, not all of the trademarks that our brands currently use have been registered in all of the countries in which we do business, and they may never be registered in all of these countries. We may not be able to adequately protect our trademarks, and our use of these trademarks may result in liability for trademark infringement, trademark dilution or unfair competition. The steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property in Canada, the U.S. and in foreignother countries may not be adequate and we may, from time to time, be required to institute litigation to enforce our trademarks or other intellectual property rights or to protect our trade secrets. Further, third parties may assert or prosecute infringement claims against us. In these cases, our proprietary rights could be challenged, circumvented, infringed or invalidated. Any such litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could negatively affect our revenue, profitability and prospects regardless of whether we are able to successfully enforce our rights. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of Canada and the U.S.
Changes in regulations may adversely affect restaurant operations and our financial results.
Our restaurants are subject to licensing and regulation by health, sanitation, safety and other agencies in the state, province and/or municipality in which the restaurant is located. Federal, state, provincial and local government authorities have enacted and may enact laws, rules or regulations that impact restaurant operations and may increase the cost of doing business. In developing markets, we face the risks associated with new and untested laws and judicial systems. If we fail to comply with existing or future laws, we may be subject to governmental fines and sanctions.
We are subject to various provincial, state and foreign laws that govern the offer and sale of a franchise, including an FTC rule in the U.S., to an FTC rule. Various provincial, state and foreign laws regulate certain aspects of the franchise relationship, including terminations and the refusal to renew franchises. The failure to comply with these laws and regulations in any jurisdiction or to obtain required government approvals could result in a ban or temporary suspension on future franchise sales, fines and penalties or require us to make offers of rescission or restitution, any of which could adversely affect our business and operating results. We could also face lawsuits by franchisees based upon alleged violations of these laws.
Additionally, we, our franchisees and our supply chain are subject to risks and costs arising from the effects of climate change, greenhouse gases, and diminishing energy and water resources. These risks include the increased public focus, including by governmental and nongovernmental organizations, on these and other environmental sustainability matters, such as packaging and waste, animal health and welfare, deforestation and land use. Also, we face increased pressure to make commitments, set targets or establish additional goals and take actions to meet them which could expose us to market, operational and execution costs or risks. If we are unable to effectively manage the risks associated with our complex regulatory environment, it could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.
Climate changeWe and our inabilityfranchisees may be adversely affected by climate change.
We, our franchisees, and our supply chain are subject to effectively implement measures to addressrisks and costs arising from the effects of climate change, greenhouse gases, and other sustainable
business practices could negatively affect our business or damage our reputation.
diminishing energy and water resources. Climate change may have a negative effect on agricultural productivity which may result in decreased availability or less favorable pricing for certain commodities used in our products, such as beef, chicken, coffee beans and dairy. In addition, climateClimate change may also increase the frequency or severity of weather-related events and natural disastersdisasters. Such adverse weather-related impacts may disrupt our operations, cause restaurant closures or delay the opening of new restaurants, and/or increase the costs of (and decrease the availability of) food and other extreme weather conditions,supplies needed for our operations. In turn this could result in reduced profitability for our franchisees and our Company restaurants and reduced system-wide sales and franchise revenue for us. In addition, various legislative and regulatory efforts to combat climate change may increase in the future, which could disrupt our supply chain or impact demand for our products. Also, concern over climate change and other sustainable business practices may result in newadditional taxes, increased expenses and otherwise disrupt or increased legaladversely impact our business and/or our growth prospects.
We are subject to increasing and regulatoryevolving requirements or generally accepted business practices, which could significantly increase costs. In addition, any failure to achieve our goalsand expectations with respect to reducingsocial, governance and environmental sustainability matters, which could expose us to numerous risks.
There has been an increased focus, including from investors, the public and governmental and nongovernmental authorities, on social, governance and environmental sustainability matters, such as climate change, greenhouse gas emissionsgases, packaging and other sustainable business practices or perception of a failure to act responsibly with respect to the environment or to effectively respond to regulatorywaste, human
1517

Table of Contents
rights, diversity, sustainable supply chain practices, animal health and welfare, deforestation, land, energy and water use and other corporate responsibility matters. We and our franchisees are and may become subject to changing rules, regulations and consumer or investor expectations with respect to these matters. As the result of these evolving requirements concerning climateand increased expectations, as well as our commitment to sustainability matters, we may continue to establish or expand goals, commitments or targets, take actions to meet such goals, commitments and targets and provide expanded disclosure on these matters. These goals could be difficult and expensive to implement, the technologies needed to implement them may not be cost effective and may not advance at a sufficient pace, we may be criticized for the accuracy, adequacy or completeness of disclosures and we are not able to mandate compliance by our franchisees with any of these goals. Further, goals may be based on standards for measuring progress that are still developing, internal controls and processes that continue to evolve, assumptions that are subject to change, and other risks and uncertainties, many of which are outside of our control. If our data, processes and reporting with respect to social and environmental matters are incomplete or other sustainable business practices can leadinaccurate, or if we fail to adverse publicity,achieve progress with respect to these goals on a timely basis, or if our franchisees are not able to meet consumer or investor expectations, consumer and investor trust in our brands may suffer which could diminish the value of our brands and result in an adverse effect onadversely affect our business.
We outsourceOutsourcing certain aspects of our businessfunctions to third-party vendors which subjects us to risks, including disruptions in our business and increased costs.
We have outsourced certain administrative functions for our business, certain information technology support services and benefit plan administration to third-party service providers. In the future, we may outsource other functions to achieve cost savings and efficiencies. If the outsourced service providers to which we outsource these functions do not perform effectively, we may not be able to achieve the expected cost savings and may have to incur additional costs in connection with such failure to perform. Depending on the function involved, such failures may also lead to business disruption, transaction errors, processing inefficiencies, the loss of sales and customers, the loss of or damage to intellectual property through security breach, and the loss of data through security breach or otherwise. Any such damage or interruption could have a material adverse effect on our business, cause us to face significant fines, customer notice obligations or costly litigation, harm our reputation with our customers or prevent us from paying our collective suppliers or employees or receiving payments on a timely basis.
Risks Related to Our Nearly Fully Franchised Business Model
Our nearly fully franchised business model presents a number of disadvantages and risks.
SubstantiallyNearly all of our restaurants are owned and operated by franchisees. Under our fully franchised business model,Therefore, our future prospects depend on (i) our ability to attract new franchisees for each of our brands that meet our criteria and (ii) the willingness and ability of franchisees to open restaurants in existing and new markets. We may be unable to identify franchisees who meet our criteria, or iffranchisees we identify such franchisees, they may not successfully implement their expansion plans.
Our nearly fully franchised business model presents a number of other drawbacks, such as limited influence over franchisees,franchisee operations, limited ability to facilitate changes in restaurant ownership, limitations on enforcement of franchise obligations due to bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, and reliance on franchisees to participate in our strategic initiatives. While we can mandate certain strategic initiatives through enforcement of our franchise agreements, we will need the active support of our franchisees if the implementation of these initiatives is to be successful. The failure of these franchisees to support our marketing programs and strategic initiatives could adversely affect our ability to implement our business strategy and could materially harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. On occasion we have encountered, and may in the future encounter, challenges in receiving specific financial and operational results from our franchisees in a consistent and timely manner, which can negatively impact our business and operating results.
Our principal competitors that have a significantly higher percentage of company-operated restaurants than we do may have greater influence over their respective restaurant systems and greater ability to implement operational initiatives and business strategies, including their marketing and advertising programs. As part of our growth strategy, we may decide to increase or decrease the number of Company-owned stores, either by purchasing existing franchised stores or by refranchising existing company-operated stores. Our failure to successfully execute these transactions could have an adverse effect on our operating results and could cause our stock price to decline.
The ability of our franchisees and prospective franchisees to obtain financing for development of new restaurants or reinvestment in existing restaurants depends in part upon financial and economic conditions which are beyond their control. If our franchisees are unable to obtain financing on acceptable terms or otherwise do not devote sufficient resources to develop new restaurants or reinvest in existing restaurants, our business and financial results could be adversely affected.
Our franchisees are also dependent upon their ability to attract Also, investments in restaurant remodels and retain qualified employees in an intensely competitive employee market. The inability of our franchisees to recruit and retain qualified individuals or increased costs to do so, including due to labor market dynamics or increases in legally required wages, may delay openings of new restaurantsupgrades by our franchisees and could adversely impact existing franchise restaurant operations and franchisee profitability, which could slow our growth. In addition,us may not have the risks and required protocols relatedexpected results with respect to COVID-19, including vaccine mandates, could adversely affect the ability,consumer sentiment, increased traffic or the cost,return on investment.
18

Table of staffing restaurants. If employees at either franchisee or Company restaurants become unionized, their or our business could be negatively affected by factors that increase cost, decrease flexibility or otherwise disrupt the business. Responses to labor organizing efforts by our franchisees or us could negatively impact brand perception and our business and financial results. Moreover, we may also face liability for employment-related claims of our franchisees’ employees based on theories of joint employer liability with our franchisees or other theories of vicarious liability, which could materially harm our results of operations and financial condition.Contents
Our results are closely tied to the success of independent franchisees, and we have limited influence over their operations.
We generate revenues in the form of royalties, fees and other amounts from our franchisees. As a result,franchisees and our operating results are closely tied to the success of our franchisees.their success. However, our franchisees are independent operators and we cannot control many factors that impact the profitability of their restaurants. At times, we have and may in the future provide cash flow support to franchisees by
16

Table of Contents
extending loans, advancing cash payments and/or providing rent relief where we have property control. These actions have and may in the future adversely affect our cash flow and financial results.
If sales trends or economic conditions worsen for franchisees, their financial results may deteriorate, which could result in, among other things, restaurant closures;closures, delayed or reduced payments to us of royalties, advertising contributions, rents and, delayed or reduced payments for THTim Hortons products and supplies;supplies, and an inability for such franchisees to obtain financing to fund development, restaurant remodels or equipment initiatives on acceptable terms or at all. Also, franchisees may not be willing or able to renew their franchise agreements with us due to low sales volumes, high real estate costs, or the failure to secure lease renewals. If our franchisees fail to renew their franchise agreements our royalty revenues may decrease, which in turn could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.
Franchisees and sub-franchisees may not successfully operate restaurants in a manner consistent with our established procedures, standards and requirements or standards set by applicable law, including sanitation and pest control standards, or data processing, privacy and cybersecurity requirements. Any operational shortcoming of a franchise or sub-franchise restaurant is likely to be attributed by guests to the entire brand and may be shared widely through social media, thus damaging the brand’s reputation and potentially affecting our revenues and profitability. We may not be able to identify problems and take effective action quickly enough and, as a result, our image and reputation may suffer, and our franchise revenues and results of operations could decline.
Labor challenges for franchisees or being liable as a joint employer could adversely affect our business.
Our franchisees are dependent upon their ability to attract and retain qualified employees in an intensely competitive labor market. The inability of our franchisees to recruit and retain qualified individuals or increased costs to do so, including due to labor market dynamics or increases in legally required wages, may delay openings of new restaurants by our franchisees and could adversely impact existing franchised restaurant operations and franchisee profitability, which could slow our growth. Boycotts, protests, work stoppages or other campaigns by labor organizations at either franchisee or company restaurants could increase costs, decrease flexibility or otherwise disrupt the business and responses to labor organizing efforts by our franchisees or us could negatively impact brand perception and our business and financial results. In September 2023, California passed legislation setting the minimum wage for fast food restaurant employees at $20 per hour effective April 1, 2024 and establishing a council to set future wage increases and to make recommendations to state agencies for other sector-wide workplace standards. This law and other labor related laws enacted or currently proposed at the federal, state, provincial or local level could increase our franchisees’ labor costs and decrease profitability.
Joint employer status is a developing area of franchise and labor and employment law that could be subject to changes in legislation, administrative agency interpretation or jurisprudential developments that may increase franchisor liability. In October 2023, the National Labor Relations Board issued its final rule addressing the standard for determining joint-employer status under the National Labor Relations Act. Under the new standard, effective February 26, 2024, a party may assert a joint-employment relationship to establish joint-employer status by using evidence of indirect and reserved forms of control bearing on an employee’s essential terms and conditions of employment. The rule is facing legal challenges, but if it becomes effective in its current form, we could potentially be liable for unfair labor practices and other violations by franchisees or we could be required to conduct collective bargaining negotiations regarding employees of franchisees, who are independent employers. In such event, our operating costs may increase as a result of required modifications to business practices, increased litigation, governmental investigations or proceedings, administrative enforcement actions, fines and civil liability. Employee claims that are brought against us as a result of joint employer standards and status may also, in addition to legal and financial liability, create negative publicity that could adversely affect our brands and divert financial and management resources. A significant increase in the number of these claims, or an increase in the number of successful claims, could adversely impact our brands’ reputation, which may cause significant harm.
Our future growth and profitability will depend on our ability to successfully accelerate international development with strategic partners and joint ventures.
We believe that the future growth and profitability of each of our brands will depend on our ability to successfully accelerate international development with strategic partnersmaster franchisee and joint venturesventure partners in new and existing international markets. New markets may have different competitive conditions, consumer tastes and discretionary spending patterns than our existing markets. As a result, new restaurants in those markets may have lower average restaurant sales than restaurants in existing markets and may take longer than expected to reach target sales and profit levels (oror may never do so).so. We will need to build brand awareness in those new markets
19

Table of Contents
we enter through advertising and promotional activity, and those activities may not promote our brands as effectively as intended, if at all.
We have adopted a master franchise development model for all of our brands, which in markets with strong growth potential may include participating in strategic joint ventures, to accelerate international growth. These arrangements may give our joint venture partners and/or master franchise partnersfranchisees the exclusive right to develop and manage our restaurants in a specific country or countries, including, in some cases, the right to sub-franchise. A joint venture partnership involves special risks, including the following: our joint venture partners may have economic, business or legal interests or goals that are inconsistent with those of the joint venture or us, or our joint venture partners may be unable to meet their economic or other obligations and we may be required to fulfill those obligations alone. Our master franchise arrangements present similar risks and uncertainties. We cannot control the actions of our joint venture partners or master franchisees, including any nonperformance, default or bankruptcy of joint venture partners or master franchisees. While sub-franchisees are required to operate their restaurants in accordance with specified operations, safety and health standards, we are not party to the agreements with the sub-franchisees and are dependent upon our master franchisees to enforce these standards with respect to sub-franchised restaurants. As a result, the ultimate success and quality of any sub-franchised restaurant rests with the master franchisee and the sub-franchisee. In addition, the termination of an arrangement with a master franchisee or a lack of expansion by certain master franchisees has and may in the future result in the delay or discontinuation of the development of franchisefranchised restaurants, or an interruption in the operation of our brand in a particular market or markets. We may not be able to find another operator to resume development activities in such market or markets. Any such delay, discontinuation or interruption could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.
Risks related to Information Technology
If we are unable to protect the personal information that we gather or fail to comply with privacy and data protection laws and regulations, we could be subject to civil and criminal penalties, suffer reputational harm and incur substantial costs.
In the ordinary course of our business, we collect, process, transmit, disclose, and retain personal information regarding our employees and their families, our franchisees and their employees, vendors, contractors, and guests (which can include social security numbers, social insurance numbers, banking and tax identification information, health care information for employees, and credit card information) and our franchisees collect similar information. In recent years we expanded our development and management of our brands’ mobile apps, online ordering platforms, and in-restaurant kiosks and home market loyalty programs. While our deployment of such technology facilitates our primary goals of generating incremental sales and improving operations at our franchisees’ restaurants as well as additional customer awareness and interest in our brands, such deployment also means that we are collecting and entrusted with additional personal information, in some cases including geo-location tracking information, about our customers.
In connection with the collection and retention of this information, we are subject to legal and compliance risks and associated liability related to privacy and data protection requirements. These types of legislation, which include the Canadian Consumer Privacy Protection Act, the California Privacy Rights Act of 2020, Quebec's Law 25, the European Union's General Data Protection Regulation (the “GDPR”) and the U.K. General Data Protection Regulation, can impose stringent data protection requirements, provide for costly penalties for noncompliance (eg. up to 4% of annual worldwide revenue for a breach of the GDPR), and confer the right upon data subjects and consumer associations to lodge complaints with supervisory authorities, seek judicial remedies, and obtain compensation for damages resulting from violations. In China, the Personal Information Protection Law (“PIPL”), has established personal information processing rules, data subject rights, and obligations for personal information processors, among other things. In addition to the PIPL, China’s Data Security Law regulates data processing activities associated with personal and non-personal data. Due to enhanced scrutiny from the general public, these regulations as well as their interpretation and criteria for enforcement continue to be subject to frequent change, and there are likely to be other jurisdictions that propose or enact new or emerging data privacy requirements in the future.
The complexity of these privacy and data protection laws may result in significant costs arising from compliance and from any non-compliance, whether or not due to our negligence, and could affect our brand reputation and our results of operations. We have and are expected to continue to have significant investments arising from compliance with these regulatory regimes due to changes in the scope of our operations and the ever-changing techniques and sophistication used to conduct cyber-attacks and breaches. In addition, to the extent that we are not in compliance with these laws or experience a major breach, theft, or loss of personal information that is held by us, or third parties on our behalf (whether or not due to our failure to comply with data security rules and standards), we could be subject to substantial fines, penalties, indemnification claims, and potential litigation which could negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition. For example, in Canada, we have been the subject of government investigation and purported class action lawsuits based on the use of certain geolocation data for Tim Hortons mobile app users. As a result of any breach, we may incur additional expenditures arising from additional security technologies, personnel, experts, and credit monitoring services for those whose data has been breached. These costs could adversely impact our results of operations during the period in which they are incurred. In addition, negative publicity regarding a breach or potential security vulnerabilities in our systems or those of our franchisees or vendors, has and in the future could adversely affect the reputation of our brands and acceptance of digital engagement by our customers which in turn could adversely affect our future results of operations.
20

Table of Contents
Information technology system failures or interruptions or breaches of our network security may interrupt our operations, cause reputational harm, subject us to increased operating costs and expose us to litigation.
We rely heavily on information technology systems and infrastructure, including third-party vendors’ systems to whom we outsource certain functions across operations including, but not limited to, point-of-sale processing at our restaurants and in our mobile apps. Despite implementation of security measures, security incidents or breaches may occur involving our systems, the systems of the parties with whom we communicate or collaborate (including franchisees) or the systems of third-party providers. These may include damage, disruption or failures due to physical damage, power loss, telecommunications failure, or other catastrophic events, as well as from problems with transitioning systems, internal and external security breaches, malicious cyber-attacks including the introduction of malware or ransomware or other disruptive behavior by hackers, which may be exacerbated by artificial intelligence. Such damage, disruption or failures could adversely impact our results of operations and our reputation. From time to time, we have been notified by third party vendors of security incidents or breaches that affect their systems and their ability to provide services to us at expected service levels. If any of our or our vendors' systems were to fail or become subject to ransomware and we were unable to recover in a timely way, we could experience material and adverse impacts to our results of operations. To the extent that some of our worldwide reporting systems require or rely on manual processes, it could increase the risk of a breach due to human error.
Further, the standards for systems currently used for transmission and approval of electronic payment transactions, and the technology utilized in electronic payment themselves, all of which can put electronic payment data at risk, are determined and controlled by the payment card industry. If someone can circumvent our data security measures or those of third parties, including our franchisees, they could destroy or steal valuable information received as part of electronic payments. Such destruction or loss could expose us to litigation or liability and could impact our results of operations. Any resulting negative publicity could significantly harm our or our brands’ reputations.
Finally, we may need to continue to expend substantial resources to enhance our existing restaurant management systems, financial and management controls, information systems and personnel to accurately capture and reflect the financial and operational activities at our franchised restaurants. On occasion we have encountered, and may in the future encounter, challenges in receiving these results from our franchisees in a consistent and timely manner as a number of our systems relating to tracking the financial and operational activities and processes at our franchised restaurants are not fully integrated worldwide. Further, the information we receive from franchisees, including regarding their profitability, may not be audited or subject to a similar level of internal controls as our processes. To the extent that we are not able to obtain transparency into our operations from these systems, it could impair the ability of our management to react quickly when appropriate and our operating results could be negatively impacted.
Risks Related to our Indebtedness
Our substantial leverage and obligations to service our debt could adversely affect our business.
As of December 31, 2021,2023, we had aggregate outstanding indebtedness of $13,116$13,043 million, including senior secured term loan facilities in an aggregate principal amount of $6,493$6,450 million, senior secured first lien notes in an aggregate principal amount of $2,800 million and senior secured second lien notes in an aggregate principal amount of $3,650 million. Subject to restrictions set forth in these instruments, we may also incur significant additional indebtedness in the future, some of which may be secured debt. This may have the effect of increasing our total leverage.
Our substantial leverage could have important potential consequences, including, but not limited to:
increasing our vulnerability to, and reducing our flexibility to respond to, changes in our business and general adverse economic and industry conditions;
17

Table of Contents
requiring the dedication of a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to our debt service, thereby reducing the availability of such cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, joint ventures, product research, dividends, share repurchases or other corporate purposes;
increasing our vulnerability to a downgrade of our credit rating, which could adversely affect our cost of funds, liquidity and access to capital markets;
placing us at a competitive disadvantage as compared to certain of our competitors who are not as highly leveraged;
restricting us from making strategic acquisitions or causing us to make non-strategic divestitures;
exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates asfor variable interest rate borrowings under our credit facilities are subject to variable rates of interest;
the discontinuation of the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) after June 2023 and the replacement with an alternative reference rate may adversely impact interest rates and our interest rate hedging strategy;facilities;
making it more difficult for us to repay, refinance or satisfy our obligations with respect to our debt;
limiting our ability to borrow additional funds in the future and increasing the cost of any such borrowing;
imposing restrictive covenants that may hinder our ability to finance future operations and capital needs or to pursue certain business opportunities and activities, and which, in the event of non-compliance without cure or waiver, could result in an event of default and the acceleration of the applicable debt and any debt subject to cross-acceleration;
21

Table of Contents
requiring repayment or an offer to repurchase in the event of a change of control that may delay or prevent such change of control; and
exposing us to risks related to fluctuations in foreign currency as we earn profits in a variety of currencies around the world and substantially all of our debt is denominated in U.S. dollars.
If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow to pay indebtedness and other funding needs or refinance our indebtedness on favorable terms, or at all, our financial condition may be materially adversely affected.
Our indebtedness limits our ability to take certain actions and could delay or prevent a future change of control.
The terms of our indebtedness include a number of restrictive covenants that, among other things, limit our ability to incur additional indebtedness or guarantee or prepay indebtedness; pay dividends on, repurchase or make distributions in respect of capital stock; make investments or acquisitions; create liens or use assets as security in other transactions; consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of substantially all of our or our subsidiaries’ assets; make intercompany transactions; and enter into transactions with affiliates. These limitations may hinder our ability to finance future operations and capital needs and our ability to pursue business opportunities and activities that may be in our interest. In addition, our ability to comply with these covenants and restrictions may be affected by events beyond our control.
A breach of the covenants under our indebtedness could result in an event of default under the applicable agreement allowing the debt holders to accelerate repayment of such debt as well as any other debt to which a cross-acceleration or cross-default provision applies. In addition, default under our senior secured credit facilities would also permit the lenders thereunder to terminate all other commitments to extend additional credit thereunder, including under the revolver. Similarly, in the event of a change of control, pursuant to the terms of our indebtedness, we may be required to repay our credit facilities, or offer to repurchase the senior secured first lien and second lien notes as well as future indebtedness. Such current and future terms could have the effect of delaying or preventing a future change of control or may discourage a potential acquirer from proposing or completing a transaction that may otherwise have presented a premium to our shareholders.
Following the occurrence of either an event of default or change of control, we may not have sufficient resources to repurchase, repay or redeem our obligations, as applicable, and we may not be able to obtain additional financing to satisfy these obligations on terms favorable to us or at all. Also, if we were unable to repay the amounts due under our secured indebtedness, the holders of such indebtedness could proceed against the collateral that secures such indebtedness. In the event our creditors accelerate the repayment of our secured indebtedness, we and our subsidiaries may not have sufficient assets to repay that indebtedness.
Risks Related to Taxation
Unanticipated tax liabilities could adversely affect the taxes we pay and our profitability.
We are subject to income and other taxes in Canada, the United States, and numerous foreign jurisdictions. A taxation authority may disagree with certain of our views, including, for example, the allocation of profits by tax jurisdiction, and the deductibility of our interest expense, and may take the position that material income tax liabilities, interest, penalties, or other amounts are payable by us, in which case, we expect to contest such assessment. Contesting such an assessment may be lengthy and costly and, if we were unsuccessful, the implications could be materially adverse to us and affect our effective income tax rate and/or operating income.
From time to time, we are subject to additional state and local income tax audits, international income tax audits and sales, franchise and value-added tax audits. Although we believe our tax estimates are reasonable, the final determination of tax audits and any related litigation could be materially different from our historical income tax provisions and accruals. There can be no assurance that theThe Canada Revenue Agency (the “CRA”), the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) and/or foreign tax authorities willmay not agree
18

Table of Contents
with our interpretation of the tax aspects of reorganizations, initiatives, transactions, or any related matters associated therewith that we have undertaken.
The results of a tax audit or related litigation could result in us not being in a position to take advantage of the effective income tax rates and the level of benefits that we anticipated to achieve as a result of corporate reorganizations, initiatives and transactions, and the implications could have a material adverse effect on our effective income tax rate, income tax provision, net income (loss) or cash flows in the period or periods for which that determination is made.
The CompanyRBI and Partnership may be treated as U.S. corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes, which could subject us and Partnership to substantial additional U.S. taxes.
Because the CompanyRBI and Partnership are organized under the laws of Canada, we are classified as foreign entities (and, therefore, non-U.S. tax residents) under general rules of U.S. federal income taxation that an entity is considered a tax resident in the jurisdiction of its organization or incorporation. Even so, the IRS may assert that we should be treated as a U.S. corporation (and, therefore, a U.S. tax resident) for U.S. federal income tax purposes pursuant to complex rules under Section 7874 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code).amended. In addition, a retroactive or prospective change to U.S. tax laws in this area could adversely impact this classification. If we were to be treated as a U.S. corporation for federal tax purposes, we could be subject to substantially greater U.S. tax liability than currently contemplated as a non-U.S. corporation.
Future changes to Canadian, U.S. and other foreign tax laws, including future regulations and other interpretive guidance of such tax laws, could materially affect RBI and/or Partnership, and adversely affect their anticipated financial positions and results.
Our effective tax rate, cash taxes and financial results could be adversely impacted by changes in applicable tax laws (including regulatory, administrative, and judicial interpretations and guidance relating to such laws) in the jurisdictions in which we operate.
The 2021 Canadian Federal Budget proposed various tax law changes, including a new limitation on the deductibility of interest and similar expenses; revised draft legislation was released on February 4, 2022,November 21, 2023, with a proposed effective date of Januaryfor taxation years beginning on or after October 1, 2023. The proposed rules have not yet been enacted. In general, the draft legislation proposes to limit the deductibility of interest and other financing-related expenses to the extent that such expenses, net of interest and financing-related income, exceed a fixed ratio of the entity’s tax EBITDA, with a specified carry-back limit and an indefinite carry-forward limits.limit. The
22

Table of Contents
proposed rules and their application are complex and could materially increase our future income taxes if enacted, adversely impacting our effective tax rate and financial results.
The Biden Administration and the U.S. Congress are considering and haveOn November 21, 2023, Canada released revised, proposed various changes to U.S. corporate income taxation, including increased taxation of international business operations. In addition, the U.S. Treasurylegislation that would impose a 2% equity buyback tax for net equity repurchase transactions that occur on or after January 1, 2024, however, this legislation has broad authority to issue regulations and interpretative guidance with respect to existing and new tax laws that may significantly impact how such laws are applied. A number of currently contemplated tax law changes if enacted could materially adversely affect our effective income tax rate, cash taxes and financial results.not yet been enacted.
The Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (“OECD”), the European Union (“EU”) and many countries (including countries in which we operate)operate have committed to enacting substantial changes to numerous long-standing tax principalsprinciples impacting how large multinational enterprises are taxed in an effort to limit perceived base erosion and profit shifting incentives, including a 15% global minimum tax applied on a country-by-country basis, with a targeted effective date of January 1,likely applicable to periods beginning on or after December 31, 2023. The OECD has issued model rules with respect to various aspects of such proposed changes and is beginning aongoing public consultation process with additional guidance expected. On November 21, 2023, Canada released initial draft enabling legislation with respect to aspects of such OECD model rules. The implementation,enactment, timing and many details regarding such potential tax law changes remain uncertain as Canada and other individual countries evaluate and pursue their respective approaches to enacting the principles underlying such model rules. Such global tax developments could materiallyCertain countries in which we operate have enacted legislation (with subsequent guidance and details expected to follow) to adopt the “Pillar Two” framework effective for periods beginning on or after January 1, 2024, including Switzerland, which will increase our future income taxes, if enacted, adversely impacting our effective tax rate and financial results.
Risks related We will continue to Information Technology
The personal information that we collect may be vulnerable to breach, theft, or loss that could adversely affect our reputation, resultsevaluate the potential impact on future periods of operations, and financial condition.
In the ordinary course of our business, we collect, process, transmit, and retain personal information regarding our employees and their families, our franchisees and their employees, vendors, contractors, and consumers, which can include social security numbers, social insurance numbers, banking and tax identification information, health care information, and credit card information and our franchisees collect similar information. For example, in recent years we expanded our development and management of our brands’ mobile apps, online ordering platforms, and in-restaurant kiosks and started to provide point-of-sale software. While our deployment of such technology facilitates our primary goals of generating incremental sales and improving operations at our
19

Table of Contents
franchisees’ restaurants as well“Pillar Two” framework as additional customer awareness and interest in our brands, such deployment also means that we are collecting and entrusted with additional personal information about our customers. Canadian privacy officials are investigating the use of certain geolocation data for TH mobile app users and we have been served with several purported class action lawsuits in Canada alleging we violated mobile app users' privacy rights. While we are fully cooperating with the investigation and vigorously defending the lawsuits, negative publicity regarding these matters could adversely affect our reputation and our brands. Some of this personal informationguidance is also held and managed by our franchisees, including master franchisees, and certain of our vendors and in these cases the franchisee or vendor is responsible for complying with local laws and adequately securing the data. A third-party may be able to circumvent the security and business controls that we, our vendors, our franchisees, or our franchisees' vendors use to limit access and use of personal information, which could result in a breach of employee, consumer, or franchisee privacy.
A major breach, theft, or loss of the personal information described above that is held by us, our vendors, our franchisees, or our franchisees' vendors could adversely affect our reputation and restaurant operations as well as result in substantial fines, penalties, indemnification claims, and potential litigation against us which could negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition.
We are subject to risks related with non-compliance of privacy and data protection laws and regulations. For example, under the European Union's General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”), companies must meet certain requirements regarding the handling of personal data or face penalties of up to 4% of worldwide revenue. Furthermore, the collection and safeguarding of personal information has increasingly attracted enhanced scrutiny from the general public in the United States and Canada, which has resulted in additional actual and proposed legislative and regulatory rules at the federal, provincial and state levels (e.g., the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018, California's Proposition 24 of 2020, and Canada's Bill C-11). These regulations have been subject to frequent change, and there may be other jurisdictions that propose or enact new or emerging data privacy requirements in the future. As a result of such legislative and regulatory rules, we may be required to notify the owners of the personal information of any data breaches, which could harm our reputation and financial results, as well as subject us to litigation or actions by regulatory authorities. Furthermore, media or other reports of existing or perceived security vulnerabilities in our systems or those of our franchisees or vendors, or misuse of personal data, even if no breach has been attempted or has occurred, has and in the future may lead to investigations and litigation and may adversely impact our brand, reputation, and business.
Significant capital investmentsreleased and other expenditures could be required to remedy a breach and prevent future problems, including costs associated with additional security technologies, personnel, experts, and credit monitoring services for those whose data has been breached. These costs, which could be material, could adversely impact our results of operations during the period in which they are incurred. The techniques and sophistication used to conduct cyber-attacks and breaches, as well as the sources and targets of these attacks, change frequently and are often not recognized untilindividual countries adopt such attacks are launched or have been in place for a period of time. Accordingly, our efforts and expenditures to prevent future cyber-attacks or breaches may not be successful.
Information technology system failures or interruptions or breaches of our network security may interrupt our operations, cause reputational harm, subject us to increased operating costs and expose us to litigation.
We rely heavily on our computer systems and network infrastructure across operations including, but not limited to, point-of-sale processing at our restaurants, as well as the systems of our third-party vendors to whom we outsource certain administrative functions. Despite our implementation of security measures, all of our technology systems are vulnerable to damage, disruption or failures due to physical theft, fire, power loss, telecommunications failure, or other catastrophic events, as well as from problems with transitioning to upgraded or replacement systems, internal and external security breaches, denial of service attacks, viruses, worms, and other disruptive problems caused by hackers. If any of our technology systems were to fail or become subject to ransomware and we were unable to recover in a timely way, we could experience an interruption in our operations. Furthermore, if unauthorized access to or use of our systems were to occur, data related to our proprietary information could be compromised. The occurrence of any of these incidents could have a material adverse effect on our future financial condition and results of operations. To the extent that some of our worldwide reporting systems require or rely on manual processes, it could increase the risk of a breach due to human error.
Further, the standards for systems currently used for transmission and approval of electronic payment transactions, and the technology utilized in electronic payment themselves, all of which can put electronic payment data at risk, are determined and controlled by the payment card industry, not by us. If someone is able to circumvent our data security measures or those of third parties with whom we do business, including our franchisees, he or she could destroy or steal valuable information or disrupt our operations. Any security breach could expose us to risks of data loss, litigation, liability, and could seriously disrupt our operations. Any resulting negative publicity could significantly harm our reputation and could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.
Finally, we have expended and may need to continue to expend substantial financial and managerial resources to enhance our existing restaurant management systems, financial and management controls, information systems and personnel to accurately capture and reflect the financial and operational activities at our franchise restaurants. On occasion we have encountered, and may in the future
20

Table of Contents
encounter, challenges in receiving these results from our franchisees in a consistent and timely manner as a number of our systems and processes are not fully integrated worldwide. To the extent that we are not able to obtain transparency into our operations from our systems and manual estimations and effectively manage the information demands associated with significant growth, it could impair the ability of our management to react quickly to changes in the business or economic environment and our business and operating results could be negatively impacted.enabling legislation.
Risks Related to our Common Shares
3G RBH owns approximately 29%28% of the combined voting power in the Company,RBI, and its interests may conflict with or differ from the interests of the other shareholders.
3G Restaurant Brands Holdings LP (“3G RBH”) currently owns approximately 29%28% of the combined voting power in the Company.RBI. So long as 3G RBH continues to directly or indirectly own a significant amount of the voting power, it will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control business decisions of the Company.RBI. 3G RBH and its principals may have interests that are different from those of the Company's other shareholders, and 3G RBH may exercise its voting and other rights in a manner that may be adverse to the interests of such shareholders. In addition, this concentration of ownership could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control or otherwise discouraging a potential acquirer from attempting to obtain control of the Company,RBI, which could cause the market price of the Company’sour common shares to decline or prevent the Company’sour shareholders from realizing a premium over the market price for their common shares or Partnership exchangeable units.
3G RBH is affiliated with 3G Capital Partners, Ltd. a global investment firm (“3G Capital”). 3G Capital is in the business of making investments in companies and may from time to time in the future pursue opportunities, acquire or develop controlling interests in businesses engaged in the QSR industry that complement or directly or indirectly compete with certain portions of our business. As a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us.
Canadian laws may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control.
We are a Canadian entity. The Investment Canada Act requires that a “non-Canadian,” as defined therein, file an application for review with the Minister responsible for the Investment Canada Act and obtain approval of the Minister prior to acquiring control of a Canadian business, where prescribed financial thresholds are exceeded. This may discourage a potential acquirer from proposing or completing a transaction that may otherwise present a premium to shareholders.
General Risks
The loss of key management personnel or our inability to attract and retain new qualified personnel could hurt our business.
We are dependent on the efforts and abilities of our senior management, including the executives managing each of our brands, and our success will also depend on our ability to attract and retain additional qualified employees. Failure to attract personnel sufficiently qualified to execute our strategy, or to retain existing key personnel, could have a material adverse effect on our business. Also, integration of strategic transactions such as the acquisition of Firehouse Subs and pending acquisition of Carrols, may divert management’s attention from other initiatives, and effectively executing our growth strategy.
We have been, and in the future may be, subject to litigation that could have an adverse effect on our business.
We may from time to time,are regularly involved in the ordinary course of business, be subject to litigation relating to matters including but not limitedrelated to disputes with franchisees, suppliers, employees, team members, and customers, as well as disputes over our advertising claims about our food and over our intellectual property. For example, there have been multiple purported class action lawsuits filed against us regardingSee the no-poaching provision our franchise agreements for BKdiscussion of Legal Proceedings in the U.S.Note 16, “Commitments and TH in Canada, regarding certain purported privacy-related concerns with respect to geo-location data and our mobile application in Canada and regarding certain disclosuresContingencies,” to the market, includingConsolidated Financial Statements included in connection with secondary offeringsItem 8 of our shares.this Form 10-K. Active and potential disputes with franchisees could damage our brand reputation and our relationships with our broader franchise base. Such litigation may be expensive to defend, harm our reputation and divert resources away from our operations and negatively impact our reported earnings. Also, legal proceedings against a franchisee or its affiliates by third parties, whether in the ordinary course of business or otherwise, may include claims against us by virtue of our relationship with the franchisee. We, or our business partners, may become subject to claims for infringement of intellectual property rights and we may be required to indemnify
23

Table of Contents
or defend our business partners from such claims. Should management’s evaluation of our current exposure to legal matters pending against us prove incorrect and if such claims are successful, our exposure could exceed expectations and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Although some losses may be covered by insurance, if there are significant losses that are not covered, or there is a delay in receiving insurance proceeds, or the proceeds are insufficient to offset our losses fully, our financial condition or results of operations may be adversely affected.
21

Table of Contents

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
None.


Item 1C. Cybersecurity
Cybersecurity risk management and strategy
We recognize the critical importance of maintaining the trust and confidence of our customers, franchisees and employees. Consequently, our cybersecurity policies, standards, processes and practices are embedded within our overall enterprise risk management (“ERM”) program.
Our operations utilize multiple information systems, including accounting software, human resources management software, back of house systems, supply chain software, our brands’ mobile apps, online ordering platforms, in-restaurant kiosks, point-of-sale software, and back-of-house software. In the ordinary course of our business, we collect, process, transmit, disclose, and retain personal information regarding our employees, our franchisees, vendors, contractors, and guests (which can include social security numbers, social insurance numbers, banking and tax identification information, health care information for employees, and credit card information) and our franchisees collect similar information.
To protect the information that we gather and the availability of our information systems from cybersecurity threats, we have an ongoing cybersecurity risk mitigation program, which includes maintaining up-to-date detection, prevention and monitoring systems and contracting with outside cybersecurity firms to provide continuous monitoring of our systems as well as threat-detection services. We define a cybersecurity threat as any potential unauthorized occurrence on or conducted through our information systems or information systems of a third party that we utilize in our business that may result in adverse effects on the confidentiality, integrity or availability of our information systems or any information residing therein. Our cybersecurity policies, standards, processes, and practices are based on recognized frameworks established by the National Institute of Standards and Technology and include the following components:
Collaborative Approach: We have implemented a comprehensive, cross-functional approach to identifying, preventing, and mitigating cybersecurity threats and incidents, while also implementing controls and procedures that provide for the prompt escalation of certain cybersecurity incidents so that decisions regarding the public disclosure and reporting of such incidents can be made by management in a timely manner.
Deployment of Technical Safeguards: We deploy technical safeguards that are designed to protect our information systems from cybersecurity threats, including firewalls, intrusion prevention and detection systems, anti-malware functionality and access controls, which are evaluated and improved through vulnerability assessments and cybersecurity threat intelligence.
Development and Periodic Testing of Incident Response and Recovery Planning: We have developed and maintain comprehensive incident response and recovery plans that address our response to cybersecurity threats, and such plans are tested and evaluated on a regular basis. Our periodic testing of these plans includes a wide range of activities, including audits, assessments, tabletop exercises, threat modeling, vulnerability testing and other exercises focused on evaluating the effectiveness of our cybersecurity measures and planning. We engage third parties to perform assessments on our cybersecurity measures, including information security maturity assessments, audits and independent reviews of our information security control environment and operating effectiveness. The results of such assessments, audits and reviews are reported to the Audit Committee, and we adjust cybersecurity policies, standards, processes and practices as necessary based on the information provided by these assessments, audits and reviews.
Third-Party Risk Management: We maintain a comprehensive, risk-based approach to identifying and overseeing cybersecurity risks presented by third parties, including vendors, service providers, franchisees and other external users of our systems, as well as the systems of third parties that could adversely impact our business in the event of a cybersecurity incident affecting those third-party systems.
24

Table of Contents
Implementation of Regular and Mandatory Employee Training and Awareness Programs: We provide regular, mandatory training for our personnel regarding cybersecurity threats as a means to equip them with effective tools to detect and address cybersecurity threats, and to communicate our evolving information security policies, standards, processes and practices.
Governance
Our Audit Committee oversees our ERM process, including the management of risks arising from cybersecurity threats. The Audit Committee regularly receives presentations and reports on cybersecurity risks, which address a wide range of topics including recent developments, evolving standards, vulnerability assessments, third-party and independent reviews, the threat environment, technological trends and information security considerations arising with respect to our peers and third parties. Our Internal Audit function performs periodic audits of our cyber security program and reports results to the Audit Committee. On a periodic basis, the Audit Committee discusses our approach to cybersecurity risk management with our Chief Information Security Officer (“CISO”).
Our CISO works in coordination with our senior management and leaders at each of our brands to implement a program designed to protect our information systems from cybersecurity threats and to promptly respond to any cybersecurity incidents in accordance with our incident response and recovery plans. Our CISO and the internal security team monitor the prevention, detection, mitigation and remediation of cybersecurity threats and incidents in real time, and report such threats and incidents to the Audit Committee when appropriate. We also use a Managed Security Service Provider (MSSP) to provide continuous monitoring of our systems and supplement our internal security team.
As of December 31, 2023, our CISO has served in various roles in information technology and information security for over 37 years, as an IT auditor and an IT security executive. He has been in various industries including Finance, Manufacturing and Retail. The CISO has both the CISA and CRP designations.
While cybersecurity threats as a result of any previous cybersecurity incidents have not materially affected our business strategy, results of operations or financial condition, future incidents may interrupt our operations, cause reputational harm, subject us to increased operating costs and/or expose us to litigation.
Executive Officers of the Registrant
Set forth below is certain information about our executive officers. Ages areofficers as of the date hereof.February 20, 2024.
NameAge  Position
José E. CilJ. Patrick Doyle5260Executive Chairman
Joshua Kobza37Chief Executive Officer
Matthew Dunnigan3840Chief Financial Officer
Joshua Kobza35Chief Operating Officer
Axel Schwan4850President, Tim Hortons AmericasCanada & U.S.
TomThomas B. Curtis5860President, Burger King AmericasU.S. & Canada
Sami Siddiqui3739President, Popeyes AmericasU.S. & Canada
David Shear3739President, International
Duncan Fulton4648Chief Corporate Officer
Jeff Housman4042Chief People & Services Officer
Jill Granat5658General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
Jacqueline Friesner4951Controller and Chief Accounting Officer
José E. Cil.Patrick Doyle. Mr. Cil was appointed Chief Executive Officer of the Company in January 2019, and previously served as President, Burger King since December 2014. Mr. CilDoyle has served as Executive Vice PresidentChair of our Board since January 2023 and Presidentwas appointed Executive Chairman of Europe, the Middle East and Africa for Burger King Worldwide and its predecessor fromRBI in November 2010 until December 2014. Prior to this role, Mr. Cil was Vice President and Regional General Manager for Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. in Florida from February 2010 to November 2010. From September 2008 to January 2010, Mr. Cil served as Vice President of Company Operations of Burger King Corporation and from September 2005 to September 2008,2022. Most recently, he served as Division Vice President, Mediterranean and NW Europe Divisions, EMEA of a subsidiary of Burger King Corporation.
Matthew Dunnigan. Mr. Dunnigan was appointed Chief Financial Officeran executive partner focused on the consumer sector of the Company in January 2018. From October 2014 until January 2018, Mr. Dunnigan held the position of Treasurer, where he took on increasing responsibilities and successfully led all of the Company's capital markets activities. Before he joined the Company, Mr. Dunnigan served as Vice President of Crescent CapitalCarlyle Group, LP,a global diversified investment firm from September 20132019 through October 2014, where he evaluated investments across the credit markets.November 2022, Prior to that Mr. Dunnigan spent three yearshe served as a private equity investment professional for H.I.G. Capital.the chief executive officer of Domino’s Pizza from March 2010 to June 2018, having served as president from 2007 to 2010, as executive vice president of Domino’s Team USA from 2004 to 2007 and as executive vice president of Domino’s International form 1999 to 2004.
Joshua Kobza. Mr. Kobza was appointed Chief OperatingExecutive Officer of the Company in January 2019.RBI effective March 1, 2023. Prior to that, Mr. Kobza served as Chief Operating Officer of RBI from January 2019 to March 2023, as Chief Technology Officer and Development Officer of the CompanyRBI from January 2018 to January 2019, and as Chief Financial Officer of the CompanyRBI from December 2014 to January 2018. From April 2013 to December 2014, Mr. Kobza served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Burger King Worldwide. Mr. Kobza joined Burger King Worldwide in June 2012 as Director, Investor Relations, and was promoted to Senior Vice President, Global Finance in December 2012.
25

Table of Contents
Matthew Dunnigan. Mr. Dunnigan was appointed Chief Financial Officer of RBI in January 2018. From October 2014 until January 2011 until June 2012,2018, Mr. Kobza worked at SIPDunnigan held the position of Treasurer, where he took on increasing responsibilities and successfully led all of RBI’s capital markets activities. Before he joined RBI, Mr. Dunnigan served as Vice President of Crescent Capital a Sao Paulo based private investment firm,Group LP, from September 2013 through October 2014, where he evaluated investments across a number of industries and geographies. From July 2008 until December 2010,the credit markets. Prior to that, Mr. Kobza served as an analyst in the corporateDunnigan was a private equity area of the Blackstone Group in New York City.investment professional for H.I.G. Capital.
Axel Schwan. Mr. Schwan was appointed as President, of Tim Hortons AmericasCanada & US in October 2019. Mr. Schwan served2019 after serving as Global Chief Marketing Officer offor Tim Hortons fromsince October 20172017. Mr. Schwan first joined RBI as Marketing Director, Germany, Austria and Switzerland in 2011 and was then appointed as Vice President, Marketing and Communications, EMEA for Burger King before advancing to October 2019 and prior to that served as the role of Global Chief Marketing Officer of Burger King fromfor the brand in January 20142014. Prior to October 2017.joining RBI, Mr. Schwan led the Schwan family restaurant business, alongside his sister, and worked in various marketing roles at Unilever and Danone in Germany.
Tom Curtis. Mr. Curtis was appointed President, Burger King U.S. & Canada in October 2021. From May 2021 to October 2021, he was the Chief Operating Officer, where he was responsible for overseeing field operations, restaurant development and restaurant operations. Prior to joining BKC, Mr. Curtis spent 35-years at Domino’s Pizza, Inc., where he most recently served as Executive Vice President, U.S. Operations and Global Operations Support, overseeing both franchise and company-owned operations from March 2020 to April 2021. Prior to that, he served as Executive Vice President, Corporate Operations from July 2018 to March 2020, and as Vice President of Franchise Relations and Operations Innovation from March 2017 to July 2018. Mr. Curtis joined Domino’s in 2006, after being a Domino’s franchisee since 1987.
22

Table of Contents
Sami Siddiqui. Mr. Siddiqui was appointed President, of Popeyes AmericasU.S. & Canada in September 2020. Prior to that Mr. Siddiqui served as President of Asia Pacific for RBI from February 2019 to September 2020 and as Chief Financial Officer for Burger King Corporation from October 2018 to February 2019. From September 2016 to September 2018, he was President of Tim Hortons and from April 2015 to September 2016, he was Executive Vice President, Finance for Tim Hortons. Mr. Siddiqui joined Burger King Corporation in 2013 and served various capacities within the Global Finance groups of Burger King Corporation prior to joining the Tim Hortons team.
David Shear. Mr. Shear was appointed President International of Restaurant Brands InternationalRBI in January 2021. Mr. Shear previously served as President EMEA beginning in September 2016. Mr. Shear joined the predecessor of the companyRBI in 2011, holding roles of increasing responsibility within theBurger King U.S. marketing. He then held various roles in Asia Pacific, including serving as President of Burger King APAC from 2014 to 2016. Prior to joining Burger King, Corporation, DavidMr. Shear worked at strategy consulting firm Charles River Associates.
Duncan Fulton. Mr. Fulton was appointed Chief Corporate Officer of Restaurant Brands International Inc.,RBI, in June 2018, overseeing global communications, North American franchising, government relations and ESG initiatives. Mr. Fulton also serves as Chairman of the Board of Directors for the Tim Hortons Foundation. Prior to joining RBI, Mr. Fulton held several positions with Canadian Tire Corporation (CTC) from November 2009 to March 2016,2018, including Senior Vice President of Corporate Affairs, Chief Marketing Officer for FGL Sports and Mark'sMark’s Work Warehouse, and President of FGL Sports. Previously, Mr. Fulton was Senior Partner and General Manager of Fleishman-Hilliard from April 2002 to November 2009. Prior to his agency experience, Mr. Fulton served as a communication advisor and spokesman for several political leaders, including former Canadian Prime Minister Jean Chrétien, Ontario Premier Dalton McGuinty and New Brunswick Premier Frank McKenna.
Jeff Housman. Mr. Housman was appointed Chief People & Services Officer of Restaurant Brands International Inc.RBI in April 2021 and previously served as Chief Human Resources Officer beginning in February 2017 as well as Head of Global Business Services from January 2015 to January 2017. Mr. Housman joined the Burger King team in April 2013 serving in finance, real estate and business services roles. Prior to joining Burger King, Mr. Housman worked in investment banking at J.P. Morgan.Morgan, and he holds an MBA from Columbia Business School and a Bachelor’s in Business Administration from Emory University.
Jill Granat. Ms. Granat was appointed General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of the CompanyRBI in December 2014. Ms. Granat served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Burger King Worldwide and its predecessor since February 2011. Prior to this time, Ms. Granat was Vice President and Assistant General Counsel of Burger King Corporation from July 2009 until February 2011. Ms. Granat joined Burger King Corporation in 1998 as a member of the legal department and served in positions of increasing responsibility with Burger King Corporation.
Jacqueline Friesner. Ms. Friesner was appointed Controller and Chief Accounting Officer of the CompanyRBI in December 2014. Ms. Friesner served as Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer of Burger King Worldwide and its predecessor from March 2011 until December 2014. Prior thereto, Ms. Friesner served in positions of increasing responsibility with Burger King Corporation. Before joining Burger King Corporation in October 2002, she was an audit manager at Pricewaterhouse Coopers in Miami, Florida.
2326

Table of Contents

Item 2. Properties
Our corporate headquarters is located in Toronto, Ontario and consists of approximately 65,000 square feet which we lease. Our U.S. headquarters is located in Miami, Florida and consists of approximately 150,000 square feet which we lease. We also lease office property in Switzerland, Singapore and Jacksonville, Florida. RelatedFlorida and additional office space in Canada.
The table below sets forth the real estate profile of each of our franchised restaurants and company restaurants by operating segment. As discussed in the Business section, our TH, BK, PLK and FHS segments include operations for each of these brands in the U.S. and Canada while our INTL segment includes operations of each of our four brands outside of the U.S. and Canada. In addition to the TH business,restaurant properties below, we own sixfive distribution centers of which one is vacant and held for sale as of December 31, 2021, and own two manufacturing plants throughout Canada. In addition to our corporate headquarters in Toronto, Ontario, we lease one office in Canada andwhich are included in our TH segment. We also lease one manufacturing plant in the U.S. which is included in our TH segment.
As of December 31, 2021,2023, our restaurant footprint was as follows:
THBKPLKFHSTotal
Franchise Restaurants(1)
Sites owned by us and leased to franchisees769 663 34 — 1,466 
Sites leased by us and subleased to franchisees2,819 740 44 — 3,603 
Sites owned/leased directly by franchisees1,699 17,793 3,586 1,175 24,253 
Total franchise restaurant sites5,287 19,196 3,664 1,175 29,322 
Company Restaurants
Sites owned by us— 16 10 — 26 
Sites leased by us35 31 38 108 
Total company restaurant sites51 41 38 134 
Total system-wide restaurant sites5,291 19,247 3,705 1,213 29,456 
(1) Includes VIE restaurants.
THBKPLKFHSINTLTotal
Franchised Restaurants
Sites owned by us and leased to franchisees770 629 37 — 1,438 
Sites leased by us and subleased to franchisees2,771 670 56 — 3,503 
Sites owned/leased directly by franchisees976 5,707 3,260 1,226 14,734 25,903 
Total franchised restaurant sites4,517 7,006 3,353 1,226 14,742 30,844 
Company Restaurants
Sites owned by us31 10 — — 42 
Sites leased by us107 31 39 — 184 
Total company restaurant sites138 41 39 — 226 
Total system-wide restaurant sites4,525 7,144 3,394 1,265 14,742 31,070 
We believe that our existing headquarters and other leased and owned facilities are adequate to meet our current requirements.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings
From time to time, we are involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business relating to matters including, but not limited to, disputes with franchisees, suppliers, employees and customers, as well as disputes over our intellectual property.  
See Note 17,16, “Commitments and Contingencies,” to the accompanying consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information on certain legal proceedings.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.
2427

Table of Contents

Part II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Market for Our Common Shares
Our common shares trade on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) and Toronto Stock Exchange (“TSX”) under the ticker symbol “QSR”. The Class B exchangeable limited partnership units of Partnership (the “Partnership exchangeable units”) trade on the TSX under the ticker symbol “QSP”. As of February 15, 2022,14, 2024, there were 21,44120,585 holders of record of our common shares.
Share RepurchasesRepurchase
Following are our monthly share repurchases for the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2021:2023:
PeriodTotal Number of Shares PurchasedTotal Dollar Value of Shares PurchasedAverage Price Paid per ShareTotal Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs (1)Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet be Purchased under the Plans or Programs
October 1, 2021 - October 31, 2021— $— $— — $818,163,854 
November 1, 2021 - November 30, 20212,765,699 159,401,466 57.64 2,765,699 658,762,388 
December 1, 2021 - December 31, 20213,638,387 209,333,668 57.53 3,638,387 449,428,720 
6,404,086 $368,735,134 6,404,086 
PeriodTotal Number of Shares PurchasedTotal Dollar Value of Shares PurchasedAverage Price Paid per ShareTotal Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs (1)Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet be Purchased under the Plans or Programs
October 1, 2023 - October 31, 20235,539,777 $357,716,433 $64.57 5,539,777 $500,000,010 
November 1, 2023 - November 30, 2023— — — — 500,000,010 
December 1, 2023 - December 31, 2023— — — — 500,000,010 
5,539,777 $357,716,433 5,539,777 

(1)In August 2016, our2023, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $300 million outstanding common shares for five years, none of which had been utilized. In July 2021, the Board of Directors extended and expanded the authorization to repurchases of up to $1.0 billion common shares through August 10, 2023September 30, 2025 and the open market repurchases of the common shares listed in the table above were made pursuant to that authorization. Under the program, shares may be repurchased in privately negotiated or open market transactions, including under plans complying with Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act. Purchases made during October 2023 were pursuant to a Rule 10b5-1 plan.
Dividend Policy
On February 15, 2022,13, 2024, we announced that the board of directors had declared a cash dividend of $0.54$0.58 per common share for the first quarter of 2022.2024. The dividend will be paid on April 6, 20224, 2024 to common shareholders of record on March 23, 2022.21, 2024. Partnership will also make a distribution in respect of each Partnership exchangeable unit in the amount of $0.54$0.58 per Partnership exchangeable unit, and the record date and payment date for distributions on Partnership exchangeable units are the same as the record date and payment date set forth above.
We are targeting a total of $2.16$2.32 in declared dividends per common share and distributions in respect of each Partnership exchangeable unit for 2022.2024.
Although our board of directors declared a cash dividend on our common shares for each quarter of 20212023 and for the first quarter of 2022,2024, any future dividends on our common shares will be determined at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon results of operations, financial condition, contractual restrictions, including the terms of the agreements governing our debt and any future indebtedness we may incur, restrictions imposed by applicable law and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant. Although we are targeting a total of $2.16$2.32 in declared dividends per common share and Partnership exchangeable unit for 2022,2024, there is no assurance that we will achieve our target total dividend for 20222024 and satisfy our debt service and other obligations.

25
28

Table of Contents
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
On August 31, 2023, our Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program that allows us to purchase up to $1,000 million of our common shares until September 30, 2025. This approval follows the expiration of our prior two-year authorization to repurchase up to $1,000 million of our common shares. During 2023, we repurchased and cancelled 7,639,137 RBI common shares for $500 million. During 2022, we repurchased and cancelled 6,101,364 RBI common shares for $326 million. During 2021, we repurchased and cancelled 9,247,648 RBI common shares for $551 million. As of December 31, 2023, we had $500 million remaining under the authorization.
During 2023, Partnership received exchange notices representing 10,119,8809,398,876 Partnership exchangeable units, including 276,478with no exchange notices received during the fourth quarter of 2021.2023. Pursuant to the terms of the partnership agreement, Partnership satisfied the exchange notices by exchanging the Partnership exchangeable units for the same number of our newly issued common shares. During 2020,2022, Partnership received exchange notices representing 10,393,8611,996,818 Partnership exchangeable units. Pursuant to the terms of the partnership agreement, Partnershipunits and satisfied the exchange notices by repurchasing 6,757,692 Partnership exchangeable units for approximately $380 million in cash and exchanging the remaining Partnership exchangeable units for the same number of our newly issued common shares. During 2019,2021, Partnership received exchange notices representing 42,016,39210,119,880 Partnership exchangeable units and satisfied the exchange notices by exchanging the Partnership exchangeable units for the same number of newly issued common shares. Pursuant to the terms of the partnership agreement, the purchase price for the Partnership exchangeable units was based on the weighted average trading price of our common shares on the NYSE for the 20 consecutive trading days ending on the last business day prior to the exchange date. Upon the exchange of Partnership exchangeable units, each such Partnership exchangeable unit was automatically deemed cancelled concurrently with such exchange.
Stock Performance Graph
The following graph shows the Company’s cumulative shareholder returns over the period from December 31, 20162018 to December 31, 2021.2023. The graph depicts the total return to shareholders from December 31, 20162018 through December 31, 2021,2023, relative to the performance of the Standard & Poor’s 500 Index and the Standard & Poor’s Restaurant Index, a peer group. The graph assumes an investment of $100 in the Company's common stock and each index on December 31, 20162018 and the reinvestment of dividends paid since that date. The stock price performance shown in the graph is not necessarily indicative of future price performance.

qsr-20211231_g1.jpg4367
12/31/201612/31/201712/31/201812/31/201912/31/202012/31/2021
12/31/201812/31/201812/31/201912/31/202012/31/202112/31/202212/31/2023
Restaurant Brands International (NYSE)Restaurant Brands International (NYSE)$100 $131 $115 $144 $143 $147 Restaurant Brands International (NYSE)$100$125$128$142$177
S&P 500 IndexS&P 500 Index$100 $122 $116 $153 $181 $233 S&P 500 Index$100$131$156$200$164$207
S&P Restaurant IndexS&P Restaurant Index$100 $126 $139 $173 $203 $251 S&P Restaurant Index$100$124$146$180$166$190


2629

Table of Contents
Item 6. [Reserved]





2730

Table of Contents
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
You should read the following discussion together with our audited Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes thereto included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 20212023 (our “Annual Report”).
The following discussion includes information regarding future financial performance and plans, targets, aspirations, expectations, and objectives of management, which constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and forward-looking information within the meaning of the Canadian securities laws as described in further detail under “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” that is set forth below. Actual results may differ materially from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements because of a number of risks and uncertainties, including the matters discussed in the “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” below. In addition, please refer to the risks set forth under the caption “Risk Factors” included in this Annual Report for a further description of risks and uncertainties affecting our business and financial results. Historical trends should not be taken as indicative of future operations and financial results. Other than as required under the U.S. Federal securities laws or the Canadian securities laws, we do not assume a duty to update these forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, subsequent events or circumstances, changes in expectations or otherwise.
We prepare our financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP” or “GAAP”). However, this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations also contains certain non-GAAP financial measures to assist readers in understanding our performance. Non-GAAP financial measures either exclude or include amounts that are not reflected in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Where non-GAAP financial measures are used, we have provided the most directly comparable measures calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, a reconciliation to GAAP measures and a discussion of the reasons why management believes this information is useful to it and may be useful to investors.
Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this section to “RBI”, the “Company,” “we,” “us,”“Company”, “we”, “us” or “our” are to Restaurant Brands International Inc. and its subsidiaries, collectively and all references in this section to “Partnership” are to Restaurant Brands International Limited Partnership and its subsidiaries, collectively.
All references to “$” or “dollars” in this report are to the currency of the United States unless otherwise indicated. All references to “Canadian dollars” or “C$” are to the currency of Canada unless otherwise indicated.
Overview
We are a Canadian corporation that serves as the indirect holding company for Tim Hortons, Burger King, Popeyesthe entities that own and Firehouse Subs, which we acquired on December 15, 2021, and their consolidated subsidiaries. We are one offranchise the world’s largest quick service restaurant (“QSR”) companies with over $35 billion in annual system-wide sales and over 29,000 restaurants in more than 100 countries as of December 31, 2021. Our Tim Hortons®, Burger King®, Popeyes® and Firehouse Subs® brands. We are one of the world’s largest quick service restaurant (“QSR”) companies with over $40 billion in annual system-wide sales and over 30,000 restaurants in more than 120 countries and territories as of December 31, 2023. Our Tim Hortons®, Burger King®, Popeyes®, and Firehouse Subs® brands have similar franchisefranchised business models with complementary daypart mixes and product platforms. Our four iconic brands are managed independently while benefiting from global scale and sharing of best practices.
Tim Hortons restaurants are quick service restaurants with a menu that includes premium blend coffee, tea, espresso-based hot and cold specialty drinks, fresh baked goods, including donuts, Timbits®, bagels, muffins, cookies and pastries, grilled paninis, classic sandwiches, wraps, soups and more. Burger King restaurants are quick service restaurants that feature flame-grilled hamburgers, chicken and other specialty sandwiches, french fries, soft drinks and other affordably-priced food items. Popeyes restaurants are quick service restaurants featuringthat distinguish themselves with a unique “Louisiana” style menu that includesfeaturing fried chicken, chicken sandwiches, chicken tenders, wings, fried shrimp and other seafood, red beans and rice and other regional items. Firehouse Subs restaurants are quick service restaurants featuring hot and hearty subs piled high with quality meats and cheese as well as chopped salads, chili and soups, signature and other sides, soft drinks and local specialties.
Commencing upon
31

Table of Contents
Beginning with the acquisitionfourth quarter of Firehouse Subs,2023, we have fourare reporting results under five operating and reportable segments: (1) segments. This shift in reportable segments reflects how RBI's leadership oversees and manages the business. As a result of this change, our five operating and reportable segments consist of the following:
1.Tim Hortons – all operations of our Tim Hortons brand in Canada and the U.S. (“TH”); (2)
2.Burger King – all operations of our Burger King brand in the U.S. and Canada (“BK”); (3) 
3.Popeyes Louisiana Kitchen – all operations of our Popeyes brand in the U.S. and Canada (“PLK”); and (4)
4.Firehouse Subs – all operations of our Firehouse Subs brand in the U.S. and Canada (“FHS”); and
5.International – all operations of each of our brands outside the U.S. and Canada (“INTL”).
Prior year amounts presented have been reclassified to conform to this new segment presentation with no effect on previously reported consolidated results.
In addition, we transitioned our definition of segment income from Adjusted EBITDA to Adjusted Operating Income (“AOI”). Our business generates revenueAOI represents income from operations, adjusted to exclude (i) franchise agreement amortization as a result of acquisition accounting, (ii) (income) loss from equity method investments, net of cash distributions received from equity method investments, (iii) other operating expenses (income), net and, (iv) income/expenses from non-recurring projects and non-operating activities. Unlike Adjusted EBITDA, our previous measure of segment income, AOI includes depreciation and amortization (excluding franchise agreement amortization) as well as share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense.
We generate revenues from the following sources: (i) franchisesales, consisting primarily of (1) Tim Hortons supply chain sales, which represent sales of products, supplies and advertisingrestaurant equipment to franchisees, as well as sales of consumer packaged goods (“CPG”), and (2) sales at Company restaurants; (ii) franchise revenues, consisting primarily of royalties based on a percentage of sales reported by franchised restaurants and franchise fees paid by franchisees; (iii) property revenues from properties we lease or sublease to franchisees; and (iv) advertising revenues and other services, consisting primarily of (1) advertising fund contributions based on a percentage of sales reported by franchisefranchised restaurants to fund advertising expenses and franchise(2) tech fees paidand revenues that vary by franchisees; (ii) property revenues from properties we lease or sublease to franchisees;market and (iii) sales at restaurants owned by us (“Company restaurants”). In addition, our TH business generates revenue from sales to franchiseespartially offset expenses related to technology initiatives.
Operating costs and expenses for our segments include:
cost of sales comprised of (i) costs associated with the management of our Tim Hortons supply chain, operations, including manufacturing, procurement, warehousing,cost of goods, direct labor, depreciation, and distribution,cost of CPG products sold to retailers as well as (ii) food, paper and labor costs of Company restaurants;
franchise and property expenses comprised primarily of depreciation of properties leased to franchisees, rental expense associated with properties subleased to franchisees, amortization of franchise agreements, and bad debt expense (recoveries);
advertising expenses and other services comprised primarily of expenses relating to marketing, advertising and promotion, including market research, production, advertising costs, sales promotions, social media campaigns, technology initiatives, depreciation and amortization and other related support functions for the respective brands. We generally manage advertising expenses to retailers.equal advertising revenues in the long term, however in some periods there may be a mismatch in the timing of revenues and expenses or higher expenses due to our support initiatives behind marketing programs; and
28

Tablesegment general and administrative expenses (“Segment G&A”) comprised primarily of Contentssalary and employee-related costs for non-restaurant employees, professional fees, information technology systems, general overhead for our corporate offices, share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense, and depreciation and amortization.
Firehouse Acquisition
As described in Note 3 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements, on December 15, 2021, weWe completed the acquisition of Firehouse Subs on December 15, 2021 for total consideration of approximately $1,033$1,016 million (the “Firehouse Acquisition”), subject to post-closing adjustments.. Our 2023 and 2022 consolidated statement of operations includes FHS revenues expenses and segment income for the perioda full fiscal year. Our 2021 consolidated statement of operations included FHS revenues and segment income from the acquisition date of December 15, 2021 through December 26, 2021, the 2021 fiscal year end for FHS, are included in our consolidated statementFHS.
32

Table of operations for 2021.Contents
COVID-19
The global crisis resulting from the spread of coronavirus (“COVID-19”) impacted our global restaurant operations for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.
While the impact of COVID-19 on system-wide sales growth, system-wide sales, comparable sales and net restaurant growth was significant for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, in the 2021 period these metrics were affected to a lesser extent, with variations among brands and regions. During 2020 and 2021, substantially all TH, BK and PLK restaurants remained open, some with limited operations, such as drive-thru, takeout and delivery (where applicable), reduced, if any, dine-in capacity, and/or restrictions on hours of operation. Certain markets periodically required temporary closures while implementing government mandated lockdown orders. While most regions have eased restrictions since the initial lockdowns, increases in cases and new variants have caused certain markets to re-impose temporary restrictions as a result of government mandates. We expect local conditions to continue to dictate limitations on restaurant operations, capacity, and hours of operation.
During the twelve months ended December 31, 2021, COVID-19 contributed to labor challenges, which in some regions resulted in reduced operating hours and service modes at select restaurants as well as supply chain pressures.
With the pandemic affecting consumer behavior, the importance of digital sales, including delivery, has grown. We expect to continue to support enhancements of our digital and marketing capabilities. While we do not know the full future impact COVID-19 will have on our business, we expect to see a continued impact from COVID-19 on our results in 2022.
Key Operating Metrics
We evaluate our restaurants and assess our business based on the following operating metrics:
System-wide sales growth refers to the percentage change in sales at all franchisefranchised restaurants and Company restaurants (referred to as system-wide sales) in one period from the same period in the prior year.
Comparable sales refers to the percentage change in restaurant sales in one period from the same prior year period for restaurants that have been open for 13 months or longer for TH, BKTim Hortons, Burger King and FHSFirehouse Subs and 17 months or longer for PLK.Popeyes. Additionally, if a restaurant is closed for a significant portion of a month, the restaurant is excluded from the monthly comparable sales calculation.
System-wide sales growth and comparable sales are measured on a constant currency basis, which means the results exclude the effect of foreign currency translation (“FX Impact”). For system-wide sales growth and comparable sales, we calculate the FX Impact by translating prior year results at current year monthly average exchange rates.
Unless otherwise stated, system-wide sales growth, system-wide sales and comparable sales are presented on a system-wide basis, which means they include franchisefranchised restaurants and Company restaurants. System-wide results are driven by our franchisefranchised restaurants, as approximately 100% ofnearly all system-wide restaurants are franchised. Franchise sales represent sales at all franchisefranchised restaurants and are revenues to our franchisees. We do not record franchise sales as revenues; however, our royalty revenues and advertising fund contributions are calculated based on a percentage of franchise sales.
Net restaurant growth refers to the net increasechange in restaurant count (openings, net of permanent closures) over a trailing twelve month period, divided by the restaurant count at the beginning of the trailing twelve month period. In determining whether a restaurant meets our definition of a restaurant that will be included in our net restaurant growth, we consider factors such as scope of operations, format and image, separate franchise agreement, and minimum sales thresholds. We refer to restaurants that do not meet our definition as “alternative formats.” These alternative formats are helpful to build brand awareness, test new concepts and provide convenience in certain markets.
These metrics are important indicators of the overall direction of our business, including trends in sales and the effectiveness of each brand’s marketing, operations and growth initiatives.
29

TableIn our 2022 financial reports, our key operating metrics included results from our franchised Burger King restaurants in Russia, with supplemental disclosure provided excluding these restaurants. We did not generate any new profits from restaurants in Russia in 2022 and 2023. Consequently, beginning in the first quarter of Contents
Results of Operations
Tabular amounts in millions of U.S. dollars unless noted otherwise. Segment income may not calculate exactly due to rounding.
    2021 vs. 20202020 vs. 2019
Consolidated202120202019VarianceFX
Impact (a)
Variance
Excluding
FX Impact
VarianceFX
Impact
Variance
Excluding
FX Impact
    Favorable / (Unfavorable)
Revenues:
Sales$2,378 $2,013 $2,362 $365 $108 $257 $(349)$(20)$(329)
Franchise and property revenues2,452 2,121 2,381 331 55 276 (260)(26)(234)
Advertising revenues909 834 860 75 13 62 (26)(3)(23)
Total revenues5,739 4,968 5,603 771 176 595 (635)(49)(586)
Operating costs and expenses:
Cost of sales1,890 1,610 1,813 (280)(86)(194)203 15 188 
Franchise and property expenses489 515 533 26 (22)48 18 15 
Advertising expenses962 870 865 (92)(14)(78)(5)(8)
General and administrative expenses508 407 406 (101)(9)(92)(1)— (1)
(Income) loss from equity method investments39 (11)35 — 35 (50)— (50)
Other operating expenses (income), net105 (10)98 97 (115)(1)(114)
Total operating costs and expenses3,860 3,546 3,596 (314)(130)(184)50 20 30 
Income from operations1,879 1,422 2,007 457 46 411 (585)(29)(556)
Interest expense, net505 508 532 (1)24 — 24 
Loss on early extinguishment of debt11 98 23 87 — 87 (75)— (75)
Income before income taxes1,363 816 1,452 547 45 502 (636)(29)(607)
Income tax expense110 66 341 (44)(45)275 (3)278 
Net income$1,253 $750 $1,111 $503 $46 $457 $(361)$(32)$(329)
(a)We calculate2023, our reported key operating metrics exclude the FX Impact by translating prior year results at current year monthly average exchange rates. We analyze these results on a constant currency basis as this helps identify underlying business trends, without distortion from the effects of currency movements.
    2021 vs. 20202020 vs. 2019
TH Segment202120202019VarianceFX
Impact (a)
Variance
Excluding
FX Impact
VarianceFX
Impact
Variance
Excluding
FX Impact
    Favorable / (Unfavorable)
Revenues:
Sales$2,249 $1,876 $2,204 $373 $108 $265 $(328)$(20)$(308)
Franchise and property revenues864 745 908 119 44 75 (163)(8)(155)
Advertising revenues229 189 232 40 11 29 (43)(2)(41)
Total revenues3,342 2,810 3,344 532 163 369 (534)(30)(504)
Cost of sales1,765 1,484 1,677 (281)(86)(195)193 15 178 
Franchise and property expenses337 328 351 (9)(20)11 23 20 
Advertising expenses277 204 232 (73)(12)(61)28 26 
Segment G&A110 93 84 (17)(4)(13)(9)(10)
Segment depreciation and amortization (b)126 113 106 (13)(6)(7)(7)(8)
Segment income (c)997 823 1,122 174 47 127 (299)(10)(289)
30

Table of Contents
(b)Segment depreciationRussia for 2023 and amortization consists of depreciation and amortization included in cost of sales and franchise and property expenses.
(c)TH segment income includes $17 million, $9 millionand $16 millionof cash distributions received from equity method investments2022. Key operating metrics for 2021 2020 and 2019, respectively.
    2021 vs. 20202020 vs. 2019
BK Segment202120202019VarianceFX
Impact (a)
Variance
Excluding
FX Impact
VarianceFX
Impact
Variance
Excluding
FX Impact
    Favorable / (Unfavorable)
Revenues:
Sales$64 $64 $76 $— $— $— $(12)$— $(12)
Franchise and property revenues1,301 1,113 1,249 188 11 177 (136)(17)(119)
Advertising revenues448 425 452 23 21 (27)(1)(26)
Total revenues1,813 1,602 1,777 211 13 198 (175)(18)(157)
Cost of sales66 65 71 (1)— (1)— 
Franchise and property expenses142 176 168 34 (2)36 (8)— (8)
Advertising expenses450 442 454 (8)(2)(6)12 11 
Segment G&A185 146 146 (39)(1)(38)— — — 
Segment depreciation and amortization (b)48 49 49 — — — — 
Segment income (d)1,021 823 994 198 190 (171)(17)(154)
(d)BK segment income includes $4 million and $6 million of cash distributions receivedinclude the results from equity method investments for 2021 and 2019, respectively. No significant cash distributions were received from equity method investments in 2020.
2021 vs. 20202020 vs. 2019
PLK Segment202120202019VarianceFX
Impact (a)
Variance
Excluding
FX Impact
VarianceFX
Impact
Variance
Excluding
FX Impact
 Favorable / (Unfavorable)
Revenues:
Sales$64 $73 $82 $(9)$— $(9)$(9)$— $(9)
Franchise and property revenues283 263 224 20 — 20 39 (1)40 
Advertising revenues232 220 176 12 — 12 44 — 44 
Total revenues579 556 482 23 — 23 74 (1)75 
Cost of sales58 61 65 — — 
Franchise and property expenses11 14 — — 
Advertising expenses235 224 179 (11)— (11)(45)— (45)
Segment G&A56 49 46 (7)— (7)(3)— (3)
Segment depreciation and amortization (b)11 — — 
Segment income228 218 188 10 — 10 30 (1)31 

Russia.

3133

Table of Contents
The following table presents our key operating metrics for each of the periods indicated, which have been derived from our internal records. We evaluate our restaurants and assess our business based on these operating metrics. These metrics may differ from those used by other companies in our industry who may define these metrics differently.
202120202019
System-wide sales growth
Tim Hortons12.5 %(17.5)%(0.3)%
Burger King15.9 %(11.1)%9.3 %
Popeyes7.3 %17.7 %18.5 %
Consolidated (a)13.8 %(8.6)%8.3 %
Firehouse Subs (b)25.1 %1.8 %6.0 %
System-wide sales ($ in millions)
Tim Hortons$6,526 $5,488 $6,716 
Burger King$23,450 $20,038 $22,921 
Popeyes$5,519 $5,143 $4,397 
Consolidated (a)$35,495 $30,669 $34,034 
Firehouse Subs (b)$1,091 $872 $856 
Comparable sales
Tim Hortons10.6 %(15.7)%(1.5)%
Burger King9.3 %(7.9)%3.4 %
Popeyes(0.4)%13.8 %12.1 %
Firehouse Subs (b)20.9 %(0.2)%1.0 %
Net restaurant growth
Tim Hortons6.9 %0.3 %1.8 %
Burger King3.3 %(1.1)%5.9 %
Popeyes7.4 %4.1 %6.9 %
Consolidated (a)4.5 %(0.2)%5.2 %
Firehouse Subs (b)1.6 %0.7 %2.7 %
System Restaurant count
Tim Hortons5,291 4,949 4,932 
Burger King19,247 18,625 18,838 
Popeyes3,705 3,451 3,316 
Firehouse Subs1,213 — — 
Consolidated29,456 27,025 27,086 
Firehouse Subs (b)— 1,194 1,186 
Key Business Metrics202320222021
System-wide sales growth
TH11.0 %11.7 %10.4 %
BK6.9 %2.8 %4.2 %
PLK10.5 %5.6 %4.8 %
FHS (b)7.1 %N/AN/A
INTL (c)17.6 %25.6 %28.9 %
Consolidated (a)12.2 %12.9 %13.8 %
FHS (b)N/A4.2 %25.1 %
System-wide sales ($ in millions)
TH$7,245 $6,732 $6,243 
BK$11,474 $10,747 $10,475 
PLK$5,886 $5,338 $5,086 
FHS (b)$1,194 $1,154 N/A
INTL (c)$17,087 $14,700 $13,691 
Consolidated (a)$42,886 $38,671 $35,495 
FHS (b)N/AN/A$1,091 
Comparable sales
TH10.4 %10.4 %10.6 %
BK7.4 %2.3 %4.8 %
PLK4.8 %(0.6)%(1.9)%
FHS (b)3.8 %N/AN/A
INTL (c)9.0 %15.4 %14.2 %
Consolidated (a)8.1 %7.9 %7.9 %
FHS (b)N/A0.6 %20.9 %
Net restaurant growth
TH0.1 %(1.1)%0.5 %
BK(3.3)%(0.6)%0.7 %
PLK4.9 %6.7 %6.4 %
FHS (b)3.0 %2.4 %N/A
INTL (c)8.9 %9.1 %7.8 %
Consolidated (a)3.9 %4.4 %4.5 %
FHS (b)N/AN/A1.6 %
System Restaurant count
TH4,525 4,519 4,571 
BK7,144 7,389 7,433 
PLK3,394 3,235 3,031 
FHS (b)1,265 1,242 1,213 
INTL (c)14,742 13,517 13,208 
Consolidated (d)31,070 29,902 29,456 
(a)Consolidated system-wide sales growth and consolidated comparable sales do not include the results of Firehouse Subs for 2022 and 2021. Consolidated system-wide sales and consolidated net restaurant growth do not include the results of Firehouse Subs for all of2021.
(b)For 2022, FHS system-wide sales growth, system-wide sales, comparable sales and net restaurant growth are for the periods presented.
(b) Firehouse Subsperiod from December 27, 2021 through December 31, 2022. FHS 2022 system-wide sales growth and comparable sales figures are shown for information purposes only. FHS figures for 2021 are shown for informational purposes only, consistent with its 2021 fiscal calendar.
Comparable Sales
For TH and BK, restaurant operations were less impacted by COVID-19 during 2021 than in 2020, resulting in significant increases in FHS system-wide sales growth and comparable sales during 2021. PLK wasrestaurant count include 14 FHS restaurants in Puerto Rico ("FHS PR") in 2022 and 2021 but not significantly impacted by COVID-19 during 2021 and 2020.
TH comparable sales were 10.6% during 2021, including Canada comparable sales of 10.8%.
BK comparable sales were 9.3% during 2021, including rest of the world comparable sales of 13.6% and U.S. comparable sales of 4.7%.
PLK comparable sales were (0.4)% during 2021, including U.S. comparable sales of (2.0)%.in 2023.
3234

Table of Contents
For the purpose of calculating 2023 FHS system-wide sales growth, comparable sales and net restaurant growth, we exclude FHS PR in both the current and prior year periods.
(c)INTL includes FHS PR beginning January 1, 2023. For the purposes of calculating 2023 INTL system-wide sales growth, comparable sales and net restaurant growth, we include FHS PR in both the current and prior year periods.
(d)As of December 31, 2023, we had 342 alternative format units open, which primarily includes TH self-serves and Tims Express outlets in China, which are not included in restaurant count.

Macro Economic Environment
During 2023 and 2022, there were increases in commodity, labor, and energy costs partially due to the macroeconomic impact of the War in Ukraine and residual impacts from COVID-19. This has resulted in increases in inflation, foreign exchange volatility, rising interest rates and general softening in the consumer environment which have been exacerbated by conflicts in the Middle East. These pressures could have an adverse impact on our business and results of operations if we and our franchisees are not able to manage costs effectively without negatively impacting consumers.
In addition, the global crisis resulting from the spread of COVID-19 impacted our restaurant operations during 2022 and 2021. Certain markets, including Canada and China, were significantly impacted as a result of governments mandated lockdowns. These lockdowns, which have since been lifted, resulted in restrictions to restaurant operations, such as reduced, if any, dine-in capacity, and/or restrictions on hours of operation in those markets.
Consolidated Results of Operations for 2023, 2022 and 2021
Tabular amounts in millions of U.S. dollars unless noted otherwise. Total revenues and segment income for each segment may not calculate exactly due to rounding.
    2023 vs. 20222022 vs. 2021
Consolidated202320222021VarianceFX
Impact (a)
Variance
Excluding
FX Impact
VarianceFX
Impact
Variance
Excluding
FX Impact
    Favorable / (Unfavorable)
Revenues:
Sales$2,950 $2,819 $2,378 $131 $(79)$210 $441 $(79)$520 
Franchise and property revenues2,903 2,661 2,443 242 (33)275 218 (84)302 
Advertising revenues and other services1,169 1,025 918 144 (6)150 107 (11)118 
Total revenues7,022 6,505 5,739 517 (118)635 766 (174)940 
Operating costs and expenses:
Cost of sales2,435 2,312 1,890 (123)63 (186)(422)62 (484)
Franchise and property expenses512 518 489 11 (5)(29)12 (41)
Advertising expenses and other services1,273 1,077 986 (196)(203)(91)13 (104)
General and administrative expenses704 631 484 (73)— (73)(147)10 (157)
(Income) loss from equity method investments(8)44 52 — 52 (40)(1)(39)
Other operating expenses (income), net55 25 (30)— (30)(18)(9)(9)
Total operating costs and expenses4,971 4,607 3,860 (364)81 (445)(747)87 (834)
Income from operations2,051 1,898 1,879 153 (37)190 19 (87)106 
Interest expense, net582 533 505 (49)(50)(28)(29)
Loss on early extinguishment of debt16 — 11 (16)— (16)11 — 11 
Income before income taxes1,453 1,365 1,363 88 (36)124 (86)88 
Income tax (benefit) expense(265)(117)110 148 146 227 223 
Net income$1,718 $1,482 $1,253 $236 $(34)$270 $229 $(82)$311 
35

Table of Contents
(a)We calculate the FX Impact by translating prior year results at current year monthly average exchange rates. We analyze these results on a constant currency basis as this helps identify underlying business trends, without distortion from the effects of currency movements.
Sales and Cost of Sales
Sales include TH supply chain sales and sales from Company restaurants. TH supply chain sales represent sales of products, supplies and restaurant equipment, as well as sales to retailers. Sales from Company restaurants, including sales by our consolidated TH Restaurant VIEs, represent restaurant-level sales to our guests.
Cost of sales includes costs associated with the management of our TH supply chain, including cost of goods, direct labor and depreciation, as well as the cost of products sold to retailers. Cost of sales also includes food, paper and labor costs of Company restaurants, including our consolidated TH Restaurants VIEs.
During 2021,2023, the increase in sales was primarily driven by an increase of $265$173 million in our TH segment, a favorable FX Impactan increase of $108$26 million in our BK segment and $1 million from the FHS acquisition, partially offset by a decreasean increase of $9$11 million in our PLK segment. Thesegment, partially offset by an unfavorable FX Impact of $79 million.
During 2022, the increase in our TH segmentsales was primarily driven by an increase in supply chain sales due to an increase in system-wide sales and an increase in sales to retailers.
During 2020, the decrease in sales was driven primarily by a decrease of $308$460 million in our TH segment, a decreasean increase of $12$38 million in our BKFHS segment reflecting a decreasefull year, an increase of $9$14 million in our PLK segment, and an unfavorable FX impactincrease of $20 million. The decrease$6 million in our THBK segment, was driven by a $312 million decrease in supply chain sales due to the decrease in system-wide sales, net of an increase in sales to retailers. The decrease in supply chain sales was partially offset by an increaseunfavorable FX Impact of $4 million in Company restaurant revenue due to an increase in the number of Company restaurants.$79 million.
During 2021,2023, the increase in cost of sales was primarily driven by an increase of $195$163 million in our TH segment, an unfavorable FX Impactincrease of $86$17 million in our BK segment and $1an increase of $8 million from the FHS acquisition,in our PLK segment, partially offset by a decreasefavorable FX Impact of $3 million in our PLK segment. The increase in our TH segment was driven by an increase in supply chain sales and an increase in sales to retailers, partially offset by a decrease in bad debt expense.$63 million.
During 2020,2022, the decreaseincrease in cost of sales was primarily driven primarily by a decreasean increase of $178$428 million in our TH segment, a decreasean increase of $6$34 million in our BKFHS segment reflecting a decreasefull year, an increase of $4$14 million in our PLK segment, and a $15an increase of $7 million favorable FX Impact. The decrease in our THBK segment, was driven primarily by a decrease of $185 million in supply chain cost of sales due to the decrease in system-wide sales, net of an increase in sales to retailers. The decrease in supply chain cost of sales was partially offset by a $7 million increase in Company restaurant costfavorable FX Impact of sales due to an increase in the number of Company restaurants.$62 million.
Franchise and Property
Franchise and property revenues consist primarily of royalties earned on franchise sales, rents from real estate leased or subleased to franchisees, franchise fees, and other revenue. Franchise and property expenses consist primarily of depreciation of properties leased to franchisees, rental expense associated with properties subleased to franchisees, amortization of franchise agreements, and bad debt expense (recoveries).
During 2021,2023, the increase in franchise and property revenues was primarily driven by an increase of $177$108 million in our INTL segment, an increase of $79 million in our TH segment, an increase of $44 million in our BK segment, an increase of $75$30 million in our PLK segment, and an increase of $14 million in our FHS segment, partially offset by an unfavorable FX Impact of $33 million.
During 2022, the increase in franchise and property revenues was primarily driven by an increase of $105 million in our INTL segment, an increase of $82 million in our FHS segment reflecting a full year, an increase of $81 million in our TH segment, an increase of $20 million in our PLK segment, $4 million from the FHS acquisition, and a favorable FX Impactan increase of $55 million. The increases were primarily driven by increases in royalties in our BK, TH and PLK segments, and increases in rent in our TH segment, as a result of increases in system-wide sales and decreases in rent relief provided to eligible franchisees.
During 2020, the decrease in franchise and property revenues was driven by a decrease of $155 million in our TH segment, a decrease of $119$15 million in our BK segment, and a $26 million unfavorable FX Impact, partially offset by an increase of $40 million in our PLK segment. The decrease in our TH segment was primarily driven by decreases in royalties and rent from decreases in system-wide sales and rent relief provided to eligible franchisees during the period. The decrease in our BK segment was primarily driven by a decrease in royalties as a result of a decrease in system-wide sales. The increase in our PLK segment was primarily driven by an increase in royalties as a result of an increase in system-wide sales.
During 2021, the decrease in franchise and property expenses was driven by a decrease of $36 million in our BK segment, a decrease of $11 million in our TH segment, and a decrease of $2 million in our PLK segment, partially offset by an unfavorable FX Impact of $22$84 million.
During 2023, franchise and property expenses remained relatively consistent with 2022.
During 2022, the increase in franchise and property expenses was primarily driven by an increase of $17 million and $1in our INTL segment, an increase of $8 million from the FHS acquisition. The decrease in our BK segment, an increase of $7 million in our TH segment, and an increase of $6 million in our FHS segment reflecting a full year, partially offset by a favorable FX impact of $12 million.
Advertising and Other Services
During 2023, the increase in advertising revenues and other services was primarily related to bad debt recoveriesdriven by an increase of $35 million in our FHS segment, an increase of $34 million in our TH segment, an increase of $32 million in our BK segment, an increase of $32 million in our PLK segment, and an increase of $17 million in our INTL segment, partially offset by an unfavorable FX Impact of $6 million.
During 2022, the currentincrease in advertising revenues and other services was primarily driven by an increase of $45 million in our TH segment, an increase of $26 million in our PLK segment, an increase of $20 million in our BK segment, an increase of $13 million in our FHS segment reflecting a full year, compared to bad debt expenseand an increase of $13 million in our INTL segment, partially offset by an unfavorable FX Impact of $11 million.
During 2023, the prior year.increase in advertising expenses and other services was primarily driven by an increase of $76 million in our BK segment, an increase of $37 million in our FHS segment, an increase of $35 million in our TH segment, an increase of $34 million in our PLK segment, and an increase of $19 million in our INTL segment, partially offset by a favorable FX Impact of $7 million.
3336

Table of Contents
During 2020, the decrease in franchise and property expenses was driven by a decrease of $20 million in our TH segment, a decrease of $3 million in our PLK segment and a $3 million favorable FX Impact, partially offset by an increase of $8 million in our BK segment. Overall, the decrease was driven by a decrease in property expenses partially offset by an increase in bad debt expense.
Advertising
Advertising revenues consist primarily of advertising contributions earned on franchise sales and are based on a percentage of system-wide sales and intended to fund advertising expenses. Advertising expenses consist primarily of expenses relating to marketing, advertising and promotion, including market research, production, advertising costs, sales promotions, social media campaigns, technology initiatives, depreciation and amortization and other related support functions for the respective brands. We generally manage advertising expenses to equal advertising revenues in the long term, however in some periods there may be a mismatch in the timing of revenues and expense.
During 2021,2022, the increase in advertising revenuesexpenses and other services was primarily driven by an increase of $29 million in our TH segment, an increase of $21$35 million in our BK segment, an increase of $12 million in our PLK segment and a favorable FX Impact of $13 million. The increases in all of our segments were primarily driven by increases in system-wide sales.
During 2020, the decrease in advertising revenues was driven by a decrease of $41 million in our TH segment, a decrease of $26 million in our BK segment, and an unfavorable FX Impact of $3 million, partially offset by an increase of $44 million in our PLK segment. The decreases in our TH and BK segments were primarily driven by decreases in system-wide sales. The increase in our PLK segment was primarily driven by an increase in system-wide sales.
During 2021, the increase in advertising expenses was driven by an increase of $61 million in our TH segment, an increase of $11$28 million in our PLK segment, an increase of $6$14 million in our BKINTL segment, and an unfavorable FX Impact of $14 million. The increase in all of our segments was primarily driven by an increase in advertising revenues, and for our TH segment, also driven by our support behind the marketing program in Canada.
During 2020, the increase in advertising expenses was driven by an increase of $45 million in our PLK segment, partially offset by a decrease of $26$14 million in our TH segment, a decreaseand an increase of $11$12 million in our BKFHS segment andreflecting a full year, partially offset by a favorable FX Impact of $3$13 million. The increase in our PLK segment was driven by the increase in advertising revenues. The decrease in our TH and BK segments was primarily driven by a decrease in advertising revenues.
General and Administrative Expenses
Our general and administrative expenses were comprised of the following:
    2021 vs. 20202020 vs. 2019
 202120202019$%$%
    Favorable / (Unfavorable)
TH Segment G&A$110 $93 $84 $(17)(18.3)%$(9)(10.7)%
BK Segment G&A185 146 146 (39)(26.7)%— — %
PLK Segment G&A56 49 46 (7)(14.3)%(3)(6.5)%
FHS Segment G&A— — (1)NM— — %
Share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense102 84 74 (18)(21.4)%(10)(13.5)%
Depreciation and amortization20 19 19 (1)(5.3)%— — %
FHS Transaction costs18 — — (18)NM— — %
Corporate restructuring and tax advisory fees16 16 31 — — %15 48.4 %
Office centralization and relocation costs— — — — %100.0 %
General and administrative expenses$508 $407 $406 $(101)(24.8)%$(1)(0.2)%
    2023 vs. 20222022 vs. 2021
 202320222021$%$%
    Favorable / (Unfavorable)
Segment G&A (b):
TH$168 $151 $133 $(17)(11)%$(18)(14)%
BK145 126 110 (19)(15)%(16)(15)%
PLK86 72 64 (14)(19)%(8)(13)%
FHS58 52 (6)(12)%(51)NM
INTL190 160 142 (30)(19)%(18)(13)%
FHS Transaction costs19 24 18 21 %(6)(33)%
Corporate restructuring and advisory fees38 46 16 17 %(30)(188)%
General and administrative expenses$704 $631 $484 $(73)(12)%$(147)(30)%
NM - Not meaningful
34

Table(b)Segment G&A includes share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense of Contents$194 million, $136 million and $102 million for 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Segment G&A excludes income/expenses from non-recurring projects and non-operating activities, such as FHS Transaction costs and Corporate restructuring and advisory fees (both as defined below).
SegmentDuring 2023, the increase in general and administrative expenses (“Segment G&A”) consistwas primarily ofdriven by higher share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation as well as higher salary and employee-related costs for non-restaurant employees, professional fees, information technology systems, digital initiativeslargely a result of hiring across a number of key areas including consumeroperations and restaurant technology, and general overhead for our corporate offices. Segment G&A excludes share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense, depreciation and amortization, FHS Transaction costs, Corporate restructuring and tax advisory fees and Office centralization and relocation costs.
franchising. During 2021,2022, the increase in Segment G&A for all segmentsgeneral and administrative expenses was primarily driven by higher salary and employee-related costs for non-restaurant employees, largely a result of hiring across a number of key areas including operations and ongoing investments in digital and technology. In addition, the year over year change in Segment G&A at TH and BK was impacted by unfavorable FX movements.
During 2020,franchising, the increase in Segment G&A for our TH and PLK segments was primarilyFHS segment driven by higher salarya full year of results in 2022 and employee-related costs for non-restaurant employees.an increase in share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation.
During 20212023 and 2020,2022, the increases in share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense were primarily due to an increase in equity awards granted.granted during 2023 and 2022, including equity awards granted to our executive chairman during the fourth quarter of 2022, an increase in expenses related to previously granted performance-based equity awards recognized in 2023, and the non-recurrence of equity award forfeitures during 2021. In addition, the increase in share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense was also impacted by shorter vesting periods for equity awards granted beginning in 2021.
During 2021, inIn connection with the Firehouse Acquisition, we incurred certain non-recurring fees and expenses (“FHS Transaction costs”) consisting of professional fees, and compensation related expenses.expenses and integration costs. We do not expect to incur additional FHS Transaction costs during 2022.in the future.
In connection with certain transformational corporate restructuring initiatives that rationalize our structure and optimize cash movement within our structure includingas well as services related to significant tax reform legislation regulations and related restructuring initiatives,regulations, we incurred non-operating expenses primarily from professional advisory and consulting services (“Corporate restructuring and tax advisory fees”). We expect to incur additionalThe decrease in Corporate restructuring and tax advisory fees in 2023 reflects decreased costs associated with corporate restructuring initiatives in 2023 compared to 2022. The increase in Corporate restructuring and advisory fees in 2022 reflects increased costs associated with finalizing restructuring initiatives and execution of restructuring actions in 2022 compared to primarily planning activities in 2021.
In connection with the centralization and relocation
37

Table of our Canadian and U.S. restaurant support centers to new offices in Toronto, Ontario, and Miami, Florida, respectively, we incurred certain non-operational expenses (“Office centralization and relocation costs”) totaling $6 million during 2019 consisting primarily of moving costs and relocation-driven compensation expenses which are classified as selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations. We did not incur any Office centralization and relocation costs during 2021 and 2020.Contents
(Income) Loss from Equity Method Investments
(Income) loss from equity method investments reflects our share of investee net income or loss, non-cash dilution gains or losses from changes in our ownership interests in equity method investees and basis difference amortization.impairment charges.
TheDuring 2023, the change in (income) loss from equity method investments during 2021 was primarily drivenrelated to our share of a gain recognized by one of our Burger King joint ventures on the sale of equity shares the joint venture held in a decrease in equity method investment net lossessubsidiary and the non-recurrence of an impairment charge that we recognized duringin 2022. For additional information on equity method impairment charges, see Note 6,Equity Method Investments”, of the current year.notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of our Annual Report.
TheDuring 2022, the change in (income) loss from equity method investments during 2020 was primarily driven by an increase in equity method investment net losses and an impairment charge that we recognized during the current year, driven by the negative impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, and the non-recurrence of an $11 million non-cash dilution gain during 2019 from the issuance of additional shares in connection with a merger by one of our equity method investees.2022.
Other Operating Expenses (Income), net
Our other operating expenses (income), net were comprised of the following:
202120202019
Net losses (gains) on disposal of assets, restaurant closures and refranchisings$$$
Litigation settlements and reserves, net81 
Net losses (gains) on foreign exchange(76)100 (15)
Other, net— (8)(4)
Other operating expenses (income), net$$105 $(10)
35

Table of Contents
202320222021
Net losses (gains) on disposal of assets, restaurant closures and refranchisings$16 $$
Litigation settlements and reserves, net11 81 
Net losses (gains) on foreign exchange20 (4)(76)
Other, net18 14 — 
Other operating expenses (income), net$55 $25 $
Net losses (gains) on disposal of assets, restaurant closures, and refranchisings represent sales of properties and other costs related to restaurant closures and refranchisings. Gains and losses recognized in the current period may reflect certain costs related to closures and refranchisings that occurred in previous periods. The amount for 2023 includes asset write-offs and related costs in connection with the discontinuance of an internally developed software project.
Litigation settlements and reserves, net primarily reflects accruals and payments made and proceeds received in connection with litigation and arbitration matters and other business disputes.
In early 2022, we entered into negotiations to resolve business disputes that arose during 2021 with counterparties to the master franchise agreements for Burger King and Popeyes in China. Based on these discussions, we expect to agree to paypaid approximately $100 million in 2022, including$5 million and $72 million that is included inof which was recorded as Litigation settlements and reserves, net for 2021. Remaining amounts primarily will be recorded as anin 2022 and 2021, respectively. The majority of this amount related to Popeyes, resolved our disputes, and allowed us to move forward in the market with a new master franchisee. Additionally, pursuant to this agreement we and our partners made equity method investment when made.contributions to the Burger King business in China.
Net losses (gains) on foreign exchange are primarily related to revaluation of foreign denominated assets and liabilities.
Other, net for 2023 and 2022 are primarily related to payments in connection with FHS area representative buyouts.
Interest Expense, net
202120202019
2023202320222021
Interest expense, netInterest expense, net$505 $508 $532 
Weighted average interest rate on long-term debtWeighted average interest rate on long-term debt4.2 %4.4 %5.0 %Weighted average interest rate on long-term debt5.0 %4.4 %4.2 %
During 2021,2023, interest expense, net was consistent year-over-year.
During 2020, interest expense, net decreasedincreased primarily due to a decreasean increase in the weighted average interest rate driven by the decreaseincreases in interest rates the 2019 refinancing ofwhich impacts our senior securedvariable rate debt and the 2020 refinancing of a portionimpact of our senior notes, partially offset bySeptember 2023 term loan refinancing.
During 2022, interest expense, net increased primarily due to an increase in long-term debt and an increase in the weighted average interest rate driven by increases in interest rates which impacts our variable debt.
Loss on Early Extinguishment
38

Table of DebtContents
During 2021, we recorded a loss on early extinguishment of debt of $11 million that primarily reflects the payment of redemption premiums and the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs in connection with the redemption of the remaining $775 million principal amount outstanding of 4.25% first lien notes due May 15, 2024.
During 2020, we recorded a $98 million loss on early extinguishment of debt that primarily reflects the payment of premiums and the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs in connection with the redemption of the entire outstanding principal balance of $2,800 million of 5.00% second lien secured notes due October 15, 2025 and the redemption of $725 million of the original outstanding principal balance of $1,500 million of 4.25% first lien notes due May 15, 2024.
During 2019, we recorded a $23 million loss on early extinguishment of debt that primarily reflects the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs and discounts and fees incurred with the redemption of the entire outstanding principal balance of the $1,250 million of 4.625% first lien secured notes due January 15, 2022, the partial principal amount prepayments of our existing senior secured term loan and the refinancing of our existing senior secured term loan.
Income Tax Expense
Our effective tax rate was 8.1%(18.2)% in 20212023 and 8.0%(8.6)% in 2020.2022. The effective tax rate for 20212023 reflects a $367 million increase in net deferred tax assets related to non-refundable tax credits and certain intangibles recognized in connection with intra-group reorganizations centralizing the management of various international business and financing operations, which reduced the effective tax rate by 25.3%. The effective tax rate for 2023 and 2022 includes a net decrease in tax reserves of $101$91 million and $364 million, respectively, related primarily to expiring statutes of limitations for certain prior tax years which decreased the effective tax rate by 7.4%.6.2% and 26.7%, respectively. Additionally, our effective tax rate for 2023 was favorably impacted by structural changes implemented in the latter part of 2022.
Our effective tax rate was (8.6)% in 2022 and 8.1% in 2021. The effective tax rate for 2020 reflects a $1052022 and 2021 include net decreases in tax reserves of $364 million increase in deferredand $101 million, respectively, related primarily to expiring statutes of limitations for certain prior tax assets, consisting of $64 million related to the analysis of final guidance regarding a tax attribute carryfoward affected by the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”) received during 2020 and $41 million related to Swiss tax reform. This increase in deferred tax assets reducedyears which decreased the effective tax rate by 12.9% during 2020.26.7% and 7.4%, respectively. The effective tax raterates for 2022 and 2021 and 2020 also reflectsreflect the impact of increased taxable income in 2021 compared to 2020 as well as changes in our relative mix of income from multiple tax jurisdictions.
Our effective tax rate was 8.0% in 2020jurisdictions, and 23.5% in 2019. The effective tax rate for 2020 reflects a $105 million increase in deferred tax assets, consistingthe impact of $64 million related to the analysis of final guidance regarding a tax attribute carryfoward affected by the Tax Act received during 2020internal financing arrangements and $41 million related to Swiss tax reform. This increase in deferred tax assets reduced the effective tax rate by 12.9% during 2020. The effective tax rate for 2019 reflects a $37 million income tax expense provision adjustment related to a prior restructuring transaction not applicable to ongoing operations which increased the effective tax rate by 2.5%.
36

Table of Contents
structural changes.
Net Income
We reported net income of $1,253$1,718 million for 20212023 compared to net income of $750$1,482 million for 2020.2022. The increase in net income is primarily due to a $198$148 million increase in BKincome tax benefit, a $72 million increase in INTL segment income, a $174 million increase in TH segment income, a $98 million decrease in other operating expenses (income), net, an $87 million decrease in loss on early extinguishment of debt, a $23$53 million favorable change from the impact of equity method investments, a $33 million increase in TH segment income, a $16 million increase in PLK segment income, an $8 million decrease in Corporate restructuring and advisory fees, a $5 million decrease in FHS Transaction costs, a $5 million increase in FHS segment income and a $10$1 million decrease in franchise agreement amortization. These factors were partially offset by a $49 million increase in interest expense, net, a $30 million increase in other operating expenses (income), net, $16 million loss on early extinguishment of debt in the current year, and a $10.0 million decrease in BK segment income. Amounts above include a total unfavorable FX Impact to net income of $34 million.
We reported net income of $1,482 million for 2022 compared to net income of $1,253 million for 2021. The increase in net income is primarily due to an income tax benefit of $117 million in 2022 compared to an income tax expense of $110 million in 2021, an $80 million increase in TH segment income, a $31 million increase in FHS segment income reflecting a full year, a $14 million increase in INTL segment income, the non-recurrence of an $11 million loss on early extinguishment of debt, and a $7 million increase in PLK segment income. These factors were partially offset by a $44 million increase in income tax expense, an $18 million increase in share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense, $18 million of FHS Transaction costs, and a $12 million increase in depreciation and amortization. Amounts above include a total favorable FX Impact to net income of $46 million.
We reported net income of $750 million for 2020 compared to net income of $1,111 million for 2019. The decrease in net income is primarily due to a $299 million decrease in TH segment income, a $171 million decrease in BK segment income, a $115 million unfavorable change in the results from other operating expenses (income), net, a $75 million increase in the loss on early extinguishment of debt, a $37$34 million unfavorable change from the impact of equity method investments, a $10 million increase in share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense, and a $4 million increase in depreciation and amortization. These factors were partially offset by a $275 million decrease in income tax expense, a $30 million increase in PLK segment income,Corporate restructuring and advisory fees, a $24$28 million decreaseincrease in interest expense, net, a $15$25 million decrease in Corporate restructuringBK segment income, an $18 million increase in other operating expenses (income), net, and tax advisory fees, and the non-recurrence ofa $6 million of Office centralization and relocationincrease in FHS Transaction costs. Amounts above include a total unfavorable FX Impact to net income of $82 million.
39

Table of Contents
Segment Results of Operations for 2023, 2022 and 2021
    2023 vs. 20222022 vs. 2021
TH Segment202320222021VarianceFX
Impact (a)
Variance
Excluding
FX Impact
VarianceFX
Impact
Variance
Excluding
FX Impact
    Favorable / (Unfavorable)
Revenues:
Sales$2,725 $2,631 $2,249 $94 $(79)$173 $381 $(78)$460 
Franchise and property revenues955 905 853 50 (28)79 52 (29)81 
Advertising revenues and other services292 266 229 26 (8)34 37 (8)45 
Total revenues3,972 3,801 3,331 171 (115)286 470 (116)586 
Cost of sales2,231 2,131 1,765 (100)63 (163)(366)62 (428)
Franchise and property expenses325 332 336 11 (4)11 (7)
Advertising expenses and other services309 282 277 (27)(35)(5)10 (14)
Segment G&A (a)168 151 133 (17)(22)(18)(22)
Adjustments:
Franchise agreement amortization (b)— — — (1)— (1)
Cash distributions received from equity method investments14 13 17 — — (4)(1)(3)
Segment income958 925 845 33 (28)61 80 (30)110 
(a)Segment G&A includes share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense of $51 million, $37 million and $32 million.million for 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
(b)Franchise agreement amortization is included in franchise and property expenses.

System-wide Sales
During 2023, the increase in TH system-wide sales of 11.0% was primarily driven by comparable sales of 10.4%, including Canada comparable sales of 10.9%, and net restaurant growth of 0.1%.
Sales and Cost of Sales
During 2023 and 2022, the increases in sales were primarily driven by increases in supply chain sales due to increases in system-wide sales as well as increases in commodity prices passed on to franchisees and increases in CPG sales, partially offset by an unfavorable FX Impact.
During 2023 and 2022, the increases in cost of sales were primarily driven by increases in supply chain sales and CPG sales, as well as increases in commodity prices, partially offset by a favorable FX Impact.
Franchise and Property
During 2023 and 2022, the increases in franchise and property revenues were primarily driven by increases in royalties and rent, as a result of increases in system-wide sales, partially offset by an unfavorable FX Impact.
During 2023 and 2022, franchise and property expenses remained relatively consistent with the prior year.
Advertising and Other Services
During 2023 and 2022, the increases in advertising revenues and other services were driven by increases in advertising fund contributions by franchisees, as a result of increases in system-wide sales, and, to a lesser extent for 2023, revenues from new product and service launches, partially offset by an unfavorable FX Impact.
40

Table of Contents
During 2023, the increase in advertising expenses and other services was driven primarily by expenses related to new product and service launches as well as increases in advertising revenues and other services. During 2022, the increase in advertising expenses and other services was driven primarily by increases in advertising revenues and other services. Additionally, during 2022, the increase was partially offset by the non-recurrence of our support behind the marketing program in Canada during 2021.
Segment G&A
During 2023, the increase in Segment G&A was primarily driven by higher share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation, partially offset by a favorable FX Impact.
During 2022, the increase in Segment G&A was primarily driven by an increase in professional services, higher share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation and higher salary and employee-related costs for non-restaurant employees, partially offset by a favorable FX Impact.
    2023 vs. 20222022 vs. 2021
BK Segment202320222021VarianceFX
Impact (a)
Variance
Excluding
FX Impact
VarianceFX
Impact
Variance
Excluding
FX Impact
    Favorable / (Unfavorable)
Revenues:
Sales$97 $70 $64 $26 $— $26 $$— $
Franchise and property revenues731 688 674 43 (1)44 14 (1)15 
Advertising revenues and other services470 438 419 32 (1)32 19 (1)20 
Total revenues1,297 1,196 1,156 101 (2)103 40 (2)42 
Cost of sales90 74 66 (17)— (17)(7)— (7)
Franchise and property expenses144 144 137 — — — (7)— (8)
Advertising expenses and other services543 467 433 (75)(76)(35)(35)
Segment G&A (a)145 126 110 (19)— (19)(16)— (16)
Adjustments:
Franchise agreement amortization (b)11 11 11 — — — — — — 
Segment income386 396 421 (10)(1)(9)(25)(1)(24)
(a)Segment G&A includes share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense of $41 million, $30 million and $25 million for 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
System-wide Sales
During 2023, the increase in BK system-wide sales of 6.9% was primarily driven by comparable sales of 7.4%, including US comparable sales of 7.5%, partially offset by net restaurant growth of (3.3)%.
Sales and Cost of Sales
During 2023, the increases in sales and cost of sales was primarily driven by increases in Company restaurants due to franchisee restaurant acquisitions during 2023.
During 2022, sales and cost of sales remained relatively consistent with the prior year.
Franchise and Property
During 2023 and 2022, the increases in franchise and property revenues were primarily driven by increases in royalties, as a result of increases in system-wide sales.
During 2023, franchise and property expenses remained consistent with the prior year. During 2022, the increase in franchise and property expenses was primarily related to bad debt expenses in 2022 compared to bad debt recoveries in 2021.
41

Table of Contents
Advertising and Other Services
During 2023 and 2022, the increases in advertising revenues and other services were primarily driven by increases in advertising fund contributions by franchisees, as a result of increases in system-wide sales.
During 2023 and 2022, the increases in advertising expenses and other services were driven primarily by increases in advertising revenues and other services, increases in expenses related to our support behind the marketing program in the U.S. and technology initiatives.
Segment G&A
During 2023, the increase in Segment G&A was primarily driven by higher share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation as well as higher salary and employee-related costs for non-restaurant employees, largely a result of hiring across a number of key areas including operations and franchising.
During 2022, the increase in Segment G&A was primarily driven by higher salary and employee-related costs for non-restaurant employees, largely a result of hiring across a number of key areas including operations and franchising, and higher share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation.
2023 vs. 20222022 vs. 2021
PLK Segment202320222021VarianceFX
Impact (a)
Variance
Excluding
FX Impact
VarianceFX
Impact
Variance
Excluding
FX Impact
 Favorable / (Unfavorable)
Revenues:
Sales$89 $78 $64 $11 $— $11 $14 $— $14 
Franchise and property revenues314 284 265 30 (1)30 19 (1)20 
Advertising revenues and other services289 256 230 32 — 32 26 — 26 
Total revenues692 619 559 73 (1)74 60 (1)60 
Cost of sales80 72 58 (8)— (8)(14)— (14)
Franchise and property expenses12 11 (1)— (1)(3)— (3)
Advertising expenses and other services295 261 233 (34)— (34)(28)— (28)
Segment G&A (a)86 72 64 (14)— (14)(8)— (8)
Adjustments:
Franchise agreement amortization (b)— — — — — — 
Segment income221 205 198 16 — 16 (1)
(a)Segment G&A includes share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense of $26 million, $20 million, and $14 million for 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
System-wide Sales
During 2023, the increase in PLK system-wide sales of 10.5% was primarily driven by comparable sales of 4.8%, including US comparable sales of 4.8%, and net restaurant growth of 4.9%.
Sales and Cost of Sales
During 2023 and 2022, the increases in sales and cost of sales was primarily driven by increases in comparable sales for Company restaurants.
Franchise and Property
During 2023 and 2022, the increases in franchise and property revenues were primarily driven by increases in royalties, as a result of increases in system-wide sales.
42

Table of Contents
During 2023 and 2022, franchise and property expenses remained relatively consistent with the prior year.
Advertising and Other Services
During 2023 and 2022, the increases in advertising revenues and other services were primarily driven by increases in advertising fund contributions by franchisees, as a result of increases in system-wide sales.
During 2023 and 2022, the increases in advertising expenses and other services were primarily driven by increases in advertising revenues and other services.
Segment G&A
During 2023 and 2022, the increases in Segment G&A were primarily driven by higher share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation as well as higher salary and employee-related costs for non-restaurant employees, largely a result of hiring across a number of key areas including operations and franchising.
2023 vs. 20222022 vs. 2021
FHS Segment202320222021VarianceFX
Impact (a)
Variance
Excluding
FX Impact
VarianceFX
Impact
Variance
Excluding
FX Impact
Favorable / (Unfavorable)
Revenues:
Sales$39 $40 $$— $— $— $38 $— $38 
Franchise and property revenues99 85 14 — 14 82 — 82 
Advertising revenues and other services48 13 — 35 — 35 13 — 13 
Total revenues187 138 49 — 49 133 — 133 
Cost of sales34 35 — (34)— (34)
Franchise and property expenses(1)— (1)(6)— (6)
Advertising expenses and other services49 12 — (37)— (37)(12)— (12)
Segment G&A (a)58 52 (6)— (6)(51)— (51)
Adjustments:
Franchise agreement amortization (b)— — — — — 
Segment income38 33 — 31 — 31 
(a)Segment G&A includes share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense of $17 million and $8 million for 2023 and 2022, respectively, with none recognized in 2021.
System-wide Sales
During 2023, the increase in FHS system-wide sales of 7.1% was primarily driven by comparable sales of 3.8%, including US comparable sales of 4.2%, and net restaurant growth of 3.0%.
Franchise and Property
During 2023, the increases in franchise and property revenues were primarily driven by increases in royalties, as a result of increases in system-wide sales.
During 2023, franchise and property expenses remained relatively consistent with the prior year.
Advertising and Other Services
During 2023, the increases in advertising revenues and other services as well as advertising expenses and other services reflects modification of the advertising fund arrangements to be more consistent with those of our other brands and increases in advertising fund contributions by franchisees, with a corresponding increase in advertising expenses, as a result of increases in system-wide sales.
43

Table of Contents
Segment G&A
During 2023, the increase in Segment G&A was primarily driven by higher share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense.
2023 vs. 20222022 vs. 2021
INTL Segment202320222021VarianceFX
Impact (a)
Variance
Excluding
FX Impact
VarianceFX
Impact
Variance
Excluding
FX Impact
Favorable / (Unfavorable)
Revenues:
Sales$— $— $— $— $— $— $— $— $— 
Franchise and property revenues804 699 647 105 (3)108 52 (53)105 
Advertising revenues and other services70 51 41 19 17 10 (3)13 
Total revenues874 750 688 124 — 124 62 (55)118 
Cost of sales— — — — — — — — — 
Franchise and property expenses22 24 — (17)— (17)
Advertising expenses and other services77 54 43 (23)(3)(19)(11)(14)
Segment G&A (a)190 160 142 (30)(4)(26)(18)(22)
Adjustments:
Franchise agreement amortization (b)11 10 11 — — — (1)(1)— 
Cash distributions received from equity method investments— (1)— (1)(2)— (2)
Segment income597 525 511 72 (8)80 14 (49)63 
(a)Segment G&A includes share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense of $58 million, $41 million, and $31 million for 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
System-wide Sales
During 2023, the increase in INTL system-wide sales of 17.6% was primarily driven by comparable sales of 9.0% and net restaurant growth of 8.9%.
Franchise and Property
During 2023 and 2022, the increases in franchise and property revenues were primarily driven by increases in royalties, primarily at Burger King, as a result of increases in system-wide sales, partially offset by an unfavorable FX Impact.
During 2023, franchise and property expenses remained relatively consistent with the prior year. During 2022, the increase in franchise and property expenses was primarily related to Burger King due to bad debt expenses in 2022, inclusive of Russia, compared to bad debt recoveries in 2021.
Advertising and Other Services
During 2023 and 2022, the increases in advertising revenues and other services were primarily driven by increases in advertising fund contributions by franchisees in the limited number of markets where we manage the advertising funds, as a result of increases in system-wide sales, and to a lesser extent an increase in tech revenues.
During 2023 and 2022, the increases in advertising expenses and other services were driven primarily by increases in advertising revenues and increases in technology initiatives.
44

Table of Contents
Segment G&A
During 2023 and 2022, the increases in Segment G&A were primarily driven by higher share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation as well as higher salary and employee-related costs for non-restaurant employees, largely a result of hiring across a number of key areas including operations and franchising.
Non-GAAP Reconciliations
The table below contains information regarding EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA,Operating Income, which areis a non-GAAP measures. Thesemeasure. This non-GAAP measures domeasure does not have a standardized meaning under U.S. GAAP and may differ from a similar captioned measuresmeasure of other companies in our industry. We believe that thesethis non-GAAP measures aremeasure is useful to investors in assessing our operating performance, as they provideit provides them with the same tools that management uses to evaluate our performance and is responsive to questions we receive from both investors and analysts. By disclosing thesethis non-GAAP measures,measure, we intend to provide investors with a consistent comparison of our operating results and trends for the periods presented. EBITDAAdjusted Operating Income is defined as earnings (net income or loss) before interest expense, net, loss on early extinguishment of debt, income tax (benefit) expense, and depreciation and amortization and is used by management to measure operating performance of the business. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDAfrom operations excluding (i) the non-cash impactfranchise agreement amortization as a result of share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense,acquisition accounting, (ii) (income) loss from equity method investments, net of cash distributions received from equity method investments, (iii) other operating expenses (income), net and, (iv) income/expenses from non-recurring projects and non-operating activities. For the periods referenced, thisincome/expenses from non-recurring projects and non-operating activities included (i) non-recurring fees and expense incurred in connection with the acquisition of Firehouse Subs acquisition consisting of professional fees, and compensation related expenses;expenses and integration costs; and (ii) non-operating costs from professional advisory and consulting services associated with certain transformational corporate restructuring initiatives that rationalize our structure and optimize cash movements includingas well as services related to significant tax reform legislation regulations and related restructuring initiatives; and (iii) costs incurred in connection with the centralization and relocation of our Canadian and U.S. restaurant support centers to new offices in Toronto, Ontario, and Miami, Florida, respectively.regulations. Management believes that these types of expenses are either not related to our underlying profitability drivers or not likely to re-occur in the foreseeable future and the varied timing, size and nature of these projects may cause volatility in our results unrelated to the performance of our core business that does not reflect trends of our core operations.
37

Table of Contents
Adjusted EBITDAOperating Income is used by management to measure operating performance of the business, excluding these non-cash and other specifically identified items that management believes are not relevant to management’s assessment of our operating performance. Adjusted EBITDA,Operating Income, as defined above, also represents our measure of segment income for each of our fourfive operating segments.
2021202020192021 vs. 20202020 vs. 2019
    Favorable / (Unfavorable)
Segment income:
TH$997 $823 $1,122 $174 $(299)
BK1,021 823 994 198 (171)
PLK228 218 188 10 30 
FHS— — — 
Adjusted EBITDA2,248 1,864 2,304 384 (440)
Share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense102 84 74 (18)(10)
FHS Transaction costs18 — — (18)— 
Corporate restructuring and tax advisory fees16 16 31 — 15 
Office centralization and relocation costs— — — 
Impact of equity method investments (a)25 48 11 23 (37)
Other operating expenses (income), net105 (10)98 (115)
EBITDA2,080 1,611 2,192 469 (581)
Depreciation and amortization201 189 185 (12)(4)
Income from operations1,879 1,422 2,007 457 (585)
Interest expense, net505 508 532 24 
Loss on early extinguishment of debt11 98 23 87 (75)
Income tax expense110 66 341 (44)275 
Net income$1,253 $750 $1,111 $503 $(361)
2023202220212023 vs. 20222022 vs. 2021
    Favorable / (Unfavorable)
Income from operations$2,051 $1,898 $1,879 $153 $19 
Franchise agreement amortization31 32 32 — 
FHS Transaction costs19 24 18 (6)
Corporate restructuring and advisory fees38 46 16 (30)
Impact of equity method investments (a)59 25 53 (34)
Other operating expenses (income), net55 25 (30)(18)
Adjusted Operating Income$2,200 $2,084 $1,977 $116 $107 
Segment income:
TH$958 $925 $845 $33 $80 
BK386 396 421 (10)(25)
PLK221 205 198 16 
FHS38 33 31 
INTL597 525 511 72 14 
Adjusted Operating Income$2,200 $2,084 $1,977 $116 $107 
(a)Represents (i) (income) loss from equity method investments and (ii) cash distributions received from our equity method investments. Cash distributions received from our equity method investments are included in segment income.Adjusted Operating Income.
The increase in Adjusted EBITDAOperating Income for 20212023 reflects the increasesan increase in INTL segment income, in our TH BK and PLK segments and the acquisition of FHS and includes a favorable FX Impact of $55 million. Segment income in our TH and BK segments for 2021 includes a decrease of $11 million related to the net impact of corporate marketing support in TH Canada, in addition to the timing of advertising revenues and expenses.
The decrease in Adjusted EBITDA for 2020 reflects the decreases in segment income, in our THPLK segment income and BK segments,FHS segment income, partially offset by an increasea decrease in BK segment income in our PLK segment, and includes an unfavorable FX Impact of $28 million. Segment income in our TH and BK segments for 2020 includes a decrease of $24 million related to the timing of advertising revenues and expenses.
The increase in EBITDA for 2021 is primarily due to increases in segment income in our TH, BK and PLK segments and the acquisition of FHS, a decrease in other operating expenses (income), net, and a favorable change from the impact of equity method investments, partially offset by FHS Transaction costs and an increase in share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense. The increase in EBITDA includes a favorable FX Impact of $53$37 million.
The decrease in EBITDA for 2020 is primarily due to decreases in segment income in our TH and BK segments and unfavorable results from other operating expenses (income), net, the impact of equity method investments, and an increase in share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense, partially offset by an increase in segment income in our PLK segment, a decrease in Corporate restructuring and tax advisory fees, and the non-recurrence of Office centralization and relocation costs.
3845

Table of Contents

The increase in Adjusted Operating Income for 2022 reflects an increase in TH segment income, the inclusion of a full year of FHS in 2022 compared to the period December 15 through December 26 in 2021, and increases in INTL segment income and PLK segment income, partially offset by a decrease in BK segment income and includes an unfavorable FX Impact of $80 million.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our primary sources of liquidity are cash on hand, cash generated by operations and borrowings available under our Revolving Credit Facility (as defined below). We have used, and may in the future use, our liquidity to make required interest and/or principal payments, to repurchase our common shares, to repurchase Class B exchangeable limited partnership units of Partnership (“Partnership exchangeable units”), to voluntarily prepay and repurchase our or one of our affiliate’s outstanding debt, to fund acquisitions such as the Firehouse Acquisition and other investing activities, such as capital expenditures and joint ventures, and to pay dividends on our common shares and make distributions on the Partnership exchangeable units. As a result of our borrowings, we are highly leveraged. Our liquidity requirements are significant, primarily due to debt service requirements.
At December 31, 2021,2023, we had cash and cash equivalents of $1,087 million. In addition, at December 31, 2021, we had$1,139 million and borrowing availability of $998$1,248 million under our Revolving Credit Facility (defined below).
On July 6, 2021, two of our subsidiaries (the “Borrowers”) issued $800 million of 3.875% first lien senior secured notes due January 15, 2028 (the “Additional Notes”). No principal payments are due until maturity and interest is paid semi-annually. The Additional Notes were issued as additional notes under the indenture, dated as of September 24, 2019, (the “3.875% Senior Notes Indenture”) pursuant to which the Borrowers previously issued $750 million in aggregate principal amount of 3.875% first lien senior secured notes due January 15, 2028 during 2019 (the “2019 3.875% First Lien Senior Notes” and together with the Additional Notes, the “3.875% First Lien Senior Notes due 2028”). The Additional Notes are treated as a single series with the 2019 3.875% First Lien Senior Notes and have the same terms for all purposes under the 3.875% Senior Notes Indenture, including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. The Additional Notes were priced at 100.250% of their face value. The net proceeds from the offering of the Additional Notes were used to redeem the remaining $775 million principal amount outstanding of the 4.25% first lien senior notes on July 15, 2021, plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, and pay related redemption premiums, fees and expenses.
On December 13, 2021, the Borrowers entered into a fifth incremental facility amendment and a sixth amendment (the “2021 Amendment”) to the credit agreement governing our senior secured term loan A facility (the “Term Loan A”), our senior secured term loan B facility (the “Term Loan B” and together with the Term Loan A the “Term Loan Facilities”) and our $1,000 million senior secured revolving credit facility (including revolving loans, swingline loans and letters of credit) (the “Revolving Credit Facility” and together with the Term Loan Facilities, the “Credit Facilities”). The 2021 Amendment increased the existing Term Loan A to $1,250 million and extended the maturity date of the Term Loan A and Revolving Credit Facility from October 7, 2024 to December 13, 2026 (subject to earlier maturity in specified circumstances). The security and guarantees under the Revolving Credit Facility and Term Loan A will be the same as those under the existing facilities. The proceeds from the increase in the Term Loan A were used with cash on hand to complete the Firehouse Acquisition.
Facility. Based on our current level of operations and available cash, we believe our cash flow from operations, combined with our availability under our Revolving Credit Facility, will provide sufficient liquidity to fund our current obligations, debt service requirements and capital spending over the next twelve months.
During 2021,On September 21, 2023, two of our subsidiaries (the “Borrowers”) entered into a seventh amendment (the “7th Amendment”) to the credit agreement governing our senior secured term loan A facility (the “Term Loan A”), our senior secured term loan B facility (the “Term Loan B” and together with the Term Loan A, the “Term Loan Facilities”) and our senior secured revolving credit facility (including revolving loans, swingline loans and letters of credit) (the “Revolving Credit Facility” and together with the Term Loan Facilities, the “Credit Facilities”). Under the 7th Amendment we spent C$80(i) amended the existing Revolving Credit Facility to increase the availability from $1,000 million to support$1,250 million and extended the maturity of the facility to September 21, 2028 without changing the leverage-based spread to adjusted SOFR (Secured Overnight Financing Rate); (ii) increased the Term Loan A to $1,275 million and extended the maturity of the Term Loan A to September 21, 2028 without changing the leverage-based spread to adjusted SOFR; (iii) increased the Term Loan B to $5,175 million, extended the maturity of the Term Loan B to September 21, 2030, and changed the interest rate applicable to borrowings under our Term Loan B to term SOFR, subject to a floor of 0.00%, plus an applicable margin of 2.25%; and (iv) made certain other changes as set forth therein, including removing the 0.10% adjustment to the term SOFR rate across the facilities and changes to certain covenants to provide increased flexibility. On December 28, 2023, we entered into an eighth amendment (the “8th Amendment” and together with the 7th Amendment, the “2023 Amendments”) to the credit agreement whereby Partnership and its subsidiaries became guarantors, subject to the covenants applicable to the Credit Facilities. The 2023 Amendments made no other material changes to the terms of the credit agreement.
In September 2022, Burger King shared the details of its “Reclaim the Flame” plan to accelerate sales growth and drive franchisee profitability. We are investing $400 million over the life of the plan, comprising $150 million in advertising and digital advancements atinvestments (“Fuel the TH businessFlame”) and supplement advertising fund amounts contributed by franchisees.
In early 2022, we entered into negotiations to resolve business disputes that arose during 2021 with counterparties to the master franchise agreements for Burger King and Popeyes in China. Based on these discussions, we expect to agree to pay approximately $100$250 million in 2022, $72high-quality remodels and relocations, restaurant technology, kitchen equipment, and building enhancements (“Royal Reset”). During 2023, we funded $60 million toward the Fuel the Flame investment and $44 million toward our Royal Reset investment and as of which was recorded as Litigation settlementsDecember 31, 2023, we have funded a total of $73 million toward the Fuel the Flame investment and reserves, net$61 million toward our Royal Reset investment.
On January 16, 2024, we announced that we have reached an agreement to acquire all of Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc. (“Carrols”) issued and outstanding shares that are not already held by RBI or its affiliates for 2021.$9.55 per share in an all cash transaction, or an aggregate total enterprise value of approximately $1.0 billion. The transaction is expected to be completed in the second quarter of 2024 and is subject to customary closing conditions, including approval by the holders of the majority of this amount relatescommon stock held by Carrols stockholders excluding shares held by RBI and its affiliates and officers of Carrols in addition to Popeyesapproval by holders of a majority of outstanding common stock of Carrols. The transaction is not subject to a financing contingency and is expected to resolve our disputesbe financed with cash on hand of approximately $200 million and allow us to move forward in the market withterm loan debt of approximately $750 million for which RBI has received a new master franchisee. Additionally, this agreement will provide for us and our partner to make equity contributions to the Burger King business in China. We believe the agreement will position both the Popeyes and Burger King brands to accelerate growth in China in the upcoming years.financing commitment.
On July 28, 2021,August 31, 2023, our board of directors approved a share repurchase authorization that allows us to purchaseof up to $1,000 million of our common shares until August 10, 2023.September 30, 2025. This approval follows the expiration of RBI's prior two-year authorization to repurchase up to $1,000 million of our common shares. On August 6, 2021,September 13, 2023, we announced that the Toronto Stock Exchange (the “TSX”) had accepted and approved the notice of our intention to renew the normal course issuer bid. Under this normal course issuer bid, we are permitted topermitting the repurchase up to 30,382,51930,895,637 common shares for the 12-month period commencing on August 10, 2021 and ending on August 9, 2022, or earlier if we complete the repurchases prior to such date.September 14, 2024. Share repurchases under the normal course issuer bid will be made through the facilities of the TSX, the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) and/
39

Table of Contents
or other exchanges and alternative Canadian or foreign trading systems, if eligible, or by such other means as may be
46

Table of Contents
permitted by the TSX and/or the NYSE under applicable law. Shareholders may obtain a copy of the prior notice, free of charge, by contacting us. During 2021,2023, we repurchased and cancelled 9,247,6487,639,137 RBI common shares on the open market for $551$500 million and as of December 31, 20212023 had $449$500 million remaining under the authorization. Repurchases under the Company’sCompany's authorization will be made in the open market or through privately negotiated transactions.
We generally provide applicable deferred taxes based on the tax liability or withholding taxes that would be due upon repatriation of cash associated with unremitted earnings. We will continue to monitor our plans for such cash and related foreign earnings but our expectation is to continue to provide taxes on unremitted earnings that we expect to distribute.
Debt Instruments and Debt Service Requirements
As of December 31, 2021,2023, our long-term debt consists primarily of borrowings under our Credit Facilities, (defined above), amounts outstanding under our 3.875% First Lien Senior Notes due 2028, (as defined above), 5.75% First Lien Senior Notes due 2025, 3.50% First Lien Senior Notes due 2029, 4.375% Second Lien Senior Notes due 2028, 4.00% Second Lien Senior Notes due 2030 and(together, the “Senior Notes”), TH Facility, RE Facility (each as defined below), and obligations under finance leases. For further information about our long-term debt, see Note 98, “Long Term Debt,” of the notes to the accompanying consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of our Annual Report.
Credit Facilities
As of December 31, 2021,2023, there was $6,493$6,450 million outstanding principal amount under our Term Loan Facilities with a weighted average interest rate of 1.77%7.41%. The interest rate applicable to borrowings under our Term Loan A and Revolving Credit Facility is, at our option, either (i) a base rate, subject to a floor of 1.00%, plus an applicable margin varying from 0.00% to 0.50%, or (ii) Term SOFR (Secured Overnight Financing Rate), subject to a floor of 0.00%, plus an applicable margin varying between 0.75% to 1.50%, in each case, determined by reference to a net first lien leverage based pricing grid. The interest rate applicable to borrowings under our Term Loan B is, at our option, either (i) a base rate, subject to a floor of 1.00%, plus an applicable margin of 1.25%, or (ii) Term SOFR, subject to a floor of 0.00%, plus an applicable margin of 2.25%.
Based on the amounts outstanding under the Term Loan Facilities and LIBOR/SOFR (Secured Overnight Financing Rate) as of December 31, 2021,2023, subject to a floor of 0.00%, required debt service for the next twelve months is estimated to be approximately $119$484 million in interest payments and $54$52 million in principal payments. In addition, based on LIBORSOFR as of December 31, 2021,2023, net cash settlements that we expect to payreceive on our $4,000 million interest rate swaps are estimated to be approximately $55$136 million for the next twelve months. The Term Loan A matures on December 13, 2026 and the Term Loan B matures on November 19, 2026, and weWe may prepay the Term Loan Facilities in whole or in part at any time. Additionally, subject to certain exceptions, the Term Loan Facilities may be subject to mandatory prepayments using (i) proceeds from non-ordinary course asset dispositions, (ii) proceeds from certain incurrences of debt or (iii) a portion of our annual excess cash flows based upon certain leverage ratios.
As of December 31, 2021,2023, we had no amounts outstanding under our Revolving Credit Facility (including revolving loans, swingline loans and letters of credit), had $2 million of letters of credit issued against the Revolving Credit Facility, and our borrowing availability was $998$1,248 million. Funds available under the Revolving Credit Facility may be used to repay other debt, finance debt or share repurchases, fund acquisitions or capital expenditures, and for other general corporate purposes. We have a $125 million letter of credit sublimit as part of the Revolving Credit Facility, which reduces our borrowing availability thereunder by the cumulative amount of outstanding letters of credit. We are also required to pay (i) letters of credit fees on the aggregate face amounts of outstanding letters of credit plus a fronting fee to the issuing bank and (ii) administration fees. The interest rate applicable to amounts drawn under each letter of credit ranges from 0.75% to 1.50%, depending on our net first lien leverage ratio.
On April 2, 2020, the Borrowers entered into a fifth amendment (the “Fifth Amendment”) to the credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) governing our Term Loan Facilities and Revolving Credit Facility. The Fifth Amendment provided the Borrowers with the option to comply with a $1,000 million minimum liquidity covenant in lieu of the 6.50:1.00 net first lien senior secured leverage ratio financial maintenance covenant for the period after June 30, 2020 and prior to September 30, 2021. Additionally, for the periods ending September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2021, to determine compliance with the net first lien senior secured leverage ratio, we were permitted to annualize the Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the Credit Agreement) for the three months ending September 30, 2021 and six months ending December 31, 2021, respectively, in lieu of calculating the ratio based on Adjusted EBITDA for the prior four quarters. There were no other material changes to the terms of the Credit Agreement.
The 2021 Amendment amended the interest rate applicable to the Revolving Credit Facility and the Term Loan A to incorporate SOFR. The interest rate applicable to borrowings under our Term Loan A and Revolving Credit Facility is, at our option, either (i) a base rate, subject to a floor of 1.00%, plus an applicable margin varying from 0.00% to 0.50%, or (ii) Adjusted Term SOFR (Adjusted Term SOFR is calculated as Term SOFR plus a 0.10% adjustment), subject to a floor of 0.00%, plus an applicable margin varying between 0.75% to 1.50%, in each case, determined by reference to a net first lien leverage based pricing grid. The interest rate applicable to borrowings under our Term Loan B is, at our option, either (i) a base
40

Table of Contents
rate, subject to a floor of 1.00%, plus an applicable margin of 0.75% or (ii) a Eurocurrency rate, subject to a floor of 0.00%, plus an applicable margin of 1.75%.
Obligations under the Credit Facilities are guaranteed on a senior secured basis, jointly and severally, by the direct parent company of one of the BorrowersPartnership and substantially all of its Canadian and U.S. subsidiaries, including The TDL Group Corp., Burger King Corporation,Company LLC, Popeyes Louisiana Kitchen, Inc., FRG, LLC and substantially all of their respective Canadian and U.S. subsidiaries (the “Credit Guarantors”). Amounts borrowed under the Credit Facilities are secured on a first priority basis by a perfected security interest in substantially all of the present and future property (subject to certain exceptions) of each Borrower and Credit Guarantor.
47

Table of Contents
Senior Notes
During 2019, theThe Borrowers entered into an indenture (the "4.375% Senior Notes Indenture")indentures in connection with the issuance of $750 million of 4.375% second lienthe following senior notes due January 15, 2028 (the “4.375% Second Lien Senior(collectively the “Senior Notes due 2028”Indentures”). :
Amount (in millions)Interest RateLien PriorityDue Date
$1,5503.875%First lienJanuary 15, 2028
$5005.75%First lienApril 15, 2025
$7503.50%First lienFebruary 15, 2029
$7504.375%Second lienJanuary 15, 2028
$2,9004.00%Second lienOctober 15, 2030
No principal payments are due until maturity and interest is paid semi-annually.
During 2020, the Borrowers entered into an indenture (the “5.75% Senior Notes Indenture”) in connection with the issuance of $500 million of 5.75% first lien notes due April 15, 2025 (the “5.75% First Lien Senior Notes due 2025”). No principal payments are due until maturity and interest is paid semi-annually. The net proceeds from the offering of the 5.75% First Lien Senior Notes due 2025 were used for general corporate purposes.
During 2020, the Borrowers entered into an indenture (the “4.00% Senior Notes Indenture”) in connection with the issuance of $2,900 million of 4.00% second lien notes due October 15, 2030 (the “4.00% Second Lien Senior Notes due 2030”). No principal payments are due until maturity and interest is paid semi-annually. The net proceeds from the offering of the 4.00% Second Lien Senior Notes due 2030 were used to redeem all of the $2,800 million 5.00% second lien senior notes (due October 15, 2025) and pay related redemption premiums, fees and expenses.
During 2020, the Borrowers entered into an indenture (the “3.50% Senior Notes Indenture” and together with the above indentures the “Senior Notes Indentures”) in connection with the issuance of $750 million in aggregate principal amount of 3.50% first lien notes due February 15, 2029 (the “3.50% First Lien Senior Notes due 2029”). No principal payments are due until maturity and interest is paid semi-annually. The net proceeds from the offering of the 3.50% First Lien Senior Notes due 2029 were used to redeem $725 million of our 4.25% first lien notes due 2024 and pay related redemption premiums, fees and expenses.
The Borrowers may redeem a series of senior notes, in whole or in part, at any time prior to April 15, 2022 forat the 5.75% First Lienredemption prices set forth in the applicable Senior Notes September 15, 2022 forIndenture; provided that if the 3.875% First Lien Senior Notes, November 15, 2022 for the 4.375% Second Lien Senior Notes,redemption is prior to February 15, 2024 for the 3.50% First Lien Senior Notes, and October 15, 2025 for the 4.00% Second Lien Senior Notes, it will instead be at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount redeemed plus a “make-whole” premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date. In addition, the Borrowers may redeem, in whole or in part, the 5.75% First Lien Senior Notes due 2025, 3.875% First Lien Senior Notes due 2028, 4.375% Second Lien Senior Notes due 2028, 3.50% First Lien Senior Notes due 2029 and 4.00% Second Lien Senior Notes due 2030 on or after the applicable date noted above, at the redemption prices set forth in the applicable Senior Notes Indenture. The Senior Notes Indentures also contain redemption provisions related to tender offers, change of control and equity offerings, among others.
Based on the amounts outstanding at December 31, 2021,2023, required debt service for the next twelve months on all of the Senior Notessenior notes outstanding is approximately $264 million in interest payments.
TH Facility and RE Facility
One of our subsidiaries entered into a non-revolving delayed drawdown term credit facility in a total aggregate principal amount of C$225 million with a maturity date of October 4, 2025 (the “TH Facility”). The interest rate applicable to the TH Facility is the Canadian Bankers’ Acceptance rate plus an applicable margin equal to 1.40% or the Prime Rate plus an applicable margin equal to 0.40%, at our option. Obligations under the TH Facility are guaranteed by four of our subsidiaries, and amounts borrowed under the TH Facility are secured by certain parcels of real estate. As of December 31, 2021,2023, we had approximately C$182 million outstanding C$214 million under the TH Facility with a weighted average interest rate of 1.85%6.84%.
One of our subsidiaries entered into a non-revolving delayed drawdown term credit facility in a total aggregate principal amount of $50 million with a maturity date of October 12, 2028 (the “RE Facility”). The interest rate applicable to the RE Facility is, at our option, either (i) a base rate, subject to a floor of0.50%, plus an applicable margin of 0.50% or (ii) Adjusted Term SOFR (Adjusted Term SOFR is calculated as Term SOFR plus a margin based on duration), subject to a floor of 0.00%, plus an applicable margin of 1.50%. Obligations under the RE Facility are guaranteed by four of our subsidiaries, and amounts borrowed under the RE Facility are secured by certain parcels of real estate. As of December 31, 2023, we had approximately $4 million outstanding under the RE Facility with a weighted average interest rate of 6.95%.
Based on the amounts outstanding under the TH Facility as of December 31, 2021,2023, required debt service for the next twelve months is estimated to be approximately $3$9 million in interest payments and $9$15 million in principal payments.
41

Table Based on the amounts outstanding under the RE Facility as of Contents
December 31, 2023, required debt service for the next twelve months is not material.
Restrictions and Covenants
Our Credit Facilities and the Senior Notes Indentures contain a number of customary affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things, limit or restrict our ability and the ability of certain of our subsidiaries to: incur additional indebtedness; incur liens; engage in mergers, consolidations, liquidations and dissolutions; sell assets; pay dividends and make other payments in respect of capital stock; make investments, loans and advances; pay or modify the terms of certain indebtedness; and engage in certain transactions with affiliates. The 2021 Amendment includes amendments to certain covenants to provide increased flexibility. In addition, underUnder the Credit Facilities, and subject to the provisions of the Fifth Amendment described above, the Borrowers are not permitted to exceed a net first lien senior secured leverage ratio of 6.50 to 1.00 when, as of the end of any fiscal quarter beginning with the first quarter of 2020, any amounts are outstanding under the Term Loan A and/or outstanding revolving loans, swingline loans and certain letters of credit exceed 30.0% of the commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility. As indicated above, the Fifth Amendment provided that for periods ending September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2021, to determine compliance with the net first lien senior secured leverage ratio, we are permitted to annualize the Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the Credit Agreement) for the three months ending September 30, 2021 and six months ending December 31, 2021, respectively, in lieu
48

Table of calculating the ratio based on Adjusted EBITDA for the prior four quarters.Contents
The restrictions under the Credit Facilities and the Senior Notes Indentures have resulted in substantially all of our consolidated assets being restricted.
As of December 31, 2021,2023, we were in compliance with all applicable financial debt covenants under the Credit Facilities, the TH Facility, RE Facility and the Senior Notes Indentures, and there were no limitations on our ability to draw on the remaining availability under our Revolving Credit Facility.
Cash Dividends
On January 5, 2022,4, 2024, we paid a dividend of $0.53$0.55 per common share and Partnership made a distribution in respect of each Partnership exchangeable unit in the amount of $0.53$0.55 per Partnership exchangeable unit.
On February 15, 2022,13, 2024, we announced that the board of directors had declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.54$0.58 per common share for the first quarter of 2022,2024, payable on April 6, 20224, 2024 to common shareholders of record on March 23, 2022.21, 2024. Partnership will also make a distribution in respect of each Partnership exchangeable unit in the amount of $0.54$0.58 per Partnership exchangeable unit, and the record date and payment date for distributions on Partnership exchangeable units are the same as the record date and payment date set forth above.
We are targeting a total of $2.16$2.32 in declared dividends per common share and distributions in respect of each Partnership exchangeable unit for 2022.2024.
Because we are a holding company, our ability to pay cash dividends on our common shares may be limited by restrictions under our debt agreements. Although we do not have a formal dividend policy, our board of directors may, subject to compliance with the covenants contained in our debt agreements and other considerations, determine to pay dividends in the future.
Outstanding Security Data
As of February 15, 2022,14, 2024, we had outstanding 309,632,586313,350,086 common shares and one special voting share. The special voting share is held by a trustee, entitling the trustee to that number of votes on matters on which holders of common shares are entitled to vote equal to the number of Partnership exchangeable units outstanding. The trustee is required to cast such votes in accordance with voting instructions provided by holders of Partnership exchangeable units. At any shareholder meeting of the Company, holders of our common shares vote together as a single class with the special voting share except as otherwise provided by law. For information on our share-based compensation and our outstanding equity awards, see Note 1413 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of our Annual Report.
There were 144,978,558133,597,764 Partnership exchangeable units outstanding as of February 15, 2022. Since December 12, 2015, the14, 2024. The holders of Partnership exchangeable units have had the right to require Partnership to exchange all or any portion of such holder’s Partnership exchangeable units for our common shares at a ratio of one share for each Partnership exchangeable unit, subject to our right as the general partner of Partnership to determine to settle any such exchange for a cash payment in lieu of our common shares.
42

Table of Contents
Comparative Cash Flows
Operating Activities
Cash provided by operating activities was $1,726$1,323 million in 2021,2023, compared to $921$1,490 million in 2020.2022. The increasedecrease in cash provided by operating activities was driven by cash provided by working capitalan increase in the current year compared tointerest payments, an increase in cash used for working capital, in the prior year, an increase in segment income in our TH, BK and PLK segments,tax payments, and a decrease in interestBK segment income, partially offset by increases in INTL, TH, PLK and income tax payments.FHS segment income.
Cash provided by operating activities was $921$1,490 million in 2020,2022, compared to $1,476$1,726 million in 2019.2021. The decrease in cash provided by operating activities was driven by a decrease in TH and BK segment income,cash provided by working capital, an increase in cash used for working capital andinterest payments, an increase in income tax payments. These factors werepayments, and a decrease in BK segment income, partially offset by increases in TH, FHS, PLK and INTL segment income.
49

Table of Contents
Investing Activities
Cash provided by investing activities was $11 million in 2023, compared to cash used for investing activities of $64 million in 2022. This change was primarily driven by an increase in net proceeds from derivatives, a decrease in interest payments a decreasefor other investing activities, the non-recurrence of payments in tenant inducements paid to franchiseesconnection with the acquisition of Firehouse Subs in the prior year, and an increase in PLK segment income.
Investing Activitiesnet proceeds from disposal of assets, partially offset by an increase in capital expenditures.
Cash used for investing activities was $64 million in 2022, compared to $1,103 million in 2021, compared to $79 million in 2020.2021. The change in cash used for investing activities was primarily driven by the Firehouse Subs acquisition in 2021, and a decreasepartially offset by an increase in proceeds from derivatives.
Cash used for investing activities was $79 million in 2020, compared to $30 million in 2019. The change in investing activities was driven by an increase in capital expenditures during 2020.
Financing Activities
Cash used for financing activities was $1,374 million in 2023, compared to $1,307 million in 2022. The change in cash used for financing activities was driven primarily by an increase in RBI share repurchases, payment of financing costs in the current year, the non-recurrence of proceeds from issuance of RBI common shares and an increase in payment of dividends and distributions. These factors were partially offset by an increase in proceeds from derivatives, an increase in proceeds from long-term debt, and an increase in proceeds from stock option exercises.
Cash used for financing activities was $1,307 million in 2022, compared to $1,093 million in 2021, compared to $821 million in 2020.2021. The change in cash used for financing activities was driven primarily by a decrease in proceeds from the issuance of debt and cash used to repurchase RBI common sharesa decrease in the current year.proceeds from stock option exercises. These factors were partially offset by a decrease in repayments of debt and finance leases, anda decrease in repurchases of RBI common shares, proceeds from derivatives in the non-recurrence of the repurchase of Partnership exchangeable unitscurrent year compared to payments from derivatives in the prior year.
Cash used for financing activities was $821 million in 2020, compared to $842 million in 2019. The decrease in cash used for financing activities was driven primarily by an increase inyear, and proceeds from issuance of long-term debt, partially offset by an increase in repayments of long-term debt and finance leases, the repurchase of Partnership exchangeable units in 2020, payments from derivatives in 2020 compared to proceeds from derivatives in 2019, an increase in RBI common share dividends and distributions on Partnership exchangeable units, and a decreaseshares in proceeds from stock option exercises.the current year.
Contractual Obligations and Commitments
Our significant contractual obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2021 are shown2023 include:
Debt Obligations and Interest Payments — Refer to Note 8, “Long-Term Debt,” of the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of our Annual Report for further information on our obligations and the following table.

 Payment Due by Period
Contractual ObligationsTotalLess Than
1 Year
1-3 Years3-5 YearsMore Than
5 Years
 (In millions)
Credit Facilities, including interest (a)$7,071 $174 $415 $6,482 $— 
Senior Notes, including interest8,324 264 530 979 6,551 
Other long-term debt179 12 32 135 — 
Operating lease obligations (b)1,529 197 359 298 675 
Purchase commitments (c)564 509 54 — 
Finance lease obligations498 52 98 86 262 
Total$18,165 $1,208 $1,488 $7,981 $7,488 

(a)timing of expected payments. Future interest payments on our outstanding debt as of December 31, 2023 total $4,355 million, with $759 million due within the next twelve months. We have estimated our interest payments through the maturity of our Credit Facilities based on LIBOR and SOFR as of December 31, 2021.2023.
(b)Operating and Finance LeasesOperating lease payment — Refer to Note 9, “Leases,” of the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of our Annual Report for further information on our obligations have not been reduced byand the amounttiming of payments due in the future under subleases.expected payments.
(c)Purchase CommitmentsIncludes open purchase orders, as well as — Purchase obligations include commitments to purchase green coffee, certain food ingredients, and advertising expenditures, and obligations related to information technology and service agreements.
43

Table of Contents
We have not included inpurchase obligations of approximately $542 million at December 31, 2023, with approximately $530 million due within the next 12 months.
Unrecognized Tax Benefit — Our contractual obligations tableand commitments include approximately $558$69 million of gross liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits and accrued interest and penalties relating to various tax positions we have taken. These liabilities may increase or decrease over time primarily as a result of tax examinations, and given the status of the examinations, we cannot reliably estimate the period of any cash settlement with the respective taxing authorities. For additional information on unrecognized tax benefits, see Note 1110, “Income Taxes”, of the notes to the accompanying consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of our Annual Report.
Other Commercial Commitments and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
From time to time, we enter into agreements under which we guarantee loans made by third parties to qualified franchisees. As of December 31, 2021,2023, no material amounts are outstanding under these guarantees.
50

Table of Contents
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
This discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based on our audited consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires our management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses, as well as related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. We evaluate our estimates on an ongoing basis and we base our estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions we deem reasonable to the situation. These estimates and assumptions form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. As future events and their effects cannot be determined with precision, actual results could differ significantly from these estimates. Changes in our estimates could materially impact our results of operations and financial condition in any particular period.
We consider our critical accounting policies and estimates to be as follows based on the high degree of judgment or complexity in their application:
Business Combinations
The Firehouse Acquisition wasBusiness acquisitions are accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting, or acquisition accounting, in accordance with ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations. The acquisition method of accounting involvedinvolves the allocation of the purchase price to the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. This allocation process involves the use of estimates and assumptions made in connection with estimating the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed including cash flows expected to be derived from the use of the asset, the timing of such cash flows, the remaining useful life of assets and applicable discount rates. Acquisition accounting allows for up to one year to obtain the information necessary to finalize the fair value of all assets acquired and liabilities assumed at December 15, 2021. As of December 31, 2021, we have recorded a preliminary allocation of consideration to net tangible and intangible assets acquired, which is subject to revision as we obtain additional information necessary to complete the fair value studies and acquisition accounting.assumed.
In the event that actual results vary from the estimates or assumptions used in the valuation or allocation process, we may be required to record an impairment charge or an increase in depreciation or amortization in future periods, or both.
See Note 3 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of our Annual Report for additional information about accounting for the Firehouse Acquisition.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets Not Subject to Amortization
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in acquisitions. Our indefinite-lived intangible assets consist of the Tim Hortons brand, the Burger King brand, the Popeyes brand and the Firehouse Subs brand (each a “Brand” and together, the “Brands”). Goodwill and the Brands are tested for impairment at least annually as of October 1 of each year and more often if an event occurs or circumstances change, which indicate impairment might exist. Our annual impairment tests of goodwill and the Brands may be completed through qualitative assessments. We may elect to bypass the qualitative assessment and proceed directly to a quantitative impairment test, for any reporting unit or Brand, in any period. We can resume the qualitative assessment for any reporting unit or Brand in any subsequent period.
Under a qualitative approach, our impairment review for goodwill consists of an assessment of whether it is more-likely-than-not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount. If we elect to bypass the qualitative assessment for
44

Table of Contents
any reporting units, or if a qualitative assessment indicates it is more-likely-than-not that the estimated carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, we perform a quantitative goodwill impairment test that requires us to estimate the fair value of the reporting unit. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we will measure any goodwill impairment loss as the amount by which the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. We use an income approach and a market approach, when available, to estimate a reporting unit’s fair value, which discounts the reporting unit’s projected cash flows using a discount rate we determine from a market participant's perspective under the income approach or utilizing similar publicly traded companies as guidelines for determining fair value under the market approach. We make significant assumptions when estimating a reporting unit’s projected cash flows, including revenue, driven primarily by net restaurant growth, comparable sales growth and average royalty rates, general and administrative expenses, capital expenditures and income tax rates.
Under a qualitative approach, our impairment review for the Brands consists of an assessment of whether it is more-likely-than-not that a Brand’s fair value is less than its carrying amount. If we elect to bypass the qualitative assessment for any of our Brands, or if a qualitative assessment indicates it is more-likely-than-not that the estimated carrying value of a Brand exceeds its fair value, we estimate the fair value of the Brand and compare it to its carrying amount. If the carrying amount exceeds fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. We use an income approach to estimate a Brand’s fair value, which discounts the projected Brand-related cash flows using a discount rate we determine from a market participant's perspective. We make significant assumptions when estimating Brand-related cash flows, including system-wide
51

Table of Contents
sales, driven by net restaurant growth and comparable sales growth, average royalty rates, brand maintenance costs and income tax rates.
We completed our impairment reviews for goodwill and the Brands as of October 1, 2021, 20202023, 2022 and 20192021 and no impairment resulted. The estimates and assumptions we use to estimate fair values when performing quantitative assessments are highly subjective judgments based on our experience and knowledge of our operations. Significant changes in the assumptions used in our analysis could result in an impairment charge related to goodwill or the Brands. Circumstances that could result in changes to future estimates and assumptions include, but are not limited to, expectations of lower system-wide sales growth, which can be caused by a variety of factors, increases in income tax rates and increases in discount rates.
Long-lived Assets
Long-lived assets (including intangible assets subject to amortization and lease right-of-use assets) are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Long-lived assets are grouped for recognition and measurement of impairment at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets.
The impairment test for long-lived assets requires us to assess the recoverability of our long-lived assets by comparing their net carrying value to the sum of undiscounted estimated future cash flows directly associated with and arising from our use and eventual disposition of the assets. If the net carrying value of a group of long-lived assets exceeds the sum of related undiscounted estimated future cash flows, we would be required to record an impairment charge equal to the excess, if any, of net carrying value over fair value.
When assessing the recoverability of our long-lived assets, we make assumptions regarding estimated future cash flows and other factors. Some of these assumptions involve a high degree of judgment and also bear a significant impact on the assessment conclusions. Included among these assumptions are estimating undiscounted future cash flows, including the projection of rental income, capital requirements for maintaining property and residual values of asset groups. We formulate estimates from historical experience and assumptions of future performance, based on business plans and forecasts, recent economic and business trends, and competitive conditions. In the event that our estimates or related assumptions change in the future, we may be required to record an impairment charge.
Accounting for Income Taxes
We record income tax liabilities utilizing known obligations and estimates of potential obligations. A deferred tax asset or liability is recognized whenever there are future tax effects from existing temporary differences and operating loss and tax credit carry-forwards. When considered necessary, we record a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to the balance that is more-likely-than-not to be realized. We must make estimates and judgments on future taxable income, considering feasible tax planning strategies and taking into account existing facts and circumstances, to determine the proper valuation allowance. When we determine that deferred tax assets could be realized in greater or lesser amounts than recorded, the asset balance and income statement reflect the change in the period such determination is made. Due to changes in facts and
45

Table of Contents
circumstances and the estimates and judgments that are involved in determining the proper valuation allowance, differences between actual future events and prior estimates and judgments could result in adjustments to this valuation allowance.
On December 28, 2021, the U.S. Treasury Department released final regulations (T.D. 9959, published in the Federal Register on January 4, 2022) significantly restricting the ability to credit certain foreign taxes, applicable prospectively starting January 1, 2022. The finalDue to these new regulations, addresswe released a wide range of topics, including the definition, accrual, apportionment, and allocation of foreign income taxes, and whether such foreign taxes are creditable, or deductible, based the characteristics of such taxes under the lawsportion of the applicable,valuation allowance on our foreign jurisdiction (ontax credit carryforwards during 2022. Based on our current analysis, we do not expect these regulations to have a country-by-country basis) and applicable tax treaties. The finalmaterial, ongoing impact as we anticipate being in an excess credit position prospectively. On November 18, 2022, the U.S. Treasury Department released proposed regulations are exceedingly complex as is their intersection with local country laws, tax treaties and related rules under the Internal Revenue Code. We are analyzing the potential impactincluding additional guidance with respect to our ability to credit, or alternatively deduct, applicablethe reattribution asset rule for purposes of allocating and apportioning foreign taxes, whether such foreign tax credits (“FTC”) may be subjectthe cost recovery requirement, and the attribution rule for withholding taxes on royalty payments. We will continue to aggregate annual limitations and whetherevaluate the projected future generation, use and limitations related to such FTC may require us to revisit our current valuation allowance with respect to our existing FTC carryforwards.potential effect of these proposed regulations as further guidance becomes available.
We file income tax returns, including returns for our subsidiaries, with federal, provincial, state, local and foreign jurisdictions. We are subject to routine examination by taxing authorities in these jurisdictions. We apply a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate available evidence to determine if it appears more-likely-than-not that an uncertain tax position will be sustained on an audit by a taxing authority, based solely on the technical merits of the tax position. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon settling the uncertain tax position.
52

Table of Contents
Although we believe we have adequately accounted for our uncertain tax positions, from time to time, audits result in proposed assessments where the ultimate resolution may result in us owing additional taxes. We adjust our uncertain tax positions in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the completion of a tax audit, expiration of a statute of limitations, the refinement of an estimate, and interest accruals associated with uncertain tax positions until they are resolved. We believe that our tax positions comply with applicable tax law and that we have adequately provided for these matters. However, to the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will impact the provision for income taxes in the period in which such determination is made.
We are generally permanently reinvested on any potential outside basis differences except for unremitted earningearnings and profits and thus do not record a deferred tax liability for such outside basis differences. To the extent of unremitted earningearnings and profits, we generally review various factors including, but not limited to, forecasts and budgets of financial needs of cash for working capital, liquidity and expected cash requirements to fund our various obligations and record deferred taxes to the extent we expect to distribute. We will continue to monitor available evidence and our plans for foreign earnings and expect to continue to provide any applicable deferred taxes based on the tax liability or withholding taxes that would be due upon repatriation of amounts not considered permanently reinvested.
We use an estimate of the annual effective income tax rate at each interim period based on the facts and circumstances available at that time, while the actual effective income tax rate is calculated at year-end.
See Note 1110, “Income Taxes,” of the notes to the accompanying consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of our Annual Report for additional information about accounting for income taxes.
New Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 2, “Significant Accounting Policies – New Accounting Pronouncements,” of the notes to the accompanying consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of our Annual Report for additional information about new accounting pronouncements.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Market Risk
We are exposed to market risks associated with currency exchange rates, interest rates, commodity prices and inflation. In the normal course of business and in accordance with our policies, we manage these risks through a variety of strategies, which may include the use of derivative financial instruments to hedge our underlying exposures. Our policies prohibit the use of derivative instruments for speculative purposes, and we have procedures in place to monitor and control their use.
46

Table of Contents
Currency Exchange Risk
We report our results in U.S. dollars, which is our reporting currency. TheOur operations of each of TH, BK, PLK and FHS that are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar are impacted by fluctuations in currency exchange rates and changes in currency regulations. The majority of TH’s operations, income, revenues, expenses and cash flows are denominated in Canadian dollars, which we translate to U.S. dollars for financial reporting purposes. Royalty payments from BKINTL franchisees in our European markets and in certain other countries are denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars. Furthermore, franchise royalties from each of TH’s, BK’s, and PLK's internationalnon U.S. franchisees are calculated based on local currency sales; consequently, franchise revenues are still impacted by fluctuations in currency exchange rates. Each of their respective revenues and expenses are translated using the average rates during the period in which they are recognized and are impacted by changes in currency exchange rates.
53

Table of Contents
We have numerous investments in our foreign subsidiaries, the net assets of which are exposed to volatility in foreign currency exchange rates. We have entered into cross-currency rate swaps to hedge a portion of our net investment in such foreign operations against adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates. We designated cross-currency rate swaps with a notional value of $5,000 million between Canadian dollar and U.S. dollar and cross-currency rate swaps with a notional value of $2,250$2,750 million between the Euro and U.S. dollar, as net investment hedges of a portion of our equity in foreign operations in those currencies. The fair value of the cross-currency rate swaps is calculated each period with changes in the fair value of these instruments reported in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”) to economically offset the change in the value of the net investment in these designated foreign operations driven by changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The net fair value of these derivative instruments was a liability of $332$220 million as of December 31, 2021.2023. The net unrealized losses,loss, net of tax, related to these derivative instruments included in AOCI totaled $254$265 million as of December 31, 2021.2023. Such amounts will remain in AOCI until the complete or substantially complete liquidation of our investment in the underlying foreign operations.
We use forward currency contracts to manage the impact of foreign exchange fluctuations on U.S. dollar purchases and payments, such as coffee purchases, made by our TH Canadian operations. However, for a variety of reasons, we do not hedge our revenue exposure in other currencies. Therefore, we are exposed to volatility in those other currencies, and this volatility may differ from period to period. As a result, the foreign currency impact on our operating results for one period may not be indicative of future results.
During 2021,2023, income from operations would have decreased or increased approximately $115$114 million if all foreign currencies uniformly weakened or strengthened 10% relative to the U.S. dollar, holding other variables constant, including sales volumes. The effect of a uniform movement of all currencies by 10% is provided to illustrate a hypothetical scenario and related effect on operating income. Actual results will differ as foreign currencies may move in uniform or different directions and in different magnitudes.
Interest Rate Risk
We are exposed to changes in interest rates related to our Term Loan Facilities and Revolving Credit Facility, which bear interest at LIBOR and SOFR plus a spread, subject to a LIBOR and SOFR floor. Generally, interest rate changes could impact the amount of our interest paid and, therefore, our future earnings and cash flows, assuming other factors are held constant. To mitigate the impact of changes in LIBORSOFR on interest expense for a portion of our variable rate debt, we have entered into interest rate swaps. We account for these derivatives as cash flow hedges, and as such, the unrealized changes in market value are recorded in AOCI and reclassified into earnings during the period in which the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. At December 31, 2021,2023, we had a series of receive-variable, pay-fixed interest rate swaps to hedge the variability in the interest payments on $4,000 million of our Term Loan Facilities. The total notional value of these interest rate swaps is $4,000 million, of which $3,500 million expire on October 31, 2028 and $500 million expire on September 30, 2026.
Based on the portion of our variable rate debt balance in excess of the notional amount of the interest rate swaps and LIBOR and SOFR as of December 31, 2021,2023, a hypothetical 1.00% increase in LIBOR and SOFR would increase our annual interest expensepaid by approximately $25 million.
The discontinuation of LIBOR after June 2023 and the replacement with an alternative reference rate may adversely impact interest rates and our interest expense could increase.
47

Table of Contents
Commodity Price Risk
We purchase certain products, which are subject to price volatility that is caused by weather, market conditions and other factors that are not considered predictable or within our control. However, in our TH business, we employ various purchasing and pricing contract techniques, such as setting fixed prices for periods of up to one year with suppliers, in an effort to minimize volatility of certain of these commodities. Given that we purchase a significant amount of green coffee, we typically have purchase commitments fixing the price for a minimum of six to twelve months depending upon prevailing market conditions. We also typically hedge against the risk of foreign exchange on green coffee prices.
We occasionally take forward pricing positions through our suppliers to manage commodity prices. As a result, we purchase commodities and other products at market prices, which fluctuate on a daily basis and may differ between different geographic regions, where local regulations may affect the volatility of commodity prices.
We do not make use of financial instruments to hedge commodity prices. As we make purchases beyond our current commitments, we may be subject to higher commodity prices depending upon prevailing market conditions at such time. Generally, increases and decreases in commodity costs are largely passed through to franchisee owners, resulting in higher or lower revenues and higher or lower costs of sales from our business. These changes may impact percentage margins as many of
54

Table of Contents
these products are typically priced based on a fixed-dollar mark-up. We and our franchisees have some ability to increase product pricing to offset a rise in commodity prices, subject to acceptance by franchisees and guests.
Impact of Inflation
We believe that our results of operations are not materially impacted by moderate changes in the inflation rate. While inflation did not have a material impact on our operations in 2021, 2020 or 2019, inflationary pressures have increasedin 2023 and 2022 were significant and may be more significantcontinue going forward. SevereFurther significant increases in inflation could affect the global, Canadian and U.S. economies and could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations. If several of the various costs in our business experience inflation at the same time, such as commodity price increases beyond our ability to control and increased labor costs, we and our franchisees may not be able to adjust prices to sufficiently offset the effect of the various cost increases without negatively impacting consumer demand.

55

Table of Contents
Disclosures Regarding Partnership Pursuant to Canadian Exemptive Relief
We are the sole general partner of Partnership. To address certain disclosure conditions to the exemptive relief that Partnership received from the Canadian securities regulatory authorities, we are providing a summary of certain terms of the Partnership exchangeable units. This summary is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by the complete text of the Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement, dated December 11, 2014, as amended, between the Company, 8997896 Canada Inc. and each person who is admitted as a Limited Partner in accordance with the terms of the agreement (the “partnership agreement”) and the Voting Trust Agreement, dated December 12, 2014, between the Company, Partnership and Computershare Trust Company of Canada (the “voting trust agreement”), copies of which are available on SEDARSEDAR+ at www.sedar.comwww.sedarplus.ca and at www.sec.gov. For a description of our common shares, see Exhibit 4.1 to this Annual Report.
The Partnership Exchangeable Units
The capital of Partnership consists of three classes of units: the Partnership Class A common units, the Partnership preferred units and the Partnership exchangeable units. Our interest, as the sole general partner of Partnership, is represented by Class A common units and preferred units. The interests of the limited partners is represented by the Partnership exchangeable units.
Summary of Economic and Voting Rights
The Partnership exchangeable units are intended to provide economic rights that are substantially equivalent, and voting rights with respect to us that are equivalent, to the corresponding rights afforded to holders of our common shares. Under the terms of the partnership agreement, the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to the Partnership exchangeable units include the following:
 
The Partnership exchangeable units are exchangeable at any time, at the option of the holder (the “exchange right”), on a one-for-one basis for our common shares (the “exchanged shares”), subject to our right as the general partner (subject to the approval of the conflicts committee in certain circumstances) to determine to settle any such exchange for a cash payment in lieu of our common shares. If we elect to make a cash payment in lieu of issuing common shares, the amount of the cash payment will be the weighted average trading price of the common shares
48

Table of Contents
on the NYSE for the 20 consecutive trading days ending on the last business day prior to the exchange date (the “exchangeable units cash amount”). Written notice of the determination of the form of consideration shall be given to the holder of the Partnership exchangeable units exercising the exchange right no later than ten business days prior to the exchange date.
If a dividend or distribution has been declared and is payable in respect of our common shares, Partnership will make a distribution in respect of each Partnership exchangeable unit in an amount equal to the dividend or distribution in respect of a common share. The record date and payment date for distributions on the Partnership exchangeable units will be the same as the relevant record date and payment date for the dividends or distributions on our common shares.
If we issue any common shares in the form of a dividend or distribution on our common shares, Partnership will issue to each holder of Partnership exchangeable units, in respect of each exchangeable unit held by such holder, a number of Partnership exchangeable units equal to the number of common shares issued in respect of each common share.
If we issue or distribute rights, options or warrants or other securities or assets to all or substantially all of the holders of our common shares, Partnership is required to make a corresponding distribution to holders of the Partnership exchangeable units.
No subdivision or combination of our outstanding common shares is permitted unless a corresponding subdivision or combination of Partnership exchangeable units is made.
We and our board of directors are prohibited from proposing or recommending an offer for our common shares or for the Partnership exchangeable units unless the holders of the Partnership exchangeable units and the holders of common shares are entitled to participate to the same extent and on an equitably equivalent basis.
Upon a dissolution and liquidation of Partnership, if Partnership exchangeable units remain outstanding and have not been exchanged for our common shares, then the distribution of the assets of Partnership between holders of our common shares and holders of Partnership exchangeable units will be made on a pro rata basis based on the numbers of common shares and Partnership exchangeable units outstanding. Assets distributable to holders of Partnership exchangeable units will be distributed directly to such holders. Assets distributable in respect of our common shares will be distributed to us. Prior to this pro rata distribution, Partnership is required to pay to us sufficient amounts to fund our expenses or other obligations (to the extent related to our role as the general partner or our business and affairs that are conducted through Partnership or its subsidiaries) to ensure that any property
56

Table of Contents
and cash distributed to us in respect of the common shares will be available for distribution to holders of common shares in an amount per share equal to distributions in respect of each Partnership exchangeable unit. The terms of the Partnership exchangeable units do not provide for an automatic exchange of Partnership exchangeable units into our common shares upon a dissolution or liquidation of Partnership or us.
Approval of holders of the Partnership exchangeable units is required for an action (such as an amendment to the partnership agreement) that would affect the economic rights of a Partnership exchangeable unit relative to a common share.
The holders of Partnership exchangeable units are indirectly entitled to vote in respect of matters on which holders of our common shares are entitled to vote, including in respect of the election of our directors, through a special voting share of the Company. The special voting share is held by a trustee, entitling the trustee to that number of votes on matters on which holders of common shares are entitled to vote equal to the number of Partnership exchangeable units outstanding. The trustee is required to cast such votes in accordance with voting instructions provided by holders of Partnership exchangeable units. The trustee will exercise each vote attached to the special voting share only as directed by the relevant holder of Partnership exchangeable units and, in the absence of instructions from a holder of an exchangeable unit as to voting, will not exercise those votes. Except as otherwise required by the partnership agreement, voting trust agreement or applicable law, the holders of the Partnership exchangeable units are not directly entitled to receive notice of or to attend any meeting of the unitholders of Partnership or to vote at any such meeting.
Exercise of Optional Exchange Right
In order to exercise the exchange right referred to above, a holder of Partnership exchangeable units must deliver to Partnership’s transfer agent a duly executed exchange notice together with such additional documents and instruments as the transfer agent and Partnership may reasonably require. The exchange notice must (i) specify the number of Partnership exchangeable units in respect of which the holder is exercising the exchange right and (ii) state the business day on which the holder desires to have Partnership exchange the subject units, provided that the exchange date must not be less than 15 business days nor more than 30 business days after the date on which the exchange notice is received by Partnership. If no exchange date is specified in an exchange notice, the exchange date will be deemed to be the 15th business day after the date on which the
49

Table of Contents
exchange notice is received by Partnership. An exercise of the exchange right may be revoked by the exercising holder by notice in writing given to Partnership before the close of business on the fifth business day immediately preceding the exchange date. On the exchange date at Partnership's option, (i) the Company will deliver or cause the transfer agent to deliver for and on behalf of Partnership, to the relevant holder the applicable number of exchanged shares, or (ii) Partnership will deliver or cause the transfer agent to deliver to the relevant holder, as applicable (i) the applicable number of exchanged shares, or (ii) a cheque representing the applicable exchangeable units cash amount, in each case, less any amounts withheld on account of tax.
Offers for Units or Shares
The partnership agreement contains provisions to the effect that if a take-over bid is made for all of the outstanding Partnership exchangeable units and not less than 90% of the Partnership exchangeable units (other than units of Partnership held at the date of the take-over bid by or on behalf of the offeror or its associates, affiliates or persons acting jointly or in concert with the offeror) are taken up and paid for by the offeror, the offeror will be entitled to acquire the Partnership exchangeable units held by unitholders who did not accept the offer on the terms offered by the offeror. The partnership agreement further provides that for so long as Partnership exchangeable units remain outstanding, (i) we will not propose or recommend a formal bid for our common shares, and no such bid will be effected with the consent or approval of our board of directors, unless holders of Partnership exchangeable units are entitled to participate in the bid to the same extent and on an equitably equivalent basis as the holders of our common shares, and (ii) we will not propose or recommend a formal bid for Partnership exchangeable units, and no such bid will be effected with the consent or approval of our board of directors, unless holders of the Company’s common shares are entitled to participate in the bid to the same extent and on an equitably equivalent basis as the holders of Partnership exchangeable units. Canadian securities regulatory authorities may intervene in the public interest (either on application by an interested party or by staff of a Canadian securities regulatory authority) to prevent an offer to holders of our common shares, Preferred Shares or Partnership exchangeable units being made or completed where such offer is abusive of the holders of one of those security classes that are not subject to that offer.
Merger, Sale or Other Disposition of Assets
As long as any Partnership exchangeable units are outstanding, we cannot consummate a transaction in which all or substantially all of our assets would become the property of any other person or entity. This does not apply to a transaction if such other person or entity becomes bound by the partnership agreement and assumes our obligations, as long as the transaction does not impair in any material respect the rights, duties, powers and authorities of other parties to the partnership agreement.
57

Table of Contents
Mandatory Exchange
Partnership may cause a mandatory exchange of the outstanding Partnership exchangeable units into our common shares in the event that (1) at any time there remain outstanding fewer than 5% of the number of Partnership exchangeable units outstanding as of the effective time of the Merger (other than Partnership exchangeable units held by us and our subsidiaries and as such number of Partnership exchangeable units may be adjusted in accordance with the partnership agreement); (2) any one of the following occurs: (i) any person, firm or corporation acquires directly or indirectly any voting security of the Company and immediately after such acquisition, the acquirer has voting securities representing more than 50% of the total voting power of all the then outstanding voting securities of the Company on a fully diluted basis, (ii) our shareholders shall approve a merger, consolidation, recapitalization or reorganization of the Company, other than any transaction which would result in the holders of outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction having at least a majority of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such transaction, with the voting power of each such continuing holder relative to other continuing holders not being altered substantially in the transaction; or (iii) our shareholders shall approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition of the Company of all or substantially all of our assets, provided that, in each case, we, in our capacity as the general partner of Partnership, determine, in good faith and in our sole discretion, that such transaction involves a bona fide third-party and is not for the primary purpose of causing the exchange of the Partnership exchangeable units in connection with such transaction; or (3) a matter arises in respect of which applicable law provides holders of Partnership exchangeable units with a vote as holders of units of Partnership in order to approve or disapprove, as applicable, any change to, or in the rights of the holders of, the Partnership exchangeable units, where the approval or disapproval, as applicable, of such change would be required to maintain the economic equivalence of the Partnership exchangeable units and our common shares, and the holders of the Partnership exchangeable units fail to take the necessary action at a meeting or other vote of holders of Partnership exchangeable units to approve or disapprove, as applicable, such matter in order to maintain economic equivalence of the Partnership exchangeable units and our common shares.
5058

Table of Contents
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

Certain information contained in our Annual Report, including information regarding future financial performance and plans, targets, aspirations, expectations, and objectives of management, constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and forward-looking information within the meaning of the Canadian securities laws. We refer to all of these as forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are forward-looking in nature and, accordingly, are subject to risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements can generally be identified by the use of words such as “believe”, “anticipate”, “expect”, “intend”, “estimate”, “plan”, “continue”, “will”, “may”, “could”, “would”, “target”, “potential” and other similar expressions and include, without limitation, statements regarding our expectations or beliefs regarding (i) our ability to become one of the most efficient franchised QSR operators in the world; (ii) the benefits of our fully franchised business model; (iii) the domestic and international growth opportunities for the Tim Hortons, Burger King, Popeyes and Firehouse Subs brands, both in existing and new markets; (iv)(iii) our ability to accelerate international development through joint venture structures and master franchise and development agreements and the impact on future growth and profitability of our brands; (v) our continued use of joint ventures structures and master franchise and development agreements in connection with our domestic and international expansion and potential deployment of similar arrangements for Firehouse Subs in the future; (vi)(iv) the impact of our strategies on the growth of our Tim Hortons, Burger King, Popeyes and Firehouse Subs brands and our profitability; (vii)(v) our commitment to technology and innovation, our continued investment in our technology capabilities and our plans and strategies with respect to digital sales, our information systems and technology offerings and investments; (viii)(vi) the correlation between our sales, guest traffic and profitability to consumer discretionary spending and the factors that influence spending; (ix)(vii) our ability to drive traffic, expand our customer base and allow restaurants to expand into new dayparts through new product innovation; (x)(viii) the benefits accrued from sharing and leveraging best practices among our Tim Hortons, Burger King, Popeyes and Firehouse Subs brands; (xi)(ix) the drivers of the long-term success for and competitive position of each of our brands as well as increased sales and profitability of our franchisees; (xii)(x) the impact of our cost management initiatives at each of our brands; (xiii)(xi) the continued use of certain franchise incentives including contributions toward the cost of restaurant remodeling, their impact on our financial results and our ability to mitigate such impact; (xii) our expectation that we will continue to enter into master franchise agreements or development agreements in our INTL segment; (xiii) our expectation that the Carrols transaction will be completed in the second quarter of 2024; (xiv) the impact of increases in inflation, foreign exchange volatility, rising interest rates and general softening in the consumer spending environment and its potential to adversely impact our modern image remodel initiative and our ability to mitigate the negative impact of such initiative on royalty rates through entry into new BK franchise agreements; (xv) the effects and continued impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on ourbusiness, results of operations, business, liquidity, prospects and restaurant operations and those of our franchisees, including local conditions and government-imposed limitations and restrictions; (xvi)franchisees; (xv) our digital and marketing initiatives; (xvii)initiatives for all four brands, including the success of our “Reclaim the Flame”, initiative on sales growth and franchisee profitability; (xvi) our future financial obligations, including annual debt service requirements, capital expenditures and dividend payments, our ability to meet such obligations and the source of funds used to satisfy such obligations; (xviii)(xvii) our future uses of liquidity, including dividend payments and share repurchases; (xix) any future cash flow support to franchisees and the impact of such support on our future cash flow and financial results; (xx) the amount and timing of future FHS Transaction costs and Corporate restructuring and tax advisory fees; (xxi)(xviii) our exposure to changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates and the impact of changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates on the amount of our interest payments, future earnings and cash flows; (xxii) the amount of net cash settlements we expect to pay on our derivative instruments; (xxiii)(xix) our tax positions and their compliance with applicable tax laws; (xxiv)(xx) certain accounting matters, including the impact of changes in accounting standards; (xxv)(xxi) certain tax matters, including our estimates with respect to tax matters and their impact on future periods; (xxvi) the impact of inflation on our results of operations; (xxvii)periods, and any costs associated with contesting tax liabilities; (xxii) our goals with respect to reduction in greenhouse gas emissions; (xxviii)(xxiii) the impact of governmental regulation, both domestically and internationally, on our business and financial and operational results; (xxix)(xxiv) the adequacy of our facilities to meet our current requirements; (xxx) our future financial and operational results; (xxxi)(xxv) certain litigation matters, including the amounts we expect to pay to resolve business disputes with counterparties to the master franchise agreements for Burger King and Popeyes in China, and our expectations that we will be able to move forward in the market with a new master franchisee and accelerate future growth in China; (xxxii)matters; (xxxvi) our target total dividend for 2022; and (xxxiii)2024; (xxvii) our sustainability initiatives and the impact of government sustainability regulation and initiatives.initiatives; and (xxviii) the impact of the conflicts between Russia and Ukraine and in the Middle East.

Our forward-looking statements, included in this Annual Report and elsewhere, represent management’s expectations as of the date that they are made. Our forward-looking statements are based on assumptions and analyses made by the Companyus in light of its experience and its perception of historical trends, current conditions and expected future developments, as well as other factors it believes are appropriate in the circumstances. However, these forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties and actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied in such statements. Important factors that could cause actual results, level of activity, performance or achievements to differ materially from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements include, among other things, risks related to: (1) our substantial indebtedness, which could adversely affect our financial condition and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations; (2) global economic or other business conditions that may affect the desire or ability of our customers to purchase our products, such as the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, inflationary pressures, high unemployment levels, declines in median income growth, consumer confidence and consumer discretionary spending and changes in consumer perceptions of dietary health and food safety; (3) our relationship with, and the success of, our franchisees and risks related to our nearly fully franchised business
51

Table of Contents
model; (4) our franchisees' financial stability and their ability to access and maintain the liquidity necessary to operate their businesses; (5) our supply chain operations; (6) our ownership and leasing of real estate; (7) the effectiveness of our marketing, advertising and digital programs and franchisee support of these programs; (8) significant and rapid fluctuations in interest rates and in the currency exchange markets and the effectiveness of our hedging activity; (9) our ability to successfully implement our domestic and international growth strategy for each of our brands and risks related to our international operations; (10) our reliance on franchisees, including
59

Table of Contents
subfranchisees to accelerate restaurant growth; (11) risks related to unforeseen events such as pandemics; (12) the ability of the counterparties to our credit facilities’ and derivatives’ to fulfill their commitments and/or obligations; and (12)(13) changes in applicable tax laws or interpretations thereof, and our ability to accurately interpret and predict the impact of such changes or interpretations on our financial condition and results.results; (14) evolving legislation and regulations in the area of franchise and labor and employment law; (15) our ability to address environmental and social sustainability issues; (16) risks related to the conflict between Russia and Ukraine, and the conflict in the Middle East; and (17) regulatory approvals of the acquisition of Carrols.

We operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment and our inability to successfully manage any of the above risks may permit our competitors to increase their market share and may decrease our profitability. New risk factors emerge from time to time and it is not possible for our management to predict all risk factors, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.

Although we believe the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, level of activity, performance or achievements. Moreover, neither we nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of any of these forward-looking statements. You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Finally, our future results will depend upon various other risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, those detailed in the section entitled “Item 1A - Risk Factors” of this Annual Report as well as other materials that we from time to time file with, or furnish to, the SEC or file with Canadian securities regulatory authorities. All forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements in this section and elsewhere in this Annual Report. Other than as required under securities laws, we do not assume a duty to update these forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, subsequent events or circumstances, changes in expectations or otherwise.
5260

Table of Contents
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

RESTAURANT BRANDS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
 Page

5361

Table of Contents
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Management is responsible for the preparation, integrity and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements, related notes and other information included in this annual report. The consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and include certain amounts based on management’s estimates and assumptions. Other financial information presented in the annual report is derived from the consolidated financial statements.
Management is also responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, and for performing an assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021.2023. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Our system of internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.
Management performed an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 20212023 based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on our assessment and those criteria, management determined that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2021.2023.
The scope of management's assessment of the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting included all of the Company's consolidated operations except for the operations of FRG, LLC, which the Company acquired in December 2021. FRG, LLC operations represented $1,103 million of the Company's consolidated total assets (which includes acquisition accounting adjustments within the scope of the assessment) and $5 million of the Company's consolidated total revenues as of and for the year ended December 31, 2021.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 20212023 has been audited by KPMG LLP, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in its report which is included herein.

5462

Table of Contents
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Shareholders and Board of Directors
Restaurant Brands International Inc.:

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Restaurant Brands International Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”)Company) as of December 31, 20212023 and 2020,2022, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2021,2023, and the related notes (collectively, the “consolidatedconsolidated financial statements”)statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 20212023 and 2020,2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2021,2023, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”)(PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021,2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated February 23, 202222, 2024 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of a critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Gross unrecognized tax benefits

As discussed in Notes 2 and 1110 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company records a liability for unrecognized tax benefits associated with uncertain tax positions. The Company recognizes tax benefits from tax positions only if there is more than a 50% likelihood that the tax positions will be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the positions. As of December 31, 2021,2023, the Company has recorded gross unrecognized tax benefits, excluding associated interest and penalties, of $437$58 million.
5563

Table of Contents

We identified the assessment of gross unrecognized tax benefits resulting from certain tax planning strategies implemented during the year as a critical audit matter. Identifying and determining uncertain tax positions arising from implementing tax planning strategies involved a number of judgments and assumptions, which included complex considerations of tax law. As a result, subjective and complex auditor judgment, including the involvement of tax professionals with specialized skills and knowledge, was required to evaluate the Company’s interpretation of tax law and its determination of which tax positions have more than a 50% likelihood of being sustained upon examination.

The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls related to the Company’s gross unrecognized tax benefits process, including controls related to 1) interpreting tax law, 2) identifying significant uncertain tax positions arising from tax planning strategies that were implemented during the year, 3) evaluating the tax consequences of the related strategies, and 4) evaluating which of the Company’s tax positions may not be sustained upon examination. In addition, we involved tax professionals with specialized skills and knowledge, who assisted in:

obtaining an understanding of the Company’s tax planning strategies
evaluating the Company’s interpretation of the relevant tax laws by developing an independent assessment
evaluating the Company’s identification of uncertain tax positions to assess the tax consequences of these related tax positions
performing an independent assessment of the Company’s tax positions and comparing our assessment to the Company’s assessment.
(signed) KPMG LLP
We have served as the Company's auditor since 1989.
Miami, Florida
February 23, 202222, 2024

5664

Table of Contents
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Shareholders and Board of Directors
Restaurant Brands International Inc.:
Opinion on Internal Control overOver Financial Reporting
We have audited Restaurant Brands International Inc. and subsidiaries’ (the “Company”)Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021,2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021,2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”)(PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 20212023 and 2020,2022, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), shareholders'shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2021,2023, and the related notes (collectively, the “consolidatedconsolidated financial statements”)statements), and our report dated February 23, 202222, 2024 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
The Company acquired FRG, LLC during 2021, and management excluded from its assessment of the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, FRG, LLC's internal control over financial reporting associated with total assets of $1,103 million and total revenues of $5 million included in the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended December 31, 2021. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of the Company also excluded an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of FRG, LLC.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’sManagement's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control overOver Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
(signed) KPMG LLP
57

Table of Contents
Miami, Florida
February 23, 202222, 2024


5865

Table of Contents
RESTAURANT BRANDS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(In millions of U.S. dollars, except share data)
 
As of December 31, As of December 31,
20212020 20232022
ASSETSASSETS
Current assets:Current assets:
Current assets:
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalentsCash and cash equivalents$1,087 $1,560 
Accounts and notes receivable, net of allowance of $18 and $42, respectively547 536 
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts and notes receivable, net of allowance of $37 and $36, respectively
Inventories, netInventories, net96 96 
Prepaids and other current assetsPrepaids and other current assets86 72 
Total current assetsTotal current assets1,816 2,264 
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization of $979 and $879, respectively2,035 2,031 
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization of $1,187 and $1,061, respectively
Operating lease assets, netOperating lease assets, net1,130 1,152 
Intangible assets, netIntangible assets, net11,417 10,701 
GoodwillGoodwill6,006 5,739 
Net investment in property leased to franchisees80 66 
Other assets, net
Other assets, net
Other assets, netOther assets, net762 824 
Total assetsTotal assets$23,246 $22,777 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITYLIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:Current liabilities:
Current liabilities:
Current liabilities:
Accounts and drafts payable
Accounts and drafts payable
Accounts and drafts payableAccounts and drafts payable$614 $464 
Other accrued liabilitiesOther accrued liabilities947 835 
Gift card liabilityGift card liability221 191 
Current portion of long-term debt and finance leasesCurrent portion of long-term debt and finance leases96 111 
Total current liabilitiesTotal current liabilities1,878 1,601 
Long-term debt, net of current portionLong-term debt, net of current portion12,916 12,397 
Finance leases, net of current portionFinance leases, net of current portion333 315 
Operating lease liabilities, net of current portionOperating lease liabilities, net of current portion1,070 1,082 
Other liabilities, netOther liabilities, net1,822 2,236 
Deferred income taxes, netDeferred income taxes, net1,374 1,425 
Total liabilitiesTotal liabilities19,393 19,056 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 17)00
Commitments and contingencies (Note 16)Commitments and contingencies (Note 16)
Shareholders’ equity:Shareholders’ equity:
Common shares, no par value; Unlimited shares authorized at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020; 309,025,068 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2021; 304,718,749 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 20202,156 2,399 
Common shares, no par value; Unlimited shares authorized at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022; 312,454,851 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2023; 307,142,436 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2022
Common shares, no par value; Unlimited shares authorized at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022; 312,454,851 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2023; 307,142,436 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2022
Common shares, no par value; Unlimited shares authorized at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022; 312,454,851 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2023; 307,142,436 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2022
Retained earningsRetained earnings791 622 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)(710)(854)
Total Restaurant Brands International Inc. shareholders’ equityTotal Restaurant Brands International Inc. shareholders’ equity2,237 2,167 
Noncontrolling interestsNoncontrolling interests1,616 1,554 
Total shareholders’ equityTotal shareholders’ equity3,853 3,721 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equityTotal liabilities and shareholders’ equity$23,246 $22,777 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
Approved on behalf of the Board of Directors:
By: /s/ Daniel SchwartzJ. Patrick DoyleBy: /s/ Ali Hedayat
 Daniel Schwartz, Co-ChairmanJ. Patrick Doyle, Executive Chairman Ali Hedayat, Director

5966

Table of Contents
RESTAURANT BRANDS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(In millions of U.S. dollars, except per share data)

202120202019
2023202320222021
Revenues:Revenues:
SalesSales$2,378 $2,013 $2,362 
Sales
Sales
Franchise and property revenuesFranchise and property revenues2,452 2,121 2,381 
Advertising revenues909 834 860 
Advertising revenues and other services
Total revenuesTotal revenues5,739 4,968 5,603 
Operating costs and expenses:Operating costs and expenses:
Cost of salesCost of sales1,890 1,610 1,813 
Cost of sales
Cost of sales
Franchise and property expensesFranchise and property expenses489 515 533 
Advertising expenses962 870 865 
Advertising expenses and other services
General and administrative expensesGeneral and administrative expenses508 407 406 
(Income) loss from equity method investments(Income) loss from equity method investments39 (11)
Other operating expenses (income), netOther operating expenses (income), net105 (10)
Total operating costs and expensesTotal operating costs and expenses3,860 3,546 3,596 
Income from operationsIncome from operations1,879 1,422 2,007 
Interest expense, netInterest expense, net505 508 532 
Loss on early extinguishment of debtLoss on early extinguishment of debt11 98 23 
Income before income taxesIncome before income taxes1,363 816 1,452 
Income tax expense110��66 341 
Income tax (benefit) expense
Net incomeNet income1,253 750 1,111 
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests (Note 13)415 264 468 
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests (Note 12)
Net income attributable to common shareholdersNet income attributable to common shareholders$838 $486 $643 
Earnings per common share:Earnings per common share:
Basic
Basic
BasicBasic$2.71 $1.61 $2.40 
DilutedDiluted$2.69 $1.60 $2.37 
Weighted average shares outstanding (in millions):Weighted average shares outstanding (in millions):
BasicBasic310 302 268 
Basic
Basic
DilutedDiluted464 468 469 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

6067

Table of Contents
RESTAURANT BRANDS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
(In millions of U.S. dollars)

202120202019
2023202320222021
Net incomeNet income$1,253 $750 $1,111 
Foreign currency translation adjustmentForeign currency translation adjustment(67)332 409 
Net change in fair value of net investment hedges, net of tax of $15, $60, and $32111 (242)(86)
Net change in fair value of cash flow hedges, net of tax of $(36), $91, and $2996 (244)(77)
Amounts reclassified to earnings of cash flow hedges, net of tax of $(36), $(27), and $(6)96 73 15 
Gain (loss) recognized on defined benefit pension plans and other items, net of tax of $(3), $3, and $115 (16)(2)
Foreign currency translation adjustment
Foreign currency translation adjustment
Net change in fair value of net investment hedges, net of tax of $(22), $(77), and $15
Net change in fair value of cash flow hedges, net of tax of $(10), $(141), and $(36)
Amounts reclassified to earnings of cash flow hedges, net of tax of $24, $(12), and $(36)
Gain (loss) recognized on defined benefit pension plans and other items, net of tax of $(2), $(2), and $(3)
Other comprehensive income (loss)Other comprehensive income (loss)251 (97)259 
Comprehensive income (loss)Comprehensive income (loss)1,504 653 1,370 
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interestsComprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests499 224 571 
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to common shareholdersComprehensive income (loss) attributable to common shareholders$1,005 $429 $799 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

6168

Table of Contents
RESTAURANT BRANDS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity
(In millions of U.S. dollars, except shares)
 
Issued Common Shares
Retained
Earnings
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Noncontrolling
Interests
Total  
Issued Common Shares
Retained
Earnings
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Noncontrolling
Interests
Total
SharesAmount
Balances at December 31, 2018251,532,493 $1,737 $674 $(800)$2,007 $3,618 
Cumulative effect adjustment (Note 10)— — 12 — 21 
Stock option exercises4,495,897 102 — — — 102 
Share-based compensation— 68 — — — 68 
Issuance of shares236,299 — — — 
Dividends declared on common shares ($2.00 per share)— — (545)— — (545)
Dividend equivalents declared on restricted stock units— (9)— — — 
Distributions declared by Partnership on partnership exchangeable units ($2.00 per unit)— — — — (382)(382)
Exchange of Partnership exchangeable units for RBI common shares42,016,392 555 — (119)(436)— 
Net income— — 643 — 468 1,111 
Other comprehensive income (loss)— — — 156 103 259 
Balances at December 31, 2019298,281,081 $2,478 $775 $(763)$1,769 $4,259 
Stock option exercises2,447,627 82 — — — 82 
Share-based compensation— 74 — — — 74 
Issuance of shares469,145 — — — 
Dividends declared on common shares ($2.08 per share)— — (631)— — (631)
Dividend equivalents declared on restricted stock units— (8)— — — 
Distributions declared by Partnership on partnership exchangeable units ($2.08 per units)— — — — (336)(336)
Repurchase of Partnership exchangeable units— (293)— (22)(65)(380)
Exchange of Partnership exchangeable units for RBI common shares3,636,169 48 — (12)(36)— 
Other(115,273)(4)— — — (4)
Restaurant VIE contributions (distributions)— — — — (2)(2)
Net income— — 486 — 264 750 
Other comprehensive income (loss)— — — (57)(40)(97)
Balances at December 31, 2020
Balances at December 31, 2020
Balances at December 31, 2020Balances at December 31, 2020304,718,749 $2,399 $622 $(854)$1,554 $3,721 
Stock option exercisesStock option exercises1,594,146 60 — — — 60 
Share-based compensationShare-based compensation— 88 — — — 88 
Issuance of sharesIssuance of shares1,839,941 12 — — — 12 
Dividends declared on common shares ($2.12 per share)Dividends declared on common shares ($2.12 per share)— — (658)— — (658)
Dividend equivalents declared on restricted stock unitsDividend equivalents declared on restricted stock units— 11 (11)— — — 
Distributions declared by Partnership on partnership exchangeable units ($2.12 per unit)Distributions declared by Partnership on partnership exchangeable units ($2.12 per unit)— — — — (318)(318)
Repurchase of RBI common sharesRepurchase of RBI common shares(9,247,648)(551)— — — (551)
Exchange of Partnership exchangeable units for RBI common sharesExchange of Partnership exchangeable units for RBI common shares10,119,880 137 — (23)(114)— 
Restaurant VIE contributions (distributions)Restaurant VIE contributions (distributions)— — — — (5)(5)
Net incomeNet income— — 838 — 415 1,253 
Other comprehensive income (loss)Other comprehensive income (loss)— — — 167 84 251 
Balances at December 31, 2021Balances at December 31, 2021309,025,068 $2,156 $791 $(710)$1,616 $3,853 
Stock option exercises
Share-based compensation
Issuance of shares
Dividends declared on common shares ($2.16 per share)
Dividend equivalents declared on restricted stock units
Distributions declared by Partnership on partnership exchangeable units ($2.16 per units)
Repurchase of RBI common shares
Exchange of Partnership exchangeable units for RBI common shares
Restaurant VIE contributions (distributions)
Net income
Other comprehensive income (loss)
Balances at December 31, 2022
Stock option exercises
Share-based compensation
Issuance of shares
Dividends declared on common shares ($2.20 per share)
Dividend equivalents declared on restricted stock units
Distributions declared by Partnership on partnership exchangeable units ($2.20 per unit)
Repurchase of RBI common shares
Exchange of Partnership exchangeable units for RBI common shares
Restaurant VIE contributions (distributions)
Net income
Other comprehensive income (loss)
Balances at December 31, 2023
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
6269

Table of Contents
RESTAURANT BRANDS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In millions of U.S. dollars)

202120202019
2023202320222021
Cash flows from operating activities:Cash flows from operating activities:
Net incomeNet income$1,253 $750 $1,111 
Net income
Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
Depreciation and amortization
Depreciation and amortizationDepreciation and amortization201 189 185 
Premiums paid and non-cash loss on early extinguishment of debtPremiums paid and non-cash loss on early extinguishment of debt11 97 16 
Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt issuance discountAmortization of deferred financing costs and debt issuance discount27 26 29 
(Income) loss from equity method investments(Income) loss from equity method investments39 (11)
Loss (gain) on remeasurement of foreign denominated transactionsLoss (gain) on remeasurement of foreign denominated transactions(76)100 (14)
Net (gains) losses on derivativesNet (gains) losses on derivatives87 32 (49)
Share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expenseShare-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense102 84 74 
Deferred income taxesDeferred income taxes(5)(208)58 
OtherOther(16)28 
Changes in current assets and liabilities, excluding acquisitions and dispositions:Changes in current assets and liabilities, excluding acquisitions and dispositions:
Accounts and notes receivableAccounts and notes receivable(30)(53)
Accounts and notes receivable
Accounts and notes receivable
Inventories and prepaids and other current assetsInventories and prepaids and other current assets12 (10)(15)
Accounts and drafts payableAccounts and drafts payable149 (183)112 
Other accrued liabilities and gift card liabilityOther accrued liabilities and gift card liability67 (57)
Tenant inducements paid to franchiseesTenant inducements paid to franchisees(20)(22)(54)
Other long-term assets and liabilitiesOther long-term assets and liabilities(78)23 138 
Net cash provided by operating activitiesNet cash provided by operating activities1,726 921 1,476 
Cash flows from investing activities:Cash flows from investing activities:
Payments for property and equipmentPayments for property and equipment(106)(117)(62)
Payments for property and equipment
Payments for property and equipment
Net proceeds from disposal of assets, restaurant closures and refranchisingsNet proceeds from disposal of assets, restaurant closures and refranchisings16 12 
Net payment for purchase of Firehouse Subs, net of cash acquiredNet payment for purchase of Firehouse Subs, net of cash acquired(1,004)— — 
Settlement/sale of derivatives, netSettlement/sale of derivatives, net33 24 
Other investing activities, netOther investing activities, net(14)(7)— 
Net cash used for investing activities(1,103)(79)(30)
Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities:Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from revolving line of credit and long-term debt1,335 5,235 2,250 
Repayments of revolving line of credit, long-term debt and finance leases(889)(4,708)(2,266)
Proceeds from long-term debt
Proceeds from long-term debt
Proceeds from long-term debt
Repayments of long-term debt and finance leases
Payment of financing costsPayment of financing costs(19)(43)(50)
Payment of dividends on common shares and distributions on Partnership exchangeable unitsPayment of dividends on common shares and distributions on Partnership exchangeable units(974)(959)(901)
Repurchase of Partnership exchangeable units— (380)— 
Repurchase of common shares
Repurchase of common shares
Repurchase of common sharesRepurchase of common shares(551)— — 
Proceeds from stock option exercisesProceeds from stock option exercises60 82 102 
(Payments) proceeds from derivatives(51)(46)23 
Proceeds from issuance of common shares
Proceeds (payments) from derivatives
Other financing activities, netOther financing activities, net(4)(2)— 
Net cash used for financing activitiesNet cash used for financing activities(1,093)(821)(842)
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalentsEffect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents(3)16 
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents(473)27 620 
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of periodCash and cash equivalents at beginning of period1,560 1,533 913 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of periodCash and cash equivalents at end of period$1,087 $1,560 $1,533 
Supplemental cash flow disclosures:Supplemental cash flow disclosures:
Interest paidInterest paid$404 $463 $584 
Income taxes paid$256 $267 $248 
Interest paid
Interest paid
Income taxes paid, net
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
6370

Table of Contents
RESTAURANT BRANDS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Note 1. Description of Business and Organization
Description of Business
Restaurant Brands International Inc. (the “Company,” “RBI,” “we,” “us” or “our”) is a Canadian corporation that serves as the sole general partner of Restaurant Brands International Limited Partnership (the “Partnership”). On December 15, 2021 we acquired FRG, LLC (“Firehouse Subs”). We franchise and operate quick service restaurants serving premium coffee and other beverage and food products under the Tim Hortons® brand (“Tim Hortons” or “TH”), fast food hamburgers principally under the Burger King® brand (“Burger King” or “BK”), chicken under the Popeyes® brand (“Popeyes” or “PLK”) and sandwiches under the Firehouse Subs® brand (“Firehouse” or “FHS”). We are one of the world’s largest quick service restaurant, or QSR, companies as measured by total number of restaurants. As of December 31, 2021,2023, we franchised or owned 5,2915,833 Tim Hortons restaurants, 19,24719,384 Burger King restaurants, 3,7054,571 Popeyes restaurants, and 1,2131,282 Firehouse Subs restaurants, for a total of 29,45631,070 restaurants, and operate in more than 100 countries. Approximately 100%120 countries and territories. As of December 31, 2023, nearly all of the current system-wide restaurants are franchised.
All references to “$” or “dollars” are to the currency of the United States unless otherwise indicated. All references to “Canadian dollars” or “C$” are to the currency of Canada unless otherwise indicated.
Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies
Fiscal Year
We operate on a monthly calendar, with a fiscal year that ends on December 31. TH, BK and PLK operate on the same fiscal year. The fiscal year of FHS ends on the Sunday on or before December 31 which was December 26, 2021.
Basis of Presentation
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) and related rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission requires our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements (the "Financial Statements") include our accounts and the accounts of entities in which we have a controlling financial interest, the usual condition of which is ownership of a majority voting interest. We also consolidate marketing funds we control. All material intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Investments in other affiliates that are owned 50% or less where we have significant influence are generally accounted for by the equity method.
We are the sole general partner of Partnership and, as such we have the exclusive right, power and authority to manage, control, administer and operate the business and affairs and to make decisions regarding the undertaking and business of Partnership, subject to the terms of the limited partnership agreement of Partnership (“partnership agreement”) and applicable laws. As a result, we consolidate the results of Partnership and record a noncontrolling interest in our consolidated balance sheets and statements of operations with respect to the remaining economic interest in Partnership we do not hold.
We also consider for consolidation entities in which we have certain interests, where the controlling financial interest may be achieved through arrangements that do not involve voting interests. Such an entity, known as a variable interest entity (“VIE”), is required to be consolidated by its primary beneficiary. The primary beneficiary is the entity that possesses the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact its economic performance and has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that are significant to it. Our maximum exposure to loss resulting from involvement with VIEs is attributable to accounts and notes receivable balances, investment balances, outstanding loan guarantees and future lease payments, where applicable.
As our franchise and master franchise arrangements provide the franchise and master franchise entities the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact their economic performance, we do not consider ourselves the primary beneficiary of any such entity that might be a VIE.
Tim Hortons has historically entered into certain arrangements in which an operator acquires the right to operate a restaurant, but Tim Hortons owns the restaurant’s assets. In these arrangements, Tim Hortons has the ability to determine which operators
64

Table of Contents
manage the restaurants and for what duration. We perform an analysis to determine if the legal entity in which operations are
71

Table of Contents
conducted is a VIE and consolidate a VIE entity if we also determine Tim Hortons is the entity’s primary beneficiary (“Restaurant VIEs”). As of December 31, 20212023 and 2020,2022, we determined that we are the primary beneficiary of 4638 and 3841 Restaurant VIEs, respectively, and accordingly, have consolidated the results of operations, assets and liabilities, and cash flows of these Restaurant VIEs in our Financial Statements.
Assets and liabilities related to consolidated VIEs are not significant to our total consolidated assets and liabilities. Liabilities recognized as a result of consolidating these VIEs do not necessarily represent additional claims on our general assets; rather, they represent claims against the specific assets of the consolidated VIEs. Conversely, assets recognized as a result of consolidating these VIEs do not represent additional assets that could be used to satisfy claims by our creditors as they are not legally included within our general assets.
Reclassifications
Certain prior year amounts in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and notes to the consolidated financial statements have been reclassified in order to be comparable with the current year classifications. These consist of the 2020 and 2019 reclassification of advertising fund contributions from Franchise and property revenues to Advertising revenues and advertising fund expenses from Selling, general and administrative expenses to Advertising expenses, with General and administrative expenses now presented separately. Depreciation and amortization expenses related to the advertising funds for 2020 and 2019 have also been reclassified from Franchise and property expenses to Advertising expenses. These reclassifications did not arise as a result of any changes to accounting policies and relate entirely to presentation with no effect on previously reported net income.
Foreign Currency Translation and Transaction Gains and Losses
Our functional currency is the U.S. dollar, since our term loans and senior secured notes are denominated in U.S. dollars, and the principal market for our common shares is the U.S. The functional currency of each of our operating subsidiaries is generally the currency of the economic environment in which the subsidiary primarily does business. Our foreign subsidiaries’ financial statements are translated into U.S. dollars using the foreign exchange rates applicable to the dates of the financial statements. Assets and liabilities are translated using the end-of-period spot foreign exchange rates. Income, expenses and cash flows are translated at the average foreign exchange rates for each period. Equity accounts are translated at historical foreign exchange rates. The effects of these translation adjustments are reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”) in the consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity.
For any transaction that is denominated in a currency different from the entity’s functional currency, we record a gain or loss based on the difference between the foreign exchange rate at the transaction date and the foreign exchange rate at the transaction settlement date (or rate at period end, if unsettled) which is included within other operating expenses (income), net in the consolidated statements of operations.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
All highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less and credit card receivables are considered cash equivalents.
Accounts and Notes Receivable, net
Our credit loss exposure is mainly concentrated in our accounts and notes receivable portfolio, which consists primarily of amounts due from franchisees, including royalties, rents, franchise fees, contributions due to advertising funds we manage and, in the case of our TH segment, amounts due for supply chain sales. Accounts and notes receivable are reported net of an allowance for expected credit losses over the estimated life of the receivable. Credit losses are estimated based on aging, historical collection experience, financial position of the franchisee and other factors, including those related to current economic conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts of future conditions.
Bad debt expense recognized for expected credit losses is classified in our consolidated statement of operations as Cost of sales, Franchise and property expenses or Advertising expenses and other services, based on the nature of the underlying receivable. Net bad debt expense (recoveries) totaled $20 million in 2023, $19 million in 2022 and $(9) million in 2021.
Inventories
Inventories are carried at the lower of cost or net realizable value and consist primarily of raw materials such as green coffee beans and finished goods such as new equipment, parts, paper supplies and restaurant food items. The moving average method is used to determine the cost of raw materials and finished goods inventories held for sale to Tim Hortons franchisees.
Property and Equipment, net
We record property and equipment at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization, which is recognized using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives: (i) buildings and improvements – up to 40 years; (ii) restaurant equipment – up to 17 years; (iii) furniture, fixtures and other – up to 10 years; and (iv) manufacturing equipment – up to 25 years. Leasehold improvements to properties where we are the lessee are amortized over the lesser of the remaining term of the lease or the estimated useful life of the improvement.
Major improvements are capitalized, while maintenance and repairs are expensed when incurred.

72

Table of Contents
Capitalized Software and Cloud Computing Costs
We record capitalized software at historical cost less accumulated amortization, which is recognized using the straight-line method. Amortization expense is based on the estimated useful life of the software, which is primarily up to five years, once the asset is available for its intended use.
Implementation costs incurred in connection with Cloud Computing Arrangements (“CCA”) are capitalized consistently with costs capitalized for internal-use software. Capitalized CCA implementation costs are included in “Other assets” in the consolidated balance sheets and are amortized over the term of the related hosting agreement, including renewal periods that are reasonably certain to be exercised. Amortization expense of CCA implementation costs is classified as “General and administrative expenses” in the consolidated statements of operations.
Leases
In all leases, whether we are the lessor or lessee, we define lease term as the noncancellable term of the lease plus any renewals covered by renewal options that are reasonably certain of exercise based on our assessment of the economic factors relevant to the
65

Table of Contents
lessee. The noncancellable term of the lease commences on the date the lessor makes the underlying property in the lease available to the lessee, irrespective of when lease payments begin under the contract.
Lessor Accounting
We recognize lease payments for operating leases as property revenue on a straight-line basis over the lease term, and property revenue is presented net of any related sales tax. Lease incentive payments we make to lessees are amortized as a reduction in property revenue over the lease term. We account for reimbursements of maintenance and property tax costs paid to us by lessees as property revenue.
We also have net investments in properties leased to franchisees, which meet the criteria of sales-type leases or met the criteria of direct financing leases under the previous accounting guidance. Investments in sales-type leases and direct financing leases are recorded on a net basis. Profit or loss on sales-type leases is recognized at lease commencement and recorded in other operating expenses (income), net. Unearned income on direct financing leases is deferred, included in the net investment in the lease, and recognized over the lease term yielding a constant periodic rate of return on the net investment in the lease.
We recognize variable lease payment income in the period when changes in facts and circumstances on which the variable lease payments are based occur.
Lessee Accounting
In leases where we are the lessee, we recognize a right-of-use (“ROU”) asset and lease liability at lease commencement, which are measured by discounting lease payments using our incremental borrowing rate as the discount rate. We determine the incremental borrowing rate applicable to each lease by reference to our outstanding secured borrowings and implied spreads over the risk-free discount rates that correspond to the term of each lease, as adjusted for the currency of the lease. Subsequent amortization of the ROU asset and accretion of the lease liability for an operating lease is recognized as a single lease cost, on a straight-line basis, over the lease term. Reductions of the ROU asset and the change in the lease liability are included in changes in Other long-term assets and liabilities in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.
A finance lease ROU asset is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the useful life of the leased asset or lease term. Interest on each finance lease liability is determined as the amount that results in a constant periodic discount rate on the remaining balance of the liability. Operating lease and finance lease ROU assets are assessed for impairment in accordance with our long-lived asset impairment policy.
We reassess lease classification and remeasure ROU assets and lease liabilities when a lease is modified and that modification is not accounted for as a separate contract or upon certain other events that require reassessment. Maintenance and property tax expenses are accounted for on an accrual basis as variable lease cost.
We recognize variable lease cost in the period when changes in facts and circumstances on which the variable lease payments are based occur.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets Not Subject to Amortization
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in connection with the acquisition of Firehouse Subs in 2021, the acquisition of Popeyes in 2017, the acquisition of Tim Hortons in 2014 and the acquisition of Burger King Holdings, Inc. by 3G Capital Partners Ltd. in 2010.business combination transactions. Our indefinite-lived intangible assets consist of the Tim Hortons brand, the Burger King brand, the Popeyes brand and the Firehouse Subs brand (each a “Brand” and together, the “Brands”). Goodwill and the Brands are tested for impairment at least annually as of October 1 of each year and more often if an event occurs or circumstances change which
73

Table of Contents
indicate impairment might exist. Our annual impairment tests of goodwill and the Brands may be completed through qualitative assessments. We may elect to bypass the qualitative assessment and proceed directly to a quantitative impairment test for any reporting unit or Brand in any period. We can resume the qualitative assessment for any reporting unit or Brand in any subsequent period.
Under a qualitative approach, our impairment review for goodwill consists of an assessment of whether it is more-likely-than-not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount. If we elect to bypass the qualitative assessment for any reporting unit, or if a qualitative assessment indicates it is more-likely-than-not that the estimated carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, we perform a quantitative goodwill impairment test that requires us to estimate the fair value of the reporting unit. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we will measure any goodwill impairment loss as the amount by which the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit.
Under a qualitative approach, our impairment review for the Brands consists of an assessment of whether it is more-likely-than-not that a Brand’s fair value is less than its carrying amount. If we elect to bypass the qualitative assessment for a Brand, or if a qualitative assessment indicates it is more-likely-than-not that the estimated carrying value of a Brand exceeds its fair value, we
66

Table of Contents
estimate the fair value of the Brand and compare it to its carrying amount. If the carrying amount exceeds fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.
We completed our impairment tests for goodwill and the Brands as of October 1, 2021, 20202023, 2022 and 20192021 and no impairment resulted.
Long-Lived Assets
Long-lived assets, such as property and equipment, intangible assets subject to amortization and lease right-of-use assets, are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset or asset group may not be recoverable. Some of the events or changes in circumstances that would trigger an impairment review include, but are not limited to, bankruptcy proceedings or other significant financial distress of a lessee; significant negative industry or economic trends; knowledge of transactions involving the sale of similar property at amounts below the carrying value; or our expectation to dispose of long-lived assets before the end of their estimated useful lives. The impairment test for long-lived assets requires us to assess the recoverability of long-lived assets by comparing their net carrying value to the sum of undiscounted estimated future cash flows directly associated with and arising from use and eventual disposition of the assets or asset group. Long-lived assets are grouped for recognition and measurement of impairment at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets. If the net carrying value of a group of long-lived assets exceeds the sum of related undiscounted estimated future cash flows, we record an impairment charge equal to the excess, if any, of the net carrying value over fair value.
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Other comprehensive income (loss) (“OCI”) refers to revenues, expenses, gains and losses that are included in comprehensive income (loss), but are excluded from net income (loss) as these amounts are recorded directly as an adjustment to shareholders’ equity, net of tax. Our other comprehensive income (loss) is primarily comprised of unrealized gains and losses on foreign currency translation adjustments and unrealized gains and losses on hedging activity, net of tax.
Derivative Financial Instruments
We recognize and measure all derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets. Derivative instruments accounted for as net investments hedges are classified as long term assets and liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. We may enter into derivatives that are not designated as hedging instruments for accounting purposes, but which largely offset the economic impact of certain transactions.
Gains or losses resulting from changes in the fair value of derivatives are recognized in earnings or recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) and recognized in the consolidated statements of operations when the hedged item affects earnings, depending on the purpose of the derivatives and whether they qualify for, and we have applied, hedge accounting treatment.
When applying hedge accounting, we designate at a derivative’s inception, the specific assets, liabilities or future commitments being hedged, and assess the hedge’s effectiveness at inception and on an ongoing basis. We discontinue hedge accounting when: (i) we determine that the cash flow derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes in the cash flows of a hedged item; (ii) the derivative expires or is sold, terminated or exercised; (iii) it is no longer probable that the forecasted transaction will occur; or (iv) management determines that designation of the derivatives as a hedge instrument is no longer appropriate. We do not enter into or hold derivatives for speculative purposes.

74

Table of Contents
Disclosures about Fair Value
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants in the principal market, or if none exists, the most advantageous market, for the specific asset or liability at the measurement date (the exit price). The fair value is based on assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability. The fair values are assigned a level within the fair value hierarchy, depending on the source of the inputs into the calculation, as follows:
Level 1 Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.
Level 2 Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability either directly or indirectly.
Level 3 Unobservable inputs reflecting management’s own assumptions about the inputs used in pricing the asset or liability.
The carrying amounts for cash and cash equivalents, accounts and notes receivable and accounts and drafts payable approximate fair value based on the short-term nature of these amounts.
We carry all of our derivatives at fair value and value them using various pricing models or discounted cash flow analysis that incorporate observable market parameters, such as interest rate yield curves and currency rates, which are Level 2 inputs. Derivative
67

Table of Contents
valuations incorporate credit risk adjustments that are necessary to reflect the probability of default by the counterparty or us. For disclosures about the fair value measurements of our derivative instruments, see Note 12,11, Derivative Instruments.
The following table presents the fair value of our variable rate term debt and senior notes, estimated using inputs based on bid and offer prices that are Level 2 inputs, and principal carrying amount (in millions):
As of December 31,
20212020
As of December 31,As of December 31,
202320232022
Fair value of our variable term debt and senior notesFair value of our variable term debt and senior notes$12,851 $12,477 
Principal carrying amount of our variable term debt and senior notesPrincipal carrying amount of our variable term debt and senior notes12,943 12,453 
The determinations of fair values of certain tangible and intangible assets for purposes of the application of the acquisition method of accounting to the acquisition of Firehouse Subs were based on Level 3 inputs. The determination of fair values of our reporting units and the determination of the fair value of the Brands for impairment testing using a quantitative approach during 20202023 and 20192022 were based upon Level 3 inputs.
Revenue Recognition
Sales
Sales consist primarily of supply chain sales, which represent sales of products, supplies and restaurant equipment to franchisees, as well as sales to retailers and direct to consumer and are presented net of any related sales tax. Orders placed by customers specify the goods to be delivered and transaction prices for supply chain sales. Revenue is recognized upon transfer of control over ordered items, generally upon delivery to the customer, which is when the customer obtains physical possession of the goods, legal title is transferred, the customer has all risks and rewards of ownership and an obligation to pay for the goods is created. Shipping and handling costs associated with outbound freight for supply chain sales are accounted for as fulfillment costs and classified as cost of sales.
To a much lesser extent, sales also include Company restaurant sales (including Restaurant VIEs), which consist of sales to restaurant guests. Revenue from Company restaurant sales is recognized at the point of sale. Taxes assessed by a governmental authority that we collect are excluded from revenue.
Franchise revenues and advertisingproperty revenues
Franchise revenues and advertising revenues consist primarily of royalties, advertising fund contributions, initial and renewal franchise fees and upfront fees from development agreements and master franchise and development agreements (“MFDAs”). Under franchise agreements, we provide franchisees with (i) a franchise license, which includes a license to use our intellectual property, and, in those markets where our subsidiaries manage an advertising fund, advertising and promotion management, (ii) pre-opening services, such as training and inspections, and (iii) ongoing services, such as development of training materials and menu items and restaurant monitoring and inspections. TheThese services we provide under franchise agreements are highly interrelated and dependent upon the franchise license and we concluded thethese services do not represent individually distinct performance obligations. Consequently, we bundle the franchise license performance obligation and promises to provide these services into a single performance obligation (the “Franchise PO”), which we satisfy by providing a right to use our intellectual property over the term of each franchise agreement.
75

Table of Contents
Royalties including franchisee contributions to advertising funds managed by our subsidiaries, are calculated as a percentage of franchisefranchised restaurant sales over the term of the franchise agreement. Under our franchise agreements, advertising contributions received from franchisees must be spent on advertising, product development, marketing and related activities. Initial and renewal franchise fees are payable by the franchisee upon a new restaurant opening or renewal of an existing franchise agreement. Our franchise agreement royalties inclusive of advertising fund contributions, represent sales-based royalties that are related entirely to our performance obligation under the franchise agreementFranchise PO and are recognized as franchise sales occur. We separately classify advertising fund contributions in Advertising revenues while all other franchise revenues are classified in Franchise and property revenues. Additionally, initialInitial and renewal franchise fees are recognized as revenue on a straight-line basis over the term of the respective agreement. Our performance obligation under development agreements other than MFDAs generally consists of an obligation to grant exclusive development rights over a stated term. These development rights are not distinct from franchise agreements, so upfront fees paid by franchisees for exclusive development rights are deferred and apportioned to each franchisefranchised restaurant opened by the franchisee. The pro rata amount apportioned to each restaurant is accounted for as an initial franchise fee.
We have a distinct performance obligation under our MFDAs to grant subfranchising rights over a stated term. Under the terms of MFDAs, we typically either receive an upfront fee paid in cash and/or receive noncash consideration in the form of an equity interest in the master franchisee or an affiliate of the master franchisee. We account for noncash consideration as investments in the applicable equity method investee and recognize revenue in an amount equal to the fair value of the equity interest received. Upfront fees from master franchisees, including the fair value of noncash consideration, are deferred and amortized over the MFDA term on a
68

Table of Contents
straight-line basis. We may recognize unamortized upfront fees when a contract with a franchisee or master franchisee is modified and is accounted for as a termination of the existing contract.
The portion of gift cards sold to customers which are never redeemed is commonly referred to as gift card breakage. We recognize gift card breakage income proportionately as each gift card is redeemed using an estimated breakage rate based on our historical experience.
Property revenues
Property revenues consists of rental income from properties we lease or sublease to franchisees. Property revenues are accounted for in accordance with applicable accounting guidance for leases and are excluded from the scope of revenue recognition guidance.
In certain instances, we provide incentives to franchisees in connection with restaurant renovations or other initiatives. These incentives may consist of cash consideration or non-cash consideration such as restaurant equipment. In general, these incentives are designed to support system-wide sales growth to increase our future revenues. The costs of these incentives are capitalized and amortized as a reduction in franchise and property revenue over the term of the contract to which the incentive relates.
Advertising revenues and Promotional Costsother services
Advertising revenues consist primarily of franchisee contributions to advertising funds in those markets where our subsidiaries manage an advertising fund and are calculated as a percentage of franchised restaurant sales over the term of the franchise agreement. Under our franchise agreements, advertising contributions received from franchisees must be spent on advertising, product development, marketing, and related activities. We determined our advertising and promotion management services do not represent individually distinct performance obligations and are included in the Franchise PO.
Other services revenues consist primarily of tech fees and revenues, that vary by market, and partially offset expenses related to technology initiatives. These services are distinct from the Franchise PO because they are not dependent upon the franchise license or highly interrelated with the franchise license.
Cost of Sales
Cost of sales consists primarily of costs associated with the management of our Tim Hortons supply chain, including cost of goods, direct labor, depreciation, bad debt expense (recoveries) from supply chain sales and cost of products sold to retailers. Cost of sales also includes food, paper and labor costs of Company restaurants.

Franchise and Property Expenses
Franchise and property expenses consist primarily of depreciation of properties leased to franchisees, rental expense associated with properties subleased to franchisees, amortization of franchise agreements, and bad debt expense (recoveries) from franchise and property revenues.
Advertising Expenses and Other Services
Advertising expenses and other services consist primarily of expenses relating to marketing, advertising and promotion, including market research, production, advertising costs, sales promotions, social media campaigns, technology initiatives, bad debt expense (recoveries) from franchisee contributions to advertising funds we manage, depreciation and amortization and other related support functions for the respective brands. Additionally, we may incur discretionary expenses to fund advertising programs in connection with periodic initiatives.
76

Table of Contents
Company restaurants and franchisefranchised restaurants contribute to advertising funds that our subsidiaries manage in the United States and Canada and certain other international markets. The advertising funds expense the production costs of advertising when the advertisements are first aired or displayed. All other advertising and promotional costs are expensed in the period incurred. Under our franchise agreements, advertising contributions received from franchisees must be spent on advertising, product development, marketing and related activities. The advertising contributions by Company restaurants (including Restaurant VIEs) are eliminated in consolidation. Consolidated advertising expense totaled $1,201 million, $1,032 million and $962 million in 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
Deferred Financing Costs
Deferred financing costs are amortized over the term of the related debt agreement into interest expense using the effective interest method.
Income Taxes
Amounts in the Financial Statements related to income taxes are calculated using the principles of ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes. Under these principles, deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect the impact of temporary differences between the amounts of assets and liabilities recognized for financial reporting purposes and the amounts recognized for tax purposes, as well as tax credit carry-forwards and loss carry-forwards. These deferred taxes are measured by applying currently enacted tax rates. A deferred tax asset is recognized when it is considered more-likely-than-not to be realized. The effects of changes in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized in income in the year in which the law is enacted. A valuation allowance reduces deferred tax assets when it is more-likely-than-not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
We recognize positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return in the Financial Statements when it is more-likely-than-not (i.e., a likelihood of more than 50%) that the position would be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. A recognized tax position is then measured at the largest amount of benefit with greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement.
Translation gains and losses resulting from the remeasurement of foreign deferred tax assets or liabilities denominated in a currency other than the functional currency are classified as other operating expenses (income), net in the consolidated statements of operations.
Share-based Compensation
Compensation expense related to the issuance of share-based awards to our employees is measured at fair value on the grant date. We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to value stock options. The fair value of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) is generally based on the closing price of our stock atRBI's common shares on the award date. Iftrading day preceding the date of grant. Our total shareholder return and if applicable our total shareholder return relative to our peer group is incorporated into the underlying assumptions using a Monte Carlo simulation valuation model to calculate grant date fair value for performance based awards with a market condition. The compensation expense for awards that vest over a future service period is recognized over the requisite service period on a straight-line basis, adjusted for estimated forfeitures of awards that are not expected to vest. We use historical data to estimate forfeitures for share-based awards. Upon the end of the service period, compensation expense is adjusted to account for the actual forfeiture rate. The compensation expense for awards that contain performance conditions is recognized when it is probable that the performance conditions will be achieved.
Supplier Finance Programs
Our Tim Hortons business includes individually negotiated contracts with suppliers, which include payment terms that range up to 120 days. A global financial institution offers a voluntary supply chain finance (“SCF”) program to certain Tim Hortons vendors, which provides suppliers that elect to participate with the ability to elect early payment, which is discounted based on the payment terms and a rate based on RBI's credit rating, which may be beneficial to the vendor. Participation in the SCF program is at the sole discretion of the suppliers and financial institution and we are not a party to the arrangements between the suppliers and the financial institution. Our obligations to suppliers are not affected by the suppliers’ decisions to participate in the SCF program and our payment terms remain the same based on the original supplier invoicing terms and conditions. No guarantees are provided by us or any of our subsidiaries in connection with the SCF Program.
Our confirmed outstanding obligations under the SCF program at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022 totaled $36 million and $47 million, respectively, and are classified as Accounts and drafts payable in our condensed consolidated balance sheets. All activity related to the obligations is classified as Cost of sales in our condensed consolidated statements of operations and presented within cash flows from operating activities in our condensed consolidated statements of cash flows.

6977

Table of Contents
New Accounting Pronouncements
Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes – In December 2019, the FASB issued guidance which simplifies the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions and by clarifying and amending existing guidance applicable to accounting for income taxes. The amendment is effective commencing in 2021 with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this new guidance in 2021 did not have a material impact on our Financial Statements.
Accounting Relief for the Transition Away from LIBOR and Certain other Reference Rates – In March 2020 and as clarified in January 2021 and December 2022, the FASBFinancial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued guidance which provides optional expedients and exceptions for applying U.S. GAAP to contracts, hedging relationships, and other transactions that reference LIBOR or another reference rate expected to be discontinued because of reference rate reform. This amendment is effective as of March 12, 2020 through December 31, 2022.2024. The expedients and exceptions provided by this new guidance do not apply to contract modifications made and hedging relationships entered into or evaluated after December 31, 2022,2024, except for hedging relationships existing as of December 31, 2022,2024, that an entity has elected certain optional expedients for and that are retained through the end of the hedging relationships. During the third quarter of 2021, we adopted certain of the expedients as it relates to hedge accounting as certain of our debt agreements and hedging relationships bear interest at variable rates, primarily U.S. dollar LIBOR. The adoptionAdditionally, during the three months ended September 30, 2023, we amended the LIBOR-referencing credit agreement governing our senior secured term loan facilities to reference the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) as further disclosed in Note 8, Long-Term Debt. As of and future elections under this new guidance did not and are not expected to have a material impact on our Financial Statements. We will continue to monitor the discontinuanceDecember 31, 2023, none of LIBOR on our debt agreements and hedging relationships.
Lessors—Certain Leases with Variable Lease Payments – In July 2021, the FASB issued guidance that requires lessorsrelationships make reference to classify and account for a lease with variable lease payments that do not depend on a reference index or a rate as an operating lease if (a) the lease would have been classified as a sales-type lease or a direct financing lease in accordance with lease classification criteria and (b) the lessor would have otherwise recognized a day-one loss. This amendment is effective in 2022 with early adoption permitted. This guidance may be applied either retrospectively to leases that commenced or were modified on or after the adoption of lease guidance we adopted in 2019 or prospectively to leases that commence or are modified on or after the date that this new guidance is applied. We do not expect that theLIBOR. The adoption of this new guidance will have a material impact on our Financial Statements.
Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers– In October 2021, the FASB issued guidance which requires contract assets and contract liabilities (i.e., unearned revenue) acquired in a business combination to be recognized and measured in accordance with revenue from contracts with customers guidance. Currently, we recognize contract assets and contract liabilities at the acquisition date based on fair value estimates, which historically has resulted in a reduction to unearned revenue on the balance sheet, and therefore, a reduction to revenues that would have otherwise been recorded as an independent entity. This guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2022 on a prospective basis, with early adoption permitted. During the fourth quarter of 2021, we adopted this guidance which did not have a material impact on our Financial Statements.
70

TableLiabilities—Supplier Finance Programs – In September 2022, the FASB issued guidance that requires buyers in a supplier finance program to disclose sufficient information about the program to allow investors to understand the program's nature, activity during the period, changes from period to period, and potential magnitude. These disclosures would include the key terms of Contentsthe program, as well as the obligation amount that the buyer has confirmed as valid to the third party that is outstanding at the end of the reporting period, a rollforward of that amount, and a description of where that amount is presented in the balance sheet. This amendment is effective in 2023, except for the amendment on rollforward information which is effective in 2024, with early adoption permitted. This guidance should be applied retrospectively to each period in which a balance sheet is presented, except for the amendment on rollforward information, which should be applied prospectively. During the first quarter of 2023, we adopted this guidance and added necessary disclosures upon adoption as disclosed in Note 2,
Significant Accounting Policies, with the exception of rollforward information which will be added during the first quarter of 2024.

Segment Reporting
– In November 2023, the FASB issued guidance that expands segment disclosures for public entities, including requiring disclosure of significant segment expenses that are regularly provided to the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), the title and position of the CODM and an explanation of how the CODM uses reported measures of segment profit or loss in assessing segment performance and allocating resources. The new guidance also expands disclosures about a reportable segment’s profit or loss and assets in interim periods and clarifies that a public entity may report additional measures of segment profit if the CODM uses more than one measure of a segment’s profit or loss. The new guidance does not remove existing segment disclosure requirements or change how a public entity identifies its operating segments, aggregates those operating segments, or determines its reportable segments. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and subsequent interim periods with early adoption permitted, and requires retrospective application to all prior periods presented in the financial statements. We are currently evaluating the impact this new guidance will have on our disclosures upon adoption and expect to provide additional detail and disclosures under this new guidance.
Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures – In December 2023, the FASB issued guidance that expands income tax disclosures for public entities, including requiring enhanced disclosures related to the rate reconciliation and income taxes paid information. The guidance is effective for annual disclosures for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024, with early adoption permitted. The guidance should be applied on a prospective basis, with retrospective application to all prior periods presented in the financial statements permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact this new guidance will have on our disclosures upon adoption and expect to provide additional detail and disclosures under this new guidance.

Note 3. Firehouse Acquisition
On December 15, 2021, we completed the acquisition of Firehouse Subs (the “Firehouse Acquisition”) which complements RBI's existing portfolio. Like RBI's other brands, the Firehouse Subs brand is managed independently, while benefiting from the global scale and resources of RBI. The Firehouse Acquisition was accounted for as a business combination using the acquisition method of accounting.
Total consideration in connection with the Firehouse Acquisition was $1,033 million, subject to post-closing adjustments. The consideration was funded through cash on hand and $533 million of incremental borrowings under our Term Loan Facility - See Note 9, Long-Term Debt.
Fees and expenses related to the Firehouse Acquisition and related financings (“FHS Transaction costs”) totaled $18 million, consisting primarily of professional fees and compensation related expenses which are classified as general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
The preliminary allocation of consideration to the net tangible and intangible assets acquired is presented in the table below (in millions):
December 15, 2021
Total current assets$21 
Property and equipment
Firehouse Subs brand
768 
Total liabilities(13)
Total identifiable net assets780 
Goodwill253 
Total consideration$1,033 
The purchase price allocation reflects preliminary fair value estimates based on management's analysis, including preliminary work performed by third-party valuation specialists. We will continue to obtain information to assist in determining the fair value of net assets acquired during the measurement period.
The Firehouse Subs brand has been assigned an indefinite life and, therefore, will not be amortized, but rather tested annually for impairment. Goodwill attributable to the Firehouse Acquisition will be amortized and deductible for tax purposes. Goodwill is considered to represent the value associated with the workforce and synergies anticipated to be realized as a combined company. We have not yet allocated goodwill related to the Firehouse Acquisition to reporting units for goodwill impairment testing purposes. Goodwill will be allocated to reporting units when the purchase price allocation is finalized during the measurement period.
The results of operations of Firehouse Subs have been included in our consolidated financial statements from the acquisition date of December 15, 2021 through December 26, 2021, the fiscal year end for FHS. The Firehouse Acquisition is not material to our consolidated financial statements, and therefore, supplemental pro forma financial information related to the acquisition is not included herein.
71

Table of Contents

Note 4.3. Earnings per Share
An economic interest in Partnership common equity is held by the holders of Class B exchangeable limited partnership units (the “Partnership exchangeable units”), which is reflected as a noncontrolling interest in our equity. See Note 13,12, Shareholders’ Equity.
Basic and diluted earnings per share is computed using the weighted average number of shares outstanding for the period. We apply the treasury stock method to determine the dilutive weighted average common shares represented by outstanding equity awards, unless the effect of their inclusion is anti-dilutive. The diluted earnings per share calculation assumes conversion of 100% of the Partnership exchangeable units under the “if converted” method. Accordingly, the numerator is also adjusted to include the earnings allocated to the holders of noncontrolling interests.


78

Table of Contents
The following table summarizes the basic and diluted earnings per share calculations (in millions, except per share amounts):
202120202019
2023202320222021
Numerator:Numerator:
Net income attributable to common shareholders - basic
Net income attributable to common shareholders - basic
Net income attributable to common shareholders - basicNet income attributable to common shareholders - basic$838 $486 $643 
Add: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interestsAdd: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests411 262 466 
Net income available to common shareholders and noncontrolling interests - dilutedNet income available to common shareholders and noncontrolling interests - diluted$1,249 $748 $1,109 
Denominator:Denominator:
Denominator:
Denominator:
Weighted average common shares - basic
Weighted average common shares - basic
Weighted average common shares - basicWeighted average common shares - basic310 302 268 
Exchange of noncontrolling interests for common shares (Note 12)Exchange of noncontrolling interests for common shares (Note 12)151 162 194 
Effect of other dilutive securitiesEffect of other dilutive securities
Weighted average common shares - dilutedWeighted average common shares - diluted464 468 469 
Basic earnings per share (a)Basic earnings per share (a)$2.71 $1.61 $2.40 
Basic earnings per share (a)
Basic earnings per share (a)
Diluted earnings per share (a)Diluted earnings per share (a)$2.69 $1.60 $2.37 
Anti-dilutive securities outstandingAnti-dilutive securities outstanding
(a)EarningsDiluted weighted average common shares and earnings per share may not recalculate exactly as it is calculated based on unrounded numbers.
Note 5.4. Property and Equipment, net
Property and equipment, net, consist of the following (in millions):
As of December 31, As of December 31,
20212020 20232022
LandLand$1,011 $1,007 
Buildings and improvementsBuildings and improvements1,200 1,192 
Restaurant equipmentRestaurant equipment193 163 
Furniture, fixtures, and otherFurniture, fixtures, and other257 242 
Finance leasesFinance leases323 289 
Construction in progressConstruction in progress30 17 
3,014 2,910 
3,139
Accumulated depreciation and amortizationAccumulated depreciation and amortization(979)(879)
Property and equipment, netProperty and equipment, net$2,035 $2,031 
Depreciation and amortization expense on property and equipment totaled $137 million for 2023, $135 million for 2022 and $148 million for 2021, $140 million for 2020 and $136 million for 2019.
72

Table of Contents
2021.
Included in our property and equipment, net at December 31, 20212023 and 20202022 are $246$226 million and $238$227 million, respectively, of assets leased under finance leases (mostly buildings and improvements), net of accumulated depreciation and amortization of $77$109 million and $51$90 million, respectively.
79

Table of Contents

Note 6.5. Intangible Assets, net and Goodwill
Intangible assets, net and goodwill consist of the following (in millions):
As of December 31,
20212020
GrossAccumulated AmortizationNetGrossAccumulated AmortizationNet
As of December 31,As of December 31,
202320232022
GrossGrossAccumulated AmortizationNetGrossAccumulated AmortizationNet
Identifiable assets subject to amortization:Identifiable assets subject to amortization:
Franchise agreements
Franchise agreements
Franchise agreements Franchise agreements$722 $(290)$432 $735 $(264)$471 
Favorable leases Favorable leases104 (63)41 117 (66)51 
Subtotal Subtotal826 (353)473 852 (330)522 
Indefinite-lived intangible assets:Indefinite-lived intangible assets:
Tim Hortons brand
Tim Hortons brand
Tim Hortons brand
Tim Hortons brand
$6,695 $— $6,695 $6,650 $— $6,650 
Burger King brand
Burger King brand
2,126 — 2,126 2,174 — 2,174 
Popeyes brand
Popeyes brand
1,355 — 1,355 1,355 — 1,355 
Firehouse Subs brand
Firehouse Subs brand
768 — 768 — — — 
Subtotal Subtotal10,944 — 10,944 10,179 — 10,179 
Intangible assets, netIntangible assets, net$11,417 $10,701 
GoodwillGoodwill
Tim Hortons segment$4,306 $4,279 
Burger King segment601 614 
Popeyes segment846 846 
Firehouse segment253 — 
Goodwill
Goodwill
TH segment
TH segment
TH segment
BK segment
BK segment
BK segment
PLK segment
PLK segment
PLK segment
FHS segment
FHS segment
FHS segment
INTL segment
INTL segment
INTL segment
Total Total$6,006 $5,739 
Total
Total
During the fourth quarter of 2023, we revised our internal reporting structure to align with how our Chief Executive Officer, who is our Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”), manages the business, assesses performance, makes operating decisions and allocates resources, which resulted in a change in our operating and reportable segments. We manage each of our brands’ United States and Canada operations as an operating and reportable segment and our international operations as an operating and reportable segment. As part of this reevaluation, we moved the international components of our previous operating segments to the new International segment with no changes to the composition of any reporting units. The carrying amount of goodwill assigned to each international component is included above in our International segment for both periods presented.
Amortization expense on intangible assets totaled $37 million for 2023, $39 million for 2022, and $41 million for 2021, $43 million for 2020, and $44 million for 2019.2021. The change in the franchise agreements, brands and goodwill balances during 20212023 was primarily due to the acquisition of Firehouse Subs and the impact of foreign currency translation.
80

Table of Contents
As of December 31, 2021,2023, the estimated future amortization expense on identifiable assets subject to amortization is as follows (in millions):
Twelve-months ended December 31,Twelve-months ended December 31,AmountTwelve-months ended December 31,Amount
2022$39 
202337 
2024202436 
2025202534 
2026202634 
2027
2028
ThereafterThereafter293 
TotalTotal$473 

73

Table of Contents

Note 7.6. Equity Method Investments
The aggregate carrying amount of our equity method investments was $194$163 million and $205$167 million as of December 31, 20212023 and 2020,2022, respectively, and is included as a component of Other assets, net in our consolidated balance sheets.
Except for the following equity method investments, no quoted market prices are available for our other equity method investments. The aggregate market value of our 15.5%14.7% equity interest in Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc. (“Carrols”) based on the quoted market price on December 31, 20212023 is approximately $28$74 million. The aggregate market value of our 9.4% equity interest in BK Brasil Operação e Assessoria a Restaurantes S.A. based on the quoted market price on December 31, 20212023 is approximately $28$30 million. The aggregate market value of our 4.2% equity interest in TH International Limited based on the quoted market price on December 31, 2023 was approximately $12 million. We have evaluated recentevaluate declines in the market value of these equity method investments and concluded they are not other than temporaryas a result, during 2022, we recognized an impairment of $15 million due to a sustained decline in Carrols' share price and as such no impairments have been recognized during 2021.market capitalization.
We have equity interests in entities that own or franchise Tim Hortons, or Burger King and Popeyes restaurants. Franchise and property revenue recognized from franchisees that are owned or franchised by entities in which we have an equity interest consist of the following (in millions):

202120202019
2023202320222021
Revenues from affiliates:Revenues from affiliates:
Royalties
Royalties
RoyaltiesRoyalties$350 $239 $290 
Advertising revenuesAdvertising revenues67 50 55 
Property revenuesProperty revenues32 32 33 
Franchise fees and other revenueFranchise fees and other revenue21 14 10 
Sales
TotalTotal$470 $335 $388 
At December 31, 20212023 and 2020,2022, we had $48$61 million and $52$42 million, respectively, of accounts receivable, net from our equity method investments which were recorded in accounts and notes receivable, net in our consolidated balance sheets.
With respect to our THTim Hortons business, the most significant equity method investment is our 50.0%50% joint venture interest with The Wendy’s Company (the “TIMWEN Partnership”), which jointly holds real estate underlying Canadian combination restaurants. Distributions received from this joint venture were $16 million, $8 million and $13 million during 2021, 20202023 and 2019, respectively.2022 and $16 million during 2021.
We recognized rent expense associated with the TIMWEN Partnership of $21 million, $19 million, and $18 million $15 million,during 2023, 2022 and $19 million during 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
(Income) loss from equity method investments reflects our share of investee net income or loss, non-cash dilution gains or losses from changes in our ownership interests in equity method investees and basis difference amortization. We recorded increases to the carrying value of our equity method investment balances and non-cash dilution gains in the amounts of $11 million during 2019. No non-cash dilution gains were recorded during 2021 and 2020. The dilution gains resulted from the issuance of capital stock by our equity method investees, which reduced our ownership interests in these equity method investments. The dilution gains we recorded in connection with the issuance of capital stock reflect adjustments to the differences between the amount of underlying equity in the net assets of equity method investees before and after their issuance of capital stock.

impairment charges.
7481

Table of Contents


Note 8.7. Other Accrued Liabilities and Other Liabilities
Other accrued liabilities (current) and other liabilities, net (non-current) consist of the following (in millions):

As of December 31, As of December 31,
20212020 20232022
Current:Current:
Dividend payable
Dividend payable
Dividend payableDividend payable$241 $239 
Interest payableInterest payable63 66 
Accrued compensation and benefitsAccrued compensation and benefits99 78 
Taxes payableTaxes payable106 122 
Deferred incomeDeferred income48 42 
Accrued advertising expensesAccrued advertising expenses43 59 
Restructuring and other provisionsRestructuring and other provisions90 12 
Current portion of operating lease liabilitiesCurrent portion of operating lease liabilities140 137 
OtherOther117 80 
Other accrued liabilitiesOther accrued liabilities$947 $835 
Non-current:Non-current:
Taxes payableTaxes payable$533 $626 
Contract liabilities (see Note 15)531 528 
Taxes payable
Taxes payable
Contract liabilities (see Note 14)
Derivatives liabilitiesDerivatives liabilities575 865 
Unfavorable leasesUnfavorable leases65 81 
Accrued pensionAccrued pension47 70 
Deferred incomeDeferred income37 28 
OtherOther34 38 
Other liabilities, netOther liabilities, net$1,822 $2,236 
Note 9.8. Long-Term Debt
Long-term debt consistconsists of the following (in millions):
As of December 31, As of December 31,
20212020 20232022
Term Loan BTerm Loan B$5,243 $5,297 
Term Loan ATerm Loan A1,250 731 
4.25% First Lien Senior Notes due 2024— 775 
3.875% First Lien Senior Notes due 20283.875% First Lien Senior Notes due 20281,550 750 
3.875% First Lien Senior Notes due 2028
3.875% First Lien Senior Notes due 2028
3.50% First Lien Senior Notes due 2029
5.75% First Lien Senior Notes due 20255.75% First Lien Senior Notes due 2025500 500 
3.50% First Lien Senior Notes due 2029750 750 
4.375% Second Lien Senior Notes due 20284.375% Second Lien Senior Notes due 2028750 750 
4.00% Second Lien Senior Notes due 20304.00% Second Lien Senior Notes due 20302,900 2,900 
TH Facility and otherTH Facility and other173 178 
Less: unamortized deferred financing costs and deferred issuance discountLess: unamortized deferred financing costs and deferred issuance discount(138)(155)
Total debt, netTotal debt, net12,978 12,476 
Less: current maturities of debtLess: current maturities of debt(62)(79)
Total long-term debtTotal long-term debt$12,916 $12,397 

7582

Table of Contents
Credit Facilities
On December 13, 2021, 2September 21, 2023, two of our subsidiaries (the “Borrowers”) entered into a fifth incremental facility amendment and a sixthseventh amendment (the “2021“7th Amendment”) to the credit agreement governing our senior secured term loan A facility (the “Term Loan A”), our senior secured term loan B facility (the “Term Loan B” and together with the Term Loan A, the “Term Loan Facilities”) and our $1,000 million senior secured revolving credit facility (including revolving loans, swingline loans and letters of credit) (the “Revolving Credit Facility” and together with the Term Loan Facilities, the “Credit Facilities”). The 2021Under the 7th Amendment increasedwe (i) amended the existing Term Loan A with $717Revolving Credit Facility to increase the availability from $1,000 million outstanding to a $1,250 million Term Loan A and extended the maturity dateof the facility to September 21, 2028 without changing the leverage-based spread to adjusted SOFR (Secured Overnight Financing Rate); (ii) increased the Term Loan A to $1,275 million and extended the maturity of the Term Loan A and Revolving Credit Facility from October 7, 2024 to December 13, 2026 (subjectSeptember 21, 2028 without changing the leverage-based spread to earlier maturity in specified circumstances). The security and guarantees under the Revolving Credit Facility and Term Loan A are the same as those under the existing facilities. The proceeds from the increase inadjusted SOFR; (iii) increased the Term Loan A were used with cash on handB to complete$5,175 million, extended the Firehouse Acquisition. In connection withmaturity of the 2021 Amendment, we capitalized approximately $12 million in debt issuance costs.
The 2021 Amendment also amendedTerm Loan B to September 21, 2030, and changed the interest rate applicable to borrowings under our Term Loan B to term SOFR, subject to a floor of 0.00%, plus an applicable margin of 2.25%; and (iv) made certain other changes as set forth therein, including removing the Revolving0.10% adjustment to the term SOFR rate across the facilities and changes to certain covenants to provide increased flexibility. On December 28, 2023, we entered into an eighth amendment (the “8th Amendment” and together with the 7th Amendment, the “2023 Amendments”) to the credit agreement whereby Partnership and its subsidiaries became guarantors, subject to the covenants applicable to the Credit FacilityFacilities. The 2023 Amendments made no other material changes to the terms of the credit agreement. In connection with the 7th Amendment, we capitalized approximately $44 million in debt issuance costs and recorded a $16 million loss on early extinguishment of debt that primarily reflects expensing of fees in connection with the 7th Amendment and the Term Loan A to incorporate SOFR. write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs.
The interest rate applicable to the Term Loan A and Revolving Credit Facility is, at our option, either (a) a base rate, subject to a floor of 1.00%, plus an applicable margin varying from 0.00% to 0.50%, or (b) Adjusted Termterm SOFR, (Adjusted Term SOFR is calculated as Term SOFR plus a 0.10% adjustment), subject to a floor of 0.00%, plus an applicable margin varying between 0.75% and 1.50%, in each case, determined by reference to a net first lien leverage-based pricing grid. The commitment fee on the unused portion of the Revolving Credit Facility is 0.15%. At December 31, 2021,2023, the interest rate on the Term Loan A was 1.40%6.61%. The principal amount of the Term Loan A amortizes in quarterly installments equal to $8 million beginning March 31, 2023 until September 30, 20242025 and thereafter in quarterly installments equal to $16 million beginning March 31, 2027 until maturity, with the balance payable at maturity. The 2021 Amendment includes amendments to certain negative covenants to provide increased flexibility. The 2021 Amendment made no other material changes to the terms of the Credit Agreement.
The maturity date of our Term Loan B is November 19, 2026 and the interest rate applicable to ourthe Term Loan B is, at our option, either (a) a base rate, subject to a floor of 1.00%, plus an applicable margin of 0.75%1.25%, or (b) a Eurocurrency rate,term SOFR, subject to a floor of 0.00%, plus an applicable margin of 1.75%2.25%. At December 31, 2021,2023, the interest rate on the Term Loan B was 1.85%7.61%. The principal amount of the Term Loan B amortizes in quarterly installments equal to $13 million beginning March 31, 2024 until maturity, with the balance payable at maturity.
On April 2, 2020, the Borrowers entered into a fifth amendment (the “Fifth Amendment”) to the credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) governing our Credit Facilities. The Fifth Amendment provides the Borrowers with the option to comply with a $1,000 million minimum liquidity covenant in lieu of the 6.50:1.00 net first lien senior secured leverage ratio financial maintenance covenant for the period after June 30, 2020 and prior to September 30, 2021. Additionally, for the periods ending September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2021, to determine compliance with the net first lien senior secured leverage ratio, we are permitted to annualize the Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the Credit Agreement) for the three months ending September 30, 2021 and six months ending December 31, 2021, respectively, in lieu of calculating the ratio based on Adjusted EBITDA for the prior four quarters. There were no other material changes to the terms of the Credit Agreement.
Revolving Credit Facility
As of December 31, 2021,2023, we had no amounts outstanding under our Revolving Credit Facility. Funds available under the Revolving Credit Facility may be used to repay other debt, finance debt or share repurchases, to fund acquisitions or capital expenditures and for other general corporate purposes. We have a $125 million letter of credit sublimit as part of the Revolving Credit Facility, which reduces our borrowing availability thereunder by the cumulative amount of outstanding letters of credit. The interest rate applicable to amounts drawn under each letter of credit is 0.75% to 1.50%, depending on our net first lien leverage ratio. As of December 31, 2021,2023, we had $2 million of letters of credit issued against the Revolving Credit Facility, and our borrowing availability was $998$1,248 million.
Obligations under the Credit Facilities are guaranteed on a senior secured basis, jointly and severally, by the direct parent company of one of the BorrowersPartnership and substantially all of its Canadian and U.S. subsidiaries, including The TDL Group Corp., Burger King Corporation,Company LLC, Popeyes Louisiana Kitchen, Inc., FRG, LLC and substantially all of their respective Canadian and U.S. subsidiaries (the “Credit Guarantors”). Amounts borrowed under the Credit Facilities are secured on a first priority basis by a perfected security interest in substantially all of the present and future property (subject to certain exceptions) of each Borrower and Credit Guarantor.
4.25% First Lien Senior Notes due 2024
During 2017, the Borrowers entered into an indenture (the “4.25% First Lien Senior Notes Indenture”) in connection with the issuance of $1,500 million of 4.25% first lien senior notes due May 15, 2024 (the “4.25% First Lien Senior Notes due 2024”). No principal payments were due until maturity and interest is paid semi-annually. The net proceeds from the offering of the 4.25% First Lien Senior Notes due 2024, together with other sources of liquidity, were used to redeem all of the outstanding Class A 9.0% cumulative compounding perpetual voting preferred shares and for other general corporate purposes. In connection with the issuance
76

Table of Contents
of the 4.25% First Lien Senior Notes due 2024, we capitalized approximately $13 million in debt issuance costs. As detailed below, during 2020 we redeemed $725 million of the 4.25% First Lien Senior Notes due 2024 and during 2021 we redeemed the remaining outstanding balance of $775 million.
3.875% First Lien Senior Notes due 2028
On September 24, 2019, the Borrowers entered into an indenture (the “3.875% First Lien Senior Notes Indenture”) in connection with the issuance of $750 million of 3.875% first lien senior notes due January 15, 2028 (the “2019 3.875% Senior Notes”). On July 6, 2021, the Borrowers issued an additional $800 million under the 3.875% First Lien Senior Notes Indenture (the “Additional Notes” and together with the 2019 3.875% Senior Notes, the “3.875% First Lien Senior Notes due 2028”). No principal payments are due until maturity and interest is paid semi-annually. The net proceeds from the offering of the 2019 3.875% Senior Notes and a portion of the net proceeds from the Term Loan A were used to redeem the entire outstanding principal balance of $1,250 million of 4.625% first lien secured notes due January 15, 2022 and to pay related fees and expenses. In connection with the issuance of the 2019 3.875% Senior Notes, we capitalized approximately $10 million in debt issuance costs. In connection with the redemption of the entire outstanding principal balance of the 4.625% first lien secured notes due January 15, 2022, we recorded a loss on early extinguishment of debt of $3 million that primarily reflects the write-off of related unamortized debt issuance costs. The Additional Notes were priced at 100.250% of their face value. The net proceeds from the offering of the Additional Notes were used to redeem the remaining $775 million principal amount outstanding of the 4.25% First Lien Senior Notes due 2024 on July 15, 2021,first lien senior notes, plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, and pay related redemption premiums, fees and expenses. In connection with the issuance of the Additional Notes, we capitalized approximately $7 million in debt issuance costs. In connection with the redemption of the remaining $775 million principal amount outstanding of the 4.25% First Lien Senior Notes due 2024,first lien senior notes, we recorded a loss on early extinguishment of debt of $11 million that primarily reflects the payment of redemption premiums and the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs.
83

Table of Contents
Obligations under the 3.875% First Lien Senior Notes due 2028 are guaranteed on a senior secured basis, jointly and severally, by the BorrowersPartnership and substantially all of the Borrower'sits Canadian and U.S. subsidiaries, including The TDL Group Corp., Burger King Corporation,Company LLC, Popeyes Louisiana Kitchen, Inc., FRG, LLC and substantially all of their respective Canadian and U.S. subsidiaries (the “Note Guarantors”). The 3.875% First Lien Senior Notes due 2028 are first lien senior secured obligations and rank equal in right of payment with all of the existing and future first lien senior debt of the Borrowers and Note Guarantors, including borrowings and guarantees under our Credit Facilities.
The 3.875% First Lien Senior Notes due 2028 may be redeemed in whole or in part on or after September 15, 2022,at any time at the redemption prices set forth in the 3.875% First Lien Senior Notes Indenture, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, at the date of redemption. The 3.875% First Lien Senior Notes Indenture also contains optional redemption provisions related to tender offers, change of control and equity offerings, among others.
5.75% First Lien Senior Notes due 2025
On April 7, 2020, the Borrowers entered into an indenture (the “5.75% First Lien Senior Notes Indenture”) in connection with the issuance of $500 million of 5.75% first lien notes due April 15, 2025 (the “5.75% First Lien Senior Notes due 2025”). No principal payments are due until maturity and interest is paid semi-annually. The net proceeds from the offering of the 5.75% First Lien Senior Notes due 2025 were used for general corporate purposes. In connection with the issuance of the 5.75% First Lien Senior Notes due 2025, we capitalized approximately $10 million in debt issuance costs.
Obligations under the 5.75% First Lien Senior Notes due 2025 are guaranteed on a senior secured basis, jointly and severally, by the Note Guarantors. The 5.75% First Lien Senior Notes due 2025 are first lien senior secured obligations and rank equal in right of payment with all of the existing and future first lien senior debt of the Borrowers and Note Guarantors, including borrowings and guarantees of the Credit Facilities.
Our 5.75% First Lien Senior Notes due 2025 may be redeemed in whole or in part, on or after April 15, 2022 at the redemption prices set forth in the 5.75% First Lien Senior Notes Indenture, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, at the date of redemption. The 5.75% First Lien Senior Notes Indenture also contains optional redemption provisions related to tender offers, change of control and equity offerings, among others.
3.50% First Lien Senior Notes due 2029
On November 9, 2020, the Borrowers entered into an indenture (the “3.50% First Lien Senior Notes Indenture”) in connection with the issuance of $750 million of 3.50% first lien notes due February 15, 2029 (the “3.50% First Lien Senior Notes due 2029”). No principal payments are due until maturity and interest is paid semi-annually. The proceeds from the offering of the 3.50% First Lien Senior Notes due 2029, together with cash on hand, were used to redeem $725 million of the 4.25% First Lien Senior Notes due 2024first lien senior notes and pay related redemption premiums, fees and expenses. In connection with the issuance of the 3.50% First Lien Senior Notes due 2029, we capitalized approximately $7 million in debt issuance costs. In connection with the redemption of the 4.25% First Lien
77

Table of Contents
Senior Notes due 2024, we recorded a loss on early extinguishment of debt of $19 million that primarily reflects the payment of premiums to redeem the notes and the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs.
Obligations under the 3.50% First Lien Senior Notes due 2029 are guaranteed on a senior secured basis, jointly and severally, by the Note Guarantors. The 3.50% First Lien Senior Notes due 2029 are first lien senior secured obligations and rank equal in right of payment with all of the existing and future first lien senior debt of the Borrowers and Note Guarantors, including borrowings and guarantees of the Credit Facilities.
Our 3.50% First Lien Senior Notes due 2029 may be redeemed in whole or in part, on or after February 15, 2024 at the redemption prices set forth in the 3.50% First Lien Senior Notes Indenture, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, at the date of redemption. The 3.50% First Lien Senior Notes Indenture also contains optional redemption provisions related to tender offers, change of control and equity offerings, among others.
5.75% First Lien Senior Notes due 2025
On April 7, 2020, the Borrowers entered into an indenture (the “5.75% First Lien Senior Notes Indenture”) in connection with the issuance of $500 million of 5.75% first lien notes due April 15, 2025 (the “5.75% First Lien Senior Notes due 2025”). No principal payments are due until maturity and interest is paid semi-annually. The net proceeds from the offering of the 5.75% First Lien Senior Notes due 2025 were used for general corporate purposes.
Obligations under the 5.75% First Lien Senior Notes due 2025 are guaranteed on a senior secured basis, jointly and severally, by the Note Guarantors. The 5.75% First Lien Senior Notes due 2025 are first lien senior secured obligations and rank equal in right of payment with all of the existing and future first lien senior debt of the Borrowers and Note Guarantors, including borrowings and guarantees of the Credit Facilities.
Our 5.75% First Lien Senior Notes due 2025 may be redeemed in whole or in part at any time at the redemption prices set forth in the 5.75% First Lien Senior Notes Indenture, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, at the date of redemption. The 5.75% First Lien Senior Notes Indenture also contains optional redemption provisions related to tender offers, change of control and equity offerings, among others.
4.375% Second Lien Senior Notes due 2028
On November 19, 2019, the Borrowers entered into an indenture (the “4.375% Second Lien Senior Notes Indenture”) in connection with the issuance of $750 million of 4.375% second lien senior notes due January 15, 2028 (the “4.375% Second Lien Senior Notes due 2028”). No principal payments are due until maturity and interest is paid semi-annually. The net proceeds from the offering of the 4.375% Second Lien Senior Notes due 2028, together with cash on hand, were used to repay $720 million of the Term Loan B outstanding aggregate principal balance and to pay related fees and expenses in connection with the fourth amendment to our credit agreement. In connection with the issuance of the 4.375% Second Lien Senior Notes due 2028, we capitalized approximately $6 million in debt issuance costs.
Obligations under the 4.375% Second Lien Senior Notes due 2028 are guaranteed on a second priority senior secured basis, jointly and severally, by the Note Guarantors. The 4.375% Second Lien Senior Notes due 2028 are second lien senior secured obligations and rank equal in right of payment with all of the existing and future senior debt of the Borrowers and Note Guarantors, including borrowings and guarantees of the Credit Facilities, and effectively subordinated to all of the existing and future first lien senior debt of the Borrowers and Note Guarantors.
Our 4.375% Second Lien Senior Notes due 2028 may be redeemed in whole or in part on or after November 15, 2022at any time at the redemption prices set forth in the 4.375% Second Lien Senior Notes Indenture, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, at the date of redemption. The 4.375% Second Lien Senior Notes Indenture also contains redemption provisions related to tender offers, change of control and equity offerings, among others.
84

Table of Contents
4.00% Second Lien Senior Notes due 2030
During 2020, the Borrowers entered into an indenture (the “4.00% Second Lien Senior Notes Indenture”) in connection with the issuance of $2,900 million of 4.00% second lien notes due October 15, 2030 (the “4.00% Second Lien Senior Notes due 2030”). No principal payments are due until maturity and interest is paid semi-annually. The proceeds from the offering of the 4.00% Second Lien Senior Notes due 2030 were used to redeem the entire outstanding principal balance of $2,800 million of 5.00% second lien senior notes due October 15, 2025 (the “5.00% Second Lien Senior Notes due 2025”), pay related redemption premiums, fees and expenses. In connection with the issuance of the 4.00% Second Lien Senior Notes due 2030, we capitalized approximately $26 million in debt issuance costs. In connection with the full redemption of the 5.00% Second Lien Senior Notes due 2025, we recorded a loss on early extinguishment of debt of $79 million that primarily reflects the payment of premiums to redeem the notes and the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs.
Obligations under the 4.00% Second Lien Senior Notes due 2030 are guaranteed on a second priority senior secured basis, jointly and severally, by the Note Guarantors. The 4.00% Second Lien Senior Notes due 2030 are second lien senior secured obligations and rank equal in right of payment will all of the existing and future senior debt of the Borrowers and Note Guarantors and effectively subordinated to all of the existing and future first lien senior debt of the Borrowers and Note Guarantors.
Our 4.00% Second Lien Senior Notes due 2030 may be redeemed in whole or in part, on or after October 15, 2025 at the redemption prices set forth in the 4.00% Second Lien Senior Notes Indenture, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, at the date of redemption. The 4.00% Second Lien Senior Notes Indenture also contains optional redemption provisions related to tender offers, change of control and equity offerings, among others.
Restrictions and Covenants
Our Credit Facilities, as well as the 3.875% First Lien Senior Notes Indenture, 5.75% First Lien Senior Notes Indenture, 3.50% First Lien Senior Notes Indenture, 4.375% Second Lien Senior Notes Indenture and 4.00% Second Lien Senior Notes Indenture (all together the “Senior Notes Indentures”) contain a number of customary affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things, limit or restrict our ability and the ability of certain of our subsidiaries to: incur additional indebtedness; incur liens; engage in mergers, consolidations, liquidations and dissolutions; sell assets; pay dividends and make other payments in respect of capital stock;
78

Table of Contents
make investments, loans and advances; pay or modify the terms of certain indebtedness; and engage in certain transactions with affiliates. In addition, under the Credit Facilities, the Borrowers are not permitted to exceed a first lien senior secured leverage ratio of 6.50 to 1.00 when, as of the end of any fiscal quarter beginning with the first fiscal quarter of 2020, (1) any amounts are outstanding under the Term Loan A and/or (2) the sum of (i) the amount of letters of credit outstanding exceeding $50 million (other than those that are cash collateralized); (ii) outstanding amounts under the Revolving Credit Facility and (iii) outstanding amounts of swing line loans, exceeds 30.0% of the commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility. The Fifth Amendment provides that for periods ended September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2021, to determine compliance with the net first lien senior secured leverage ratio, we are permitted to annualize the Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the Credit Agreement) for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and six months ended December 31, 2021, respectively, in lieu of calculating the ratio based on Adjusted EBITDA for the prior four quarters.
The restrictions under the Credit Facilities and the Senior Notes Indentures have resulted in substantially all of our consolidated assets being restricted.
As of December 31, 2021,2023, we were in compliance with applicable financial debt covenants under the Credit Facilities and the Senior Notes Indentures and there were no limitations on our ability to draw on the remaining availability under our Revolving Credit Facility.
TH Facility
NaNOne of our subsidiaries entered into a non-revolving delayed drawdown term credit facility in a total aggregate principal amount of C$225 million with a maturity date of October 4, 2025 (the “TH Facility”). The interest rate applicable to the TH Facility is the Canadian Bankers’ Acceptance rate plus an applicable margin equal to 1.40% or the Prime Rate plus an applicable margin equal to 0.40%, at our option. Obligations under the TH Facility are guaranteed by 4four of our subsidiaries, and amounts borrowed under the TH Facility are secured by certain parcels of real estate. As of December 31, 2021,2023, we had approximately C$182 million outstanding C$214 million under the TH Facility with a weighted average interest rate of 1.85%6.84%.
RE Facility
NaNOne of our subsidiaries entered into a non-revolving delayed drawdown term credit facility in a total aggregate principal amount of $50 million with a maturity date of October 12, 2028 (the “RE Facility”). The interest rate applicable to the RE Facility is, at our option, either (i) a base rate, subject to a floor of 0.50%, plus an applicable margin of 0.50% or (ii) Adjusted Term SOFR (Adjusted Term SOFR is calculated as Term SOFR plus a margin based on duration), subject to a floor of 0.00%, plus an applicable margin of 1.50%. Obligations under the RE Facility are guaranteed by 4four of our subsidiaries, and amounts borrowed under the RE Facility are secured by certain parcels of real estate. As of December 31, 2021,2023, we had no amountsapproximately $4 million outstanding under the RE Facility.Facility with a weighted average interest rate of 6.95%.
Debt Issuance Costs
During 2021, 20202023 and 2019,2021, we incurred aggregate deferred financing costs of $44 million and $19 million, $43 million and $50 million, respectively. We did not incur any significant deferred financing costs during 2022.
85

Table of Contents
Loss on Early Extinguishment of Debt
During 2023, we recorded a $16 million loss on early extinguishment of debt that primarily reflects expensing of fees in connection with the 7th Amendment and the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs. During 2021, we recorded an $11 million loss on early extinguishment of debt that primarily reflects the payment of redemption premiums and the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs in connection with the redemption of the remaining $775 million principal amount outstanding of the 4.25% First Lien Senior Notes due 2024. During 2020, we recorded a $98 million loss on early extinguishment of debt that primarily reflects the payment of premiums and the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs in connection with the full redemption of the 5.00% Second Lien Senior Notes due 2025 and the partial redemption of the 4.25% First Lien Senior Notes due 2024. During 2019, we recorded a $23 million loss on early extinguishment of debt, which primarily reflects the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs and discounts in connection with the prepayment and refinancing of the Term Loan B and the redemption of the entire outstanding principal balance of the 4.625% first lien secured notes due January 15, 2022.senior notes.
Maturities
The aggregate maturities of our long-term debt as of December 31, 20212023 are as follows (in millions):
79

Table of Contents
Year Ended December 31,Year Ended December 31,Principal AmountYear Ended December 31,Principal Amount
2022$62 
202398 
20242024108 
20252025750 
202620266,148 
2027
2028
ThereafterThereafter5,950 
TotalTotal$13,116 
Interest Expense, net
Interest expense, net consists of the following (in millions):
202120202019
2023202320222021
Debt (a)Debt (a)$461 $471 $503 
Finance lease obligationsFinance lease obligations20 20 20 
Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt issuance discountAmortization of deferred financing costs and debt issuance discount27 26 29 
Interest incomeInterest income(3)(9)(20)
Interest expense, netInterest expense, net$505 $508 $532 
(a)Amount includes $45$61 million, $69$56 million and $70$45 million benefit during 2021, 20202023, 2022 and 2019,2021, respectively, related to the quarterly net settlements of our cross-currency rate swaps and amortization of the Excluded Component as defined in Note 12,11, DerivativesDerivative Instruments.
80

Table of Contents

Note 10.9. Leases
As of December 31, 2021,2023, we leased or subleased 5,0694,941 restaurant properties to franchisees and 164132 non-restaurant properties to third parties under operating leases, direct financing leases and sales-type leases where we are the lessor. Initial lease terms generally range from 10 to 20 years. Most leases to franchisees provide for fixed monthly payments and many provide for future rent escalations and renewal options. Certain leases also include provisions for variable rent, determined as a percentage of sales, generally when annual sales exceed specific levels. Lessees typically bear the cost of maintenance, insurance and property taxes.
We lease land, buildings, equipment, office space and warehouse space from third parties. Land and building leases generally have an initial term of 10 to 20 years, while land-only lease terms can extend longer, and most leases provide for fixed monthly payments. Many of these leases provide for future rent escalations and renewal options. Certain leases also include provisions for variable rent payments, determined as a percentage of sales, generally when annual sales exceed specified levels. Most leases also obligate us to pay, as lessee, variable lease cost related to maintenance, insurance and property taxes.
We transitioned to ASC 842 on January 1, 2019 on a modified retrospective basis using the effective date transition method. Our transition to ASC 842 represents a change in accounting principle. The $21 million cumulative effect
86

Table of our transition to ASC 842 is reflected as an adjustment to January 1, 2019 Shareholders' equity.Contents
Company as Lessor
Assets leased to franchisees and others under operating leases where we are the lessor and which are included within our property and equipment, net are as follows (in millions):
As of December 31, As of December 31,
20212020 20232022
LandLand$899 $892 
Buildings and improvementsBuildings and improvements1,180 1,146 
Restaurant equipmentRestaurant equipment18 19 
2,097 2,057 
1,985
Accumulated depreciation and amortizationAccumulated depreciation and amortization(587)(534)
Property and equipment leased, netProperty and equipment leased, net$1,510 $1,523 
Our net investment in direct financing and sales-type leases is as follows (in millions):
As of December 31, As of December 31,
20212020 20232022
Future rents to be received:Future rents to be received:
Future minimum lease receiptsFuture minimum lease receipts$113 $87 
Future minimum lease receipts
Future minimum lease receipts
Contingent rents (a)Contingent rents (a)12 
Estimated unguaranteed residual valueEstimated unguaranteed residual value
Unearned incomeUnearned income(40)(34)
85 72 
Current portion included within accounts receivables(5)(6)
Net investment in property leased to franchisees$80 $66 
95
95
95
Current portion included within accounts receivable
Net investment in property leased to franchisees (b)
(a)Amounts represent estimated contingent rents recorded in connection with the acquisition method of accounting.
During 2021 and 2020, we offered rent relief programs for eligible TH and BK franchisees who lease property from us, under which we temporarily converted the rent structure from(b)Included as a combinationcomponent of fixed plus variable rent to 100% variable rent (the “rent relief programs”). The rent relief program concluded for BK franchisees during the three months ended September 30, 2020 and the rent relief program was extended through the end of 2021 for eligible TH franchisees.Other assets, net in our consolidated balance sheets.
81

Table of Contents
In April 2020, the FASB staff issued interpretive guidance that permits entities to make an election to account for lease concessions related to the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic consistent with how those concessions would be accounted for under ASC 842, as though enforceable rights and obligations for those concessions existed. We elected to apply this interpretive guidance to the rent relief programs while in effect. As such, reductions in rents arising from the rent relief programs are recognized as reductions in variable lease payments.
Property revenues are comprised primarily of rental income from operating leases and earned income on direct financing leases with franchisees as follows (in millions):
202120202019
2023202320222021
Rental income:Rental income:
Minimum lease payments
Minimum lease payments
Minimum lease paymentsMinimum lease payments$455 $445 $448 
Variable lease paymentsVariable lease payments329 262 370 
Amortization of favorable and unfavorable income lease contracts, netAmortization of favorable and unfavorable income lease contracts, net
Subtotal - lease income from operating leasesSubtotal - lease income from operating leases787 713 825 
Earned income on direct financing and sales-type leasesEarned income on direct financing and sales-type leases
Total property revenuesTotal property revenues$793 $718 $833 


87

Table of Contents
Company as Lessee
Lease cost and other information associated with these lease commitments is as follows (in millions):
Lease Cost (Income)
202120202019
2023202320222021
Operating lease costOperating lease cost$202 $199 $210 
Operating lease variable lease costOperating lease variable lease cost193 177 198 
Finance lease cost:Finance lease cost:
Finance lease cost:
Finance lease cost:
Amortization of right-of-use assets
Amortization of right-of-use assets
Amortization of right-of-use assetsAmortization of right-of-use assets31 29 27 
Interest on lease liabilitiesInterest on lease liabilities20 20 20 
Sublease incomeSublease income(587)(534)(631)
Total lease cost (income)$(141)$(109)$(176)
Total lease income
Lease Term and Discount Rate as of December 31, 20212023 and 20202022
As of December 31,
20212020
As of December 31,As of December 31,
202320232022
Weighted-average remaining lease term (in years):Weighted-average remaining lease term (in years):
Operating leases
Operating leases
Operating leasesOperating leases10.1 years10.5 years9.5 years9.8 years
Finance leasesFinance leases11.4 years11.3 yearsFinance leases11.2 years11.5 years
Weighted-average discount rate:Weighted-average discount rate:
Operating leasesOperating leases5.5 %5.9 %
Operating leases
Operating leases5.5 %5.5 %
Finance leasesFinance leases6.0 %6.5 %Finance leases5.8 %5.8 %

Other Information for 2023, 2022 and 2021
202320222021
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
Operating cash flows from operating leases$202 $198 $200 
Operating cash flows from finance leases$19 $19 $20 
Financing cash flows from finance leases$33 $31 $31 
Supplemental noncash information on lease liabilities arising from obtaining right-of-use assets:
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new finance lease obligations$32 $22 $52 
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease obligations$168 $133 $133 


8288

Table of Contents
Other Information for 2021, 2020 and 2019
202120202019
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
Operating cash flows from operating leases$200 $200 $194 
Operating cash flows from finance leases$20 $20 $20 
Financing cash flows from finance leases$31 $29 $26 
Supplemental noncash information on lease liabilities arising from obtaining right-of-use assets:
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new finance lease obligations$52 $59 $18 
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease obligations$133 $118 $163 

As of December 31, 2021,2023, future minimum lease receipts and commitments are as follows (in millions):
Lease ReceiptsLease Commitments (a) Lease ReceiptsLease Commitments (a)
Direct
Financing
and Sales-Type Leases
Operating
Leases
Finance
Leases
Operating
Leases
Direct
Financing
and Sales-Type Leases
Operating
Leases
Finance
Leases
Operating
Leases
2022$$404 $52 $197 
2023382 50 186 
20242024350 48 173 
20252025316 45 158 
20262026278 41 140 
2027
2028
ThereafterThereafter76 1,374 262 675 
Total minimum receipts / paymentsTotal minimum receipts / payments$113 $3,104 498 1,529 
Less amount representing interestLess amount representing interest(131)(319)
Present value of minimum lease paymentsPresent value of minimum lease payments367 1,210 
Current portion of lease obligations(34)(140)
Current portion of lease obligations (b)
Long-term portion of lease obligationsLong-term portion of lease obligations$333 $1,070 
(a)Minimum lease payments have not been reduced by minimum sublease rentals of $1,953$1,608 million due in the future under non-cancelable subleases.
83

Table(b)Current portion of Contents

operating lease obligations included as a component of Other accrued liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets.

Note 11.10. Income Taxes
Income before income taxes, classified by source of income, (loss), is as follows (in millions):
202120202019
2023202320222021
CanadianCanadian$457 $200 $685 
ForeignForeign906 616 767 
Income before income taxesIncome before income taxes$1,363 $816 $1,452 

Income tax (benefit) expense attributable to income from continuing operations consists of the following (in millions):
202120202019
2023202320222021
Current:Current:
Canadian
Canadian
CanadianCanadian$16 $45 $47 
U.S. FederalU.S. Federal(10)125 122 
U.S. state, net of federal income tax benefitU.S. state, net of federal income tax benefit25 26 20 
Other ForeignOther Foreign84 78 94 
$115 $274 $283 
$
Deferred:Deferred:
Canadian
Canadian
CanadianCanadian$32 $(67)$43 
U.S. FederalU.S. Federal(37)(82)
U.S. state, net of federal income tax benefitU.S. state, net of federal income tax benefit(7)(27)— 
Other ForeignOther Foreign(32)
$(5)$(208)$58 
Income tax expense (benefit)$110 $66 $341 
$
Income tax (benefit) expense
89

Table of Contents
The statutory rate reconciles to the effective income tax rate as follows:

202120202019
Statutory rate26.5 %26.5 %26.5 %
Costs and taxes related to foreign operations3.5 9.6 4.7 
Foreign exchange gain (loss)— 0.5 0.1 
Foreign tax rate differential(13.9)(15.6)(10.8)
Change in valuation allowance1.1 1.2 0.5 
Change in accrual for tax uncertainties(7.4)3.9 5.0 
Intercompany financing(3.5)(6.1)(2.4)
Impact of Tax Act— (7.8)(0.1)
Swiss Tax Reform— (5.1)1.1 
Benefit from stock option exercises(0.8)(0.3)(2.2)
Litigation settlements and reserves1.4 — — 
Other1.2 1.2 1.1 
Effective income tax rate8.1 %8.0 %23.5 %
In December 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”) that significantly revised the U.S. tax code. During 2020, various guidance was issued by the U.S. tax authorities relating to the Tax Act and, after review of such guidance, we recorded a favorable adjustment to our deferred tax assets of $64 million related to a tax attribute carryforward, which decreased our 2020 effective tax rate by 7.8%.
84

Table of Contents
In a referendum held on May 19, 2019, Swiss voters adopted the Federal Act on Tax Reform and AVS Financing (“TRAF”), under which certain long-standing preferential cantonal tax regimes were abolished effective January 1, 2020, which the canton of Zug formally adopted in November 2019. Company subsidiaries in the canton of Zug were subjected to TRAF and therefore the TRAF impacted our consolidated results of operations during 2020 and 2019. In 2020, a deferred tax asset was recorded due to an election made under TRAF by one of our Swiss subsidiaries and, in 2019, our Swiss company subsidiaries remeasured their deferred tax assets and liabilities based on new future tax rates expected under TRAF. The amounts impacting income tax expense for the effects of the changes from the TRAF were approximately $41 million in 2020 which decreased our 2020 effective tax rate by approximately 5.1%, and approximately $16 million in 2019 which increased our 2019 effective tax rate by approximately 1.1%.
202320222021
Statutory rate26.5 %26.5 %26.5 %
Costs and taxes related to foreign operations5.3 3.8 3.5 
Foreign tax rate differential(15.1)(13.7)(13.9)
Change in valuation allowance(0.8)(0.7)1.1 
Change in accrual for tax uncertainties(6.2)(26.7)(7.4)
Intercompany financing(2.7)1.2 (3.5)
Benefit from stock option exercises(0.4)(0.1)(0.8)
Litigation settlements and reserves— — 1.4 
Intra-Group reorganizations(25.3)— — 
Other0.5 1.1 1.2 
Effective income tax rate(18.2)%(8.6)%8.1 %
Companies subject to the Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income provision (GILTI) have the option to account for the GILTI tax as a period cost if and when incurred, or to recognize deferred taxes for outside basis temporary differences expected to reverse as GILTI. We have elected to account for GILTI as a period cost.
Income tax (benefit) expense allocated to continuing operations and amounts separately allocated to other items was (in millions):

202120202019
2023202320222021
Income tax (benefit) expense from continuing operationsIncome tax (benefit) expense from continuing operations$110 $66 $341 
Cash flow hedge in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)Cash flow hedge in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)72 (64)(23)
Net investment hedge in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)Net investment hedge in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)(15)(60)(32)
Foreign Currency Translation in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)Foreign Currency Translation in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)(4)12 — 
Pension liability in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)Pension liability in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)(3)(1)
TotalTotal$166 $(49)$285 
Total
Total
The significant components of deferred income tax (benefit) expense attributable to income from continuing operations are as follows (in millions):

2023202320222021
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)
Change in valuation allowance
202120202019
Deferred income tax (benefit) expense$(22)$(230)$30 
Change in valuation allowance14 22 
Change in effective Canadian income tax rate— — (1)
Change in effective U.S. state income tax rate
Change in effective U.S. state income tax rate
Change in effective U.S. state income tax rateChange in effective U.S. state income tax rate
Change in effective foreign income tax rateChange in effective foreign income tax rate— (1)16 
TotalTotal$(5)$(208)$58 
8590

Table of Contents
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are presented below (in millions):

As of December 31, As of December 31,
20212020 20232022
Deferred tax assets:Deferred tax assets:
Accounts and notes receivable
Accounts and notes receivable
Accounts and notes receivableAccounts and notes receivable$$
Accrued employee benefitsAccrued employee benefits48 54 
LeasesLeases115 114 
Operating lease liabilitiesOperating lease liabilities317 323 
Liabilities not currently deductible for taxLiabilities not currently deductible for tax346 310 
Tax loss and credit carryforwardsTax loss and credit carryforwards517 547 
Derivatives164 225 
Intangible assets
Intangible assets
Intangible assets
OtherOther(1)
Total gross deferred tax assetsTotal gross deferred tax assets1,510 1,588 
Valuation allowanceValuation allowance(356)(364)
Net deferred tax assetsNet deferred tax assets1,154 1,224 
Less deferred tax liabilities:Less deferred tax liabilities:
Property and equipment, principally due to differences in depreciationProperty and equipment, principally due to differences in depreciation15 35 
Property and equipment, principally due to differences in depreciation
Property and equipment, principally due to differences in depreciation
Intangible assetsIntangible assets1,751 1,747 
LeasesLeases129 114 
Operating lease assetsOperating lease assets295 311 
Statutory impairmentStatutory impairment29 30 
Derivatives
Outside basis differenceOutside basis difference38 46 
Other
Total gross deferred tax liabilitiesTotal gross deferred tax liabilities2,257 2,283 
Net deferred tax liabilityNet deferred tax liability$1,103 $1,059 
The valuation allowance had a net decreaseincrease of $8$1,369 million during 20212023 primarily due to the changeestablishment of new valuation allowances associated with deferred tax assets generated from Intra-Group reorganizations that occurred in the current year as well as changes in estimates related to derivatives and the utilization of foreign tax credits and capital losses.
Changes in the valuation allowance are as follows (in millions):

202120202019
2023202320222021
Beginning balanceBeginning balance$364 $329 $325 
Change in estimates recorded to deferred income tax expenseChange in estimates recorded to deferred income tax expense14 19 
Change in estimates recorded to deferred income tax expense
Change in estimates recorded to deferred income tax expense
Additions related to deferred tax assets generated in current year
Changes in losses and credits
Changes in losses and credits
Changes in losses and creditsChanges in losses and credits— (2)
(Reductions) additions related to other comprehensive income(Reductions) additions related to other comprehensive income(22)13 (2)
Ending balanceEnding balance$356 $364 $329 

8691

Table of Contents
The gross amount and expiration dates of operating loss and tax credit carry-forwards as of December 31, 20212023 are as follows (in millions):

AmountExpiration Date
AmountAmountExpiration Date
Canadian net operating loss carryforwardsCanadian net operating loss carryforwards$728 2036-2041Canadian net operating loss carryforwards$588 2036-20432036-2043
Canadian capital loss carryforwardsCanadian capital loss carryforwards866 IndefiniteCanadian capital loss carryforwards161 IndefiniteIndefinite
Canadian tax creditsCanadian tax credits2023-2036Canadian tax credits2024-20422024-2042
U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwardU.S. federal net operating loss carryforward51 Indefinite
U.S. state net operating loss carryforwardsU.S. state net operating loss carryforwards680 2022-2041U.S. state net operating loss carryforwards519 2024-Indefinite2024-Indefinite
U.S. capital loss carryforwards
U.S. capital loss carryforwards
U.S. capital loss carryforwardsU.S. capital loss carryforwards16 204017 2037-20402037-2040
U.S. foreign tax creditsU.S. foreign tax credits112 2022-2031U.S. foreign tax credits45 2024-20312024-2031
Other foreign net operating loss carryforwardsOther foreign net operating loss carryforwards207 IndefiniteOther foreign net operating loss carryforwards161 IndefiniteIndefinite
Other foreign net operating loss carryforwardsOther foreign net operating loss carryforwards77 2022-2038Other foreign net operating loss carryforwards130 2024-20382024-2038
Other foreign capital loss carryforwardOther foreign capital loss carryforward30 IndefiniteOther foreign capital loss carryforward29 IndefiniteIndefinite
Total$2,719 
Other foreign creditsOther foreign credits703 2033
We are generally permanently reinvested on any potential outside basis differences except for unremitted earningearnings and profits and thus do not record a deferred tax liability for such outside basis differences. To the extent of unremitted earning and profits, we generally review various factors including, but not limited to, forecasts and budgets of financial needs of cash for working capital, liquidity and expected cash requirements to fund our various obligations and record deferred taxes to the extent we expect to distribute. We will continue to monitor available evidence and our plans for foreign earnings and expect to continue to provide any applicable deferred taxes based on the tax liability or withholding taxes that would be due upon repatriation of amounts not considered permanently reinvested.
We had $437$58 million and $497$139 million of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 20212023 and December 31, 2020,2022, respectively, which if recognized, would favorably affect the effective income tax rate. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in millions):

202120202019
2023202320222021
Beginning balanceBeginning balance$497 $506 $441 
Additions for tax positions related to the current yearAdditions for tax positions related to the current year
Additions for tax positions of prior yearsAdditions for tax positions of prior years23 56 
Reductions for tax positions of prior year(5)(25)— 
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
Additions for settlementAdditions for settlement— — 
Reductions due to statute expirationReductions due to statute expiration(94)— — 
Ending balanceEnding balance$437 $497 $506 
Although the timing of the resolution, settlement, and closure of any audits is highly uncertain, it is reasonably possible that the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits could significantly change in the next 12 months. During the twelve months beginning January 1, 2022,2024, it is reasonably possible we will reduce unrecognized tax benefits by up to approximately $328$6 million due to the expiration of statutes of limitations, anticipated closure of various tax matters currently under examination, and settlements with tax authorities all being possibly impacted in multiple jurisdictions.
We recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. The total amount of accrued interest and penalties was $121$11 million and $123$27 million at December 31, 20212023 and 2020,2022, respectively. Potential interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions in various jurisdictions recognized was $4 million during 2023, $3 million during 2022 and $2 million during 2021, $31 million during 2020 and $41 million during 2019.2021. To the extent interest and penalties are not assessed with respect to uncertain tax positions, amounts accrued will be reduced and reflected as a reduction of the overall income tax provision.
We file income tax returns with Canada and its provinces and territories. Generally, we are subject to routine examinations by the Canada Revenue Agency (“CRA”). The CRA is conducting examinations of the 20152016 through 20162019 taxation years. Additionally, income tax returns filed with various provincial jurisdictions are generally open to examination for periods up to six years subsequent to the filing and assessment of the respective return.
8792

Table of Contents
We also file income tax returns, including returns for our subsidiaries, with U.S. federal, U.S. state, and other foreign jurisdictions. We are subject to routine examination by taxing authorities in the U.S. jurisdictions, as well as other foreign tax jurisdictions. None of the other foreign jurisdictions have been individually material. Taxable years 2014 through 2017 for our U.S. companies for U.S. federal income tax purposes closed in 2021 without material adjustments. Prior taxable years of such U.S. companies are closed through 2019 for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We have various U.S. state and other foreign income tax returns in the process of examination. From time to time, these audits result in proposed assessments where the ultimate resolution may result in owing additional taxes. We believe that our tax positions comply with applicable tax law and that we have adequately provided for these matters.
Note 12.11. Derivative Instruments
Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
We enter into derivative instruments for risk management purposes, including derivatives designated as cash flow hedges and derivatives designated as net investment hedges. We use derivatives to manage our exposure to fluctuations in interest rates and currency exchange rates.
Interest Rate Swaps
At December 31, 2021,2023, we had outstanding receive-variable, pay-fixed interest rate swaps with a total notional value of $3,500 million to hedge the variability in the interest payments on a portion of our Term Loan Facilities, including any subsequent refinancing or replacement of the Term Loan Facilities, beginning August 31, 2021 through the termination date of October 31, 2028. Additionally, at December 31, 2021,2023, we also had outstanding receive-variable, pay-fixed interest rate swaps with a total notional value of $500 million to hedge the variability in the interest payments on a portion of our Term Loan Facilities effective September 30, 2019 through the termination date of September 30, 2026. Following the discontinuance of the U.S. dollar LIBOR after June 30, 2023, the interest rate on all these interest rate swaps transitioned from LIBOR to SOFR, with no impact to hedge effectiveness and no change in accounting treatment as a result of applicable accounting relief guidance for the transition away from LIBOR. At inception, all of these interest rate swaps were designated as cash flow hedges for hedge accounting. The unrealized changes in market value are recorded in AOCI, net of tax, and reclassified into earningsinterest expense during the period in which the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings.
During 2021, we extended the maturity of our $3,500 million receive-variable, pay-fixed interest rate swaps. The extension of the term resulted in a de-designation and re-designation of the interest rate swaps and the swaps continue to be accounted for as a cash flow hedge for hedge accounting. In connection with the de-designation, we recognized a net unrealized loss of $143 million in AOCI and this amount gets reclassified into Interest expense, net as the original forecasted transaction affects earnings. The amount of pre-tax lossesgains in connection with thisthese net unrealized lossgains in AOCI as of December 31, 20212023 that we expect to be reclassified into interest expense within the next 12 months is $28 million.
We had previously extended the term of our $3,500 million receive-variable, pay-fixed interest rate swaps in 2019 to align the maturity date of the interest rate swaps with the new maturity date of our Term Loan B. The extension of the term resulted in a de-designation and re-designation of the interest rate swaps and the swaps continue to be accounted for as a cash flow hedge for hedge accounting. In connection with the de-designation, we recognized a net unrealized loss of $213 million in AOCI and this amount gets reclassified into Interest expense, net as the original forecasted transaction affects earnings. The amount of pre-tax losses in connection with this net unrealized loss in AOCI as of December 31, 2021 that we expect to be reclassified into interest expense within the next 12 months is $50$115 million.
Cross-Currency Rate Swaps
To protect the value of our investments in our foreign operations against adverse changes in foreign currency exchange rates, we hedge a portion of our net investment in one or more of our foreign subsidiaries by using cross-currency rate swaps. At December 31, 2021,2023, we had outstanding cross-currency rate swap contracts between the Canadian dollar and U.S. dollar and the Euro and U.S. dollar that have been designated as net investment hedges of a portion of our equity in foreign operations in those currencies. The component of the gains and losses on our net investment in these designated foreign operations driven by changes in foreign exchange rates are economically partly offset by movements in the fair value of our cross-currency swap contracts. The fair value of the swaps is calculated each period with changes in fair value reported in AOCI, net of tax. Such amounts will remain in AOCI until the complete or substantially complete liquidation of our investment in the underlying foreign operations.
At December 31, 2021,2023, we had outstanding fixed-to-fixed cross-currency rate swaps that we entered into during 2022 to partially hedge the net investment in our Canadian subsidiaries. At inception, these cross-currency rate swaps were designated as a hedge and are accounted for as net investment hedges. These swaps are contracts to exchangein which we receive quarterly fixed-rate interest payments we make on the Canadian dollar notional amount of C$6,754 million for quarterly fixed-rate interest payments we receive on the U.S. dollar notional amount of $5,000 million through the maturity date of JuneSeptember 30, 2023.2028.
During 2022, we de-designated existing cross-currency rate swap hedges between the Canadian dollar and U.S. dollar with a total notional amount of $5,000 million for hedge accounting. As a result of these de-designations, changes in fair value of these un-designated hedges were recognized in earnings. Concurrently with these de-designations and to offset the changes in fair value recognized in earnings, we entered into off-setting cross-currency rate swaps, with a total notional amount of $5,000 million, that were not designated as a hedge for hedge accounting and as such changes in fair value were recognized in earnings. The balances in AOCI associated with the de-designated cross-currency rate swaps will remain in AOCI and will only be reclassified into earnings if and when the net investment in our Canadian subsidiaries is sold or substantially sold. The entire notional amount of the de-designated cross-currency rate swaps and the off-setting cross-currency rate swaps were cash settled during 2022 for approximately $35 million in net proceeds and included within operating activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows.
8893

Table of Contents
At December 31, 2021,2023, we had outstanding cross-currency rate swaps in which we pay quarterly fixed-rate interest payments onswap contracts between the Euro notional amount of €1,108 million and receive quarterly fixed-rate interest payments on the U.S. dollar notional amount of $1,200 million. At inception, these cross-currency rate swaps were designated as a hedge and are accounted for as a net investment hedge. During 2018, we extended the term of the swaps from March 31, 2021 to the maturity date of February 17, 2024. The extension of the term resulted in a re-designation of the hedge and the swaps continue to be accounted for as a net investment hedge. Additionally, at December 31, 2021, we also had outstanding cross-currency rate swaps in which we receive quarterly fixed-rate interest payments on the U.S. dollar notional valueaggregate amount of $400$2,750 million, entered during 2018, and $500of which $1,400 million entered during 2019, through thehave a maturity date of February 17, 2024October 31, 2026, $1,200 million have a maturity date of November 30, 2028, and $150 million entered during 2021, through thehave a maturity date of October 31, 2028. At inception, these cross-currency rate swaps were designated as a hedgeand continue to be hedges and are accounted for as a net investment hedge. During 2023, we settled our previously existing cross-currency rate swaps in which we paid quarterly fixed-rate interest payments on the Euro notional amount of €1,108 million and received quarterly fixed-rate interest payments on the U.S. dollar notional amount of $1,200 million and an original maturity date of February 17, 2024. During 2023, we also settled our previously existing cross-currency rate swap contracts between the Euro and U.S. dollar with a notional value of $900 million and an original maturity date of February 17, 2024. In connection with these settlements, we received $69 million in cash which is included within operating activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows.
The fixed to fixedIn connection with the cross-currency rate swaps hedging Canadian dollar and Euro net investments, utilized the forward method of effectiveness assessment prior to March 15, 2018. On March 15, 2018, we de-designated and subsequently re-designated the outstanding fixed to fixed cross-currency rate swaps to prospectively useutilize the spot method of hedge effectiveness assessment. Additionally, as a result of adopting new hedge accounting guidance during 2018, we elected to exclude the interest component (the "Excluded Component"“Excluded Component”) from the accounting hedge without affecting net investment hedge accounting and elected to amortize the Excluded Component over the life of the derivative instrument. The amortization of the Excluded Component is recognized in Interest expense, net in the condensed consolidated statement of operations. The change in fair value that is not related to the Excluded Component is recorded in AOCI and will be reclassified to earnings when the foreign subsidiaries are sold or substantially liquidated.
Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts
We use foreign exchange derivative instruments to manage the impact of foreign exchange fluctuations on U.S. dollar purchases and payments, such as coffee purchases made by our Canadian Tim Hortons operations. At December 31, 2021,2023, we had outstanding forward currency contracts to manage this risk in which we sell Canadian dollars and buy U.S. dollars with a notional value of $171$169 million with maturities to February 2023.18, 2025. We have designated these instruments as cash flow hedges, and as such, the unrealized changes in market value of effective hedges are recorded in AOCI and are reclassified into earnings during the period in which the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings.
Credit Risk
By entering into derivative contracts, we are exposed to counterparty credit risk. Counterparty credit risk is the failure of the counterparty to perform under the terms of the derivative contract. When the fair value of a derivative contract is in an asset position, the counterparty has a liability to us, which creates credit risk for us. We attempt to minimize this risk by selecting counterparties with investment grade credit ratings and regularly monitoring our market position with each counterparty.
Credit-Risk Related Contingent Features
Our derivative instruments do not contain any credit-risk related contingent features.

8994

Table of Contents
Quantitative Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Fair Value Measurements
The following tables present the required quantitative disclosures for our derivative instruments, including their estimated fair values (all estimated using Level 2 inputs) and their location on our consolidated balance sheets (in millions):
Gain or (Loss) Recognized in
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Gain or (Loss) Recognized in
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
202120202019 202320222021
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges(1)
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges(1)
Interest rate swapsInterest rate swaps$132 $(333)$(102)
Interest rate swaps
Interest rate swaps
Forward-currency contractsForward-currency contracts$— $(2)$(4)
Derivatives designated as net investment hedgesDerivatives designated as net investment hedges
Cross-currency rate swapsCross-currency rate swaps$96 $(302)$(118)
Cross-currency rate swaps
Cross-currency rate swaps
(1) We did not exclude any components from the cash flow hedge relationships presented in this table.
Location of Gain or (Loss) Reclassified from AOCI into EarningsGain or (Loss) Reclassified from AOCI into
Earnings
Location of Gain or (Loss) Reclassified from AOCI into EarningsLocation of Gain or (Loss) Reclassified from AOCI into EarningsGain or (Loss) Reclassified from AOCI into
Earnings
202120202019 202320222021
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedgesDerivatives designated as cash flow hedges
Interest rate swaps
Interest rate swaps
Interest rate swapsInterest rate swapsInterest expense, net$(125)$(102)$(26)
Forward-currency contractsForward-currency contractsCost of sales$(7)$$
Location of Gain or (Loss) Recognized in EarningsGain or (Loss) Recognized in Earnings (Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing)
202120202019
Location of Gain or (Loss) Recognized in EarningsGain or (Loss) Recognized in Earnings (Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing)
202320222021
Derivatives designated as net investment hedgesDerivatives designated as net investment hedges
Cross-currency rate swapsCross-currency rate swapsInterest expense, net$45 $69 $70 
Cross-currency rate swaps
Cross-currency rate swaps
Fair Value as of
December 31,
  Fair Value as of
December 31,
 
20212020Balance Sheet Location 20232022Balance Sheet Location
Assets:Assets:
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedgesDerivatives designated as cash flow hedges
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges
Interest rate
Interest rate
Interest rate$190 $280 Other assets, net
Foreign currencyForeign currency— Prepaids and other current assets
Derivatives designated as net investment hedges
Foreign currency
Foreign currency
Foreign currency78 Other assets, net
Total assets at fair value
Liabilities:
Liabilities:
Liabilities:
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges
Foreign currency
Foreign currency
Foreign currencyForeign currency$$— Prepaids and other current assets$$$— Other accrued liabilitiesOther accrued liabilities
Derivatives designated as net investment hedgesDerivatives designated as net investment hedges
Foreign currencyForeign currency23 — Other assets, net
Total assets at fair value$25 $— 
Liabilities:
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges
Interest rate$220 $430 Other liabilities, net
Foreign currencyForeign currency— Other accrued liabilities
Derivatives designated as net investment hedges
Foreign currencyForeign currency355 434 Other liabilities, net227 34 34 Other liabilities, netOther liabilities, net
Total liabilities at fair valueTotal liabilities at fair value$575 $869 




9095

Table of Contents
Note 13.12. Shareholders’ Equity
Special Voting Share
The holders of the Partnership exchangeable units are indirectly entitled to vote in respect of matters on which holders of the common shares of the Company are entitled to vote, including in respect of the election of RBI directors, through a special voting share of the Company (the "Special“Special Voting Share"Share”). The Special Voting Share is held by a trustee, entitling the trustee to that number of votes on matters on which holders of common shares of the Company are entitled to vote equal to the number of Partnership exchangeable units outstanding. The trustee is required to cast such votes in accordance with voting instructions provided by holders of Partnership exchangeable units. At any shareholder meeting of the Company, holders of our common shares vote together as a single class with the Special Voting Share except as otherwise provided by law.
Noncontrolling Interests
We reflect a noncontrolling interest which primarily represents the interests of the holders of Partnership exchangeable units in Partnership that are not held by RBI. The holders of Partnership exchangeable units held an economic interest of approximately 31.9%29.9% and 33.7%31.8% in Partnership common equity through the ownership of 144,993,458133,597,764 and 155,113,338142,996,640 Partnership exchangeable units as of December 31, 20212023 and 2020,2022, respectively.
Pursuant to the terms of the partnership agreement, each holder of a Partnership exchangeable unit is entitled to distributions from Partnership in an amount equal to any dividends or distributions that we declare and pay with respect to our common shares. Additionally, each holder of a Partnership exchangeable unit is entitled to vote in respect of matters on which holders of RBI common shares are entitled to vote through our special voting share. Since December 12, 2015, aA holder of a Partnership exchangeable unit may require Partnership to exchange all or any portion of such holder’s Partnership exchangeable units for our common shares at a ratio of one common share for each Partnership exchangeable unit, subject to our right as the general partner of Partnership, in our sole discretion, to deliver a cash payment in lieu of our common shares. If we elect to make a cash payment in lieu of issuing common shares, the amount of the payment will be the weighted average trading price of the common shares on the New York Stock Exchange for the 20 consecutive trading days ending on the last business day prior to the exchange date.
During 2023, Partnership exchanged 9,398,876 Partnership exchangeable units, pursuant to exchange notices received. In accordance with the terms of the partnership agreement, Partnership satisfied the exchange notices by exchanging 9,398,876 Partnership exchangeable units for the same number of newly issued RBI common shares. During 2022, Partnership exchanged 1,996,818 Partnership exchangeable units, pursuant to exchange notices received. In accordance with the terms of the partnership agreement, Partnership satisfied the exchange notices by exchanging 1,996,818 Partnership exchangeable units for the same number of newly issued RBI common shares. During 2021, Partnership exchanged 10,119,880 Partnership exchangeable units, pursuant to exchange notices received. In accordance with the terms of the partnership agreement, Partnership satisfied the exchange notices by exchanging 10,119,880 Partnership exchangeable units for the same number of newly issued RBI common shares. During 2020, Partnership exchanged 10,393,861 Partnership exchangeable units, pursuant to exchange notices received. In accordance with the terms of the partnership agreement, Partnership satisfied the exchange notices by repurchasing 6,757,692 Partnership exchangeable units for approximately $380 million in cash and exchanging 3,636,169 Partnership exchangeable units for the same number of newly issued RBI common shares. During 2019, Partnership exchanged 42,016,392 Partnership exchangeable units, pursuant to exchange notices received. In accordance with the terms of the partnership agreement, Partnership satisfied the exchange notices by exchanging 42,016,392 Partnership exchangeable units for the same number of newly issued RBI common shares. The exchanges represented increases in our ownership interest in Partnership and were accounted for as equity transactions, with no gain or loss recorded in the consolidated statements of operations. Pursuant to the terms of the partnership agreement, upon the exchange of Partnership exchangeable units, each such Partnership exchangeable unit was cancelled concurrently with the exchange.
Share RepurchaseRepurchases
On July 28, 2021,August 31, 2023, our Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program that allows us to purchase up to $1,000 million of our common shares until August 10, 2023.September 30, 2025. This approval follows the expiration of our prior two-year authorization to repurchase up to the same $1,000 million amount of our common shares. During 2023, we repurchased and cancelled 7,639,137 common shares for $500 million. During 2022, we repurchased and cancelled 6,101,364 common shares for $326 million. During 2021, we repurchased and cancelled 9,247,648 common shares for $551 million. As of December 31, 2023, we had $500 million remaining under the authorization.
9196

Table of Contents
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
The following table displays the change in the components of AOCI (in millions):
DerivativesPensionsForeign
Currency
Translation
Accumulated 
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Balances at December 31, 2018$253 $(15)$(1,038)$(800)
Foreign currency translation adjustment— — 409 409 
Net change in fair value of derivatives, net of tax(163)— — (163)
Amounts reclassified to earnings of cash flow hedges, net of tax15 — — 15 
Pension and post-retirement benefit plans, net of tax— (2)— (2)
Amounts attributable to noncontrolling interests94 (2)(314)(222)
Balances at December 31, 2019199 (19)(943)(763)
Foreign currency translation adjustment— — 332 332 
Net change in fair value of derivatives, net of tax(486)— — (486)
Amounts reclassified to earnings of cash flow hedges, net of tax73 — — 73 
Pension and post-retirement benefit plans, net of tax— (16)— (16)
Amounts attributable to noncontrolling interests145 (144)
DerivativesDerivativesPensionsForeign
Currency
Translation
Accumulated 
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Balances at December 31, 2020Balances at December 31, 2020(69)(30)(755)(854)
Foreign currency translation adjustmentForeign currency translation adjustment— — (67)(67)
Net change in fair value of derivatives, net of taxNet change in fair value of derivatives, net of tax207 — — 207 
Amounts reclassified to earnings of cash flow hedges, net of taxAmounts reclassified to earnings of cash flow hedges, net of tax96 — — 96 
Pension and post-retirement benefit plans, net of taxPension and post-retirement benefit plans, net of tax— 15 — 15 
Amounts attributable to noncontrolling interestsAmounts attributable to noncontrolling interests(98)(6)(3)(107)
Balances at December 31, 2021Balances at December 31, 2021$136 $(21)$(825)$(710)
Foreign currency translation adjustment
Net change in fair value of derivatives, net of tax
Amounts reclassified to earnings of cash flow hedges, net of tax
Pension and post-retirement benefit plans, net of tax
Amounts attributable to noncontrolling interests
Balances at December 31, 2022
Foreign currency translation adjustment
Net change in fair value of derivatives, net of tax
Amounts reclassified to earnings of cash flow hedges, net of tax
Pension and post-retirement benefit plans, net of tax
Amounts attributable to noncontrolling interests
Balances at December 31, 2023

Note 14.13. Share-based Compensation
Our Amended and Restated 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Omnibus Plan”) provides for the grant of awards to employees, directors, consultants and other persons who provide services to us and our affiliates. We also have some outstanding awards under legacy plans for BK and TH, which were assumed in connection with the merger and amalgamation of those entities within the RBI group. No new awards may be granted under these legacy BK plans or legacy TH plans.
We are currently issuing awards under the 2023 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2023 Plan”) and the number of shares available for issuance under such plan as of December 31, 20212023 was 10,122,551.15,319,222. The 2023 Plan, and, prior to its adoption our Amended and Restated 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan as amended (the “2014 Plan” and together with the 2023 Plan, the “Omnibus Plans”), permits the grant of several types of awards with respect to our common shares, including stock options, time-vested RSUs, and performance-based RSUs, which may include Company, S&P 500 Index and/or individual performance based-vesting conditions. Under the terms of the Omnibus Plan,Plans and the applicable award agreements, RSUs are generally entitled to dividend equivalents, unless otherwise noted. Dividend equivalentswhich are not distributed unless the related awards vest. Upon vesting, the amount of the dividend equivalent, which is distributed in additional RSUs, except in the case of RSUs awarded to non-management members of our board of directors, is equal to the equivalent of the aggregate dividends declared on common shares during the period from the date of grant of the award compounded until the date the shares underlying the award are delivered.
We also have some outstanding awards under legacy plans for Burger King and Tim Hortons, which were assumed in connection with the merger and amalgamation of those entities within the RBI group. No new awards may be granted under the 2014 Plan or these legacy Burger King plans or legacy Tim Hortons plans.
Share-based compensation expense is generally classified as general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and consists of the following for the periods presented (in millions):
202320222021
Total share-based compensation expense$177 $121 $88 
As of December 31, 2023, total unrecognized compensation cost related to share-based compensation arrangements was $285 million and is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 2.7 years.
97

Table of Contents
Restricted Stock Units
The fair value of the time-vested RSUs and performance-based RSUs is based on the closing price of the Company’s common shares on the trading day preceding the date of grant. Time-vested RSUs are expensed over the vesting period. Performance-based RSUs are expensed over the vesting period, based upon the probability that the performance target will be met. We grant fully vested RSUs, with dividend equivalent rights that accrue in cash, to non-employee members of our board of directors in lieu of a cash retainer and committee fees. All such RSUs will settle and common shares of the Company will be issued following termination of service by the board member.
Starting in 2021, grants of time-vested RSUs generally vest 25% per year on December 15th or 31st over four years from the grant date and performance-based RSUs generally cliff vest three years from the grant date (the starting date for the applicable vesting period is referred to as the “Anniversary Date”). Time-vested RSUs and performance-based RSUs awarded prior to 2021 generally cliff vest five years from the original grant date.
During 2022, the Company granted performance-based RSUs that cliff vest three years from the original grant date based on achievement of performance metrics with a multiplier that can increase or decrease the amount vested based on the achievement of contractually defined relative total shareholder return targets with respect to the S&P 500 Index. Performance-based RSUs granted in 2021 and 2023 cliff vest three years from the original grant date based solely on defined relative total shareholder return targets with respect to the S&P 500 Index. Performance-based RSUs granted to the CEO in 2023 cliff vest five years from the date of grant and may be earned from 50% for threshold performance to 200% for maximum performance, based on meeting performance targets tied to the appreciation of the price of RBI common shares, with none of the award being earned if the threshold is not met. The respective fair value of these performance-based RSU awards was based on a Monte Carlo Simulation valuation model and these market condition awards are expensed over the vesting period. The total fair value of performance-based RSUs that solely have a performance condition relative to the S&P 500 Index does not change regardless of the value that the award recipients ultimately receive.
For grants of time-vested RSUs beginning in 2021, if the employee is terminated for any reason prior to any vesting date, the employee will forfeit all of the RSUs that are unvested at the time of termination. For grants of performance-based RSUs beginning in 2021, if the employee is terminated within the first two years of the Anniversary Date, 100% of the performance-based RSUs will be forfeited. If we terminate the employment of a performance-based RSU holder without cause at least two years after the grant date, or if the employee retires, the employee will become vested in 67% of the performance-based RSUs that are earned based on the performance criteria.
For grants prior to 2021, if the employee is terminated for any reason within the first two years of the Anniversary Date, 100% of the time-vested RSUs granted will be forfeited. If we terminate the employment of a time-vested RSU holder without cause two years after the Anniversary Date, or if the employee retires, the employee will become vested in the number of time-vested RSUs as if the time-vested RSUs vested 20% for each anniversary after the grant date. Also, for grants prior to 2021, if the employee is terminated for any reason within the first three years of the Anniversary Date, 100% of the performance-based RSUs granted will be forfeited. If we terminate the employment of a performance-based RSU holder without cause between three and five years after the Anniversary Date, or if the employee retires, the employee will become vested in 50% of the performance-based RSUs.
An alternate ratable vesting schedule applies to the extent the participant ends employment by reason of death or disability.
Chairman Awards
In connection with the appointment of the Executive Chairman in November 2022, the Company made one-time grants of options, RSUs and performance-based RSUs with specific terms and conditions. The Company granted 2,000,000 options with an exercise price equal to the closing price of RBI common shares on the trading day preceding the date of grant that cliff vest five years from the date of grant and expire after ten years. The Company granted 500,000 RSUs that vest ratably over five years on the anniversary of the grant date. Lastly, the Company granted 750,000 performance-based RSUs that cliff vest five and a half years from the date of grant and may be earned from 50% for threshold performance to 200% for maximum performance, based on meeting performance targets tied to the appreciation of the price of RBI common shares, with none of the award being earned if the threshold is not met. The respective fair value of these performance-based RSU awards was based on a Monte Carlo Simulation valuation model and these market condition awards are expensed over the vesting period regardless of the value that the award recipient ultimately receives.

98

Table of Contents
Restricted Stock Units Activity
The following is a summary of time-vested RSUs and performance-based RSUs activity for the year ended December 31, 2023:
 Time-vested RSUsPerformance-based RSUs
 Total Number of
Shares
(in 000’s)
Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
Total Number of
Shares
(in 000’s)
Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
Outstanding at January 1, 20233,553 $57.31 6,437 $57.43 
Granted1,005 $68.40 1,458 $59.66 
Vested and settled(1,398)$58.96 (670)$59.53 
Dividend equivalents granted105 $— 227 $— 
Forfeited(231)$61.67 (106)$69.28 
Outstanding at December 31, 20233,034 $60.29 7,346 $57.68 

The weighted-average grant date fair value of time-vested RSUs granted was $57.24 and $60.97 during 2022 and 2021, respectively. The weighted-average grant date fair value of performance-based RSUs granted was $51.31 and $57.60 during 2022 and 2021, respectively. The total fair value, determined as of the date of vesting, of RSUs vested and converted to common shares of the Company during 2023, 2022 and 2021 was $141 million, $58 million and $99 million, respectively.
Stock Options
Stock option awards are granted with an exercise price or market value equal to the closing price of our common shares on the trading day preceding the date of grant. We satisfy stock option exercises through the issuance of authorized but previously unissued common shares. Stock option grants generally cliff vest 5 years from the original grant date, provided the employee is continuously employed by us or one of our affiliates, and the stock options expire 10 years following the grant date. Additionally, if we terminate the employment of a stock option holder without cause prior to the vesting date, or if the employee retires or becomes disabled, the employee will become vested in the number of stock options as if the stock options vested 20% on each anniversary of the grant date. If the employee dies, the employee will become vested in the number of stock options as if the stock options vested 20% on the first anniversary of the grant date, 40% on the second anniversary of the grant date and 100% on the third anniversary of the grant date. If an employee is terminated with cause or resigns before vesting, all stock options are forfeited. If there is an event such as a return of capital or dividend that is determined to be dilutive, the exercise price of the awards will be adjusted accordingly.
92

Table of Contents
Share-based compensation expense consists of the following for the periods presented (in millions):
202120202019
Total share-based compensation expense - Stock options and RSUs (a)(b)$88 $74 $68 

(a)Includes $2 million, $3 million, and $4 million due to modification of awards in 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
(b)Generally classified as general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.
As of December 31, 2021, total unrecognized compensation cost related to share-based compensation arrangements was $189 million and is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 2.6 years.
The following assumptions were used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value of stock option awards granted in 2022 at the grant date:date. There were no significant stock option awards granted in 2023 or 2021.
202120202019
Risk-free interest rate1.29%1.29%1.82%
Expected term (in years)5.885.886.19
Expected volatility23.9%23.9%25.5%
Expected dividend yield3.14%3.14%3.09%
2022
Risk-free interest rate3.92%
Expected term (in years)7.50
Expected volatility30.0%
Expected dividend yield3.24%
The risk-free interest rate was based on the U.S. Treasury or Canadian Sovereign bond yield with a remaining term equal to the expected option life assumed at the date of grant. The expected term was calculated based on the analysis of a five-year vesting period coupled with our expectations of exercise activity. Expected volatility was based on the historical and implied equity volatility of the Company and a review of the equity volatilities of publicly-traded guideline companies.Company. The expected dividend yield is based on the annual dividend yield at the time of grant.
99

Table of Contents
Stock Options Activity
The following is a summary of stock option activity under our plans for the year ended December 31, 2021:2023:
Total Number of
Options 
(in 000’s)
Weighted 
Average
Exercise Price
Aggregate 
Intrinsic
Value (a)
(in 000’s)
Weighted 
Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(Years)
Outstanding at January 1, 20218,202 $51.86 
Granted15 $65.11 
Exercised(1,594)$37.83 
Forfeited(416)$63.00 
Outstanding at December 31, 20216,207 $54.80 $48,468 5.6
Exercisable at December 31, 20211,961 $39.68 $41,255 3.3
Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 20215,671 $54.10 $47,650 5.5
Total Number of
Options 
(in 000’s)
Weighted 
Average
Exercise Price
Aggregate 
Intrinsic
Value (a)
(in 000’s)
Weighted 
Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(Years)
Outstanding at January 1, 20237,494 $58.00 
Granted28 $70.58 
Exercised(1,260)$47.80 
Forfeited(64)$64.85 
Outstanding at December 31, 20236,198 $60.23 $111,001 5.6
Exercisable at December 31, 20232,520 $51.55 $66,983 2.8
Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 20235,978 $60.02 $108,271 5.6

(a)The intrinsic value represents the amount by which the fair value of our stock exceeds the option exercise price at December 31, 2021.2023.
The weighted-average grant date fair value per stock option granted was $18.61, $17.52, and $10.15 $10.38,during 2023, 2022 and $11.83 during 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised was $30 million during 2023, $10 million during 2022, and $46 million during 2021, $55 million during 2020, and $200 million during 2019.2021.

93

Table of Contents
The fair value of the time-vested RSUs and performance-based RSUs is based on the closing price of the Company’s common shares on the trading day preceding the date of grant. During 2021, the Company granted total shareholder return (“TSR”) performance-based RSUs that vest over a three year period based on the achievement of contractually defined total shareholder return targets with respect to the S&P 500 Index. The fair value of the TSR awards was based on a Monte Carlo Simulation valuation model and we expense these market condition awards over the vesting period regardless of the value that the award recipients ultimately receive. Time-vested RSUs and performance-based RSUs awarded prior to 2021 generally cliff vest five years from the original grant date. Time-vested RSUs granted in 2021 generally vest 25% per year over four years and performance-based RSUs granted in 2021 cliff vest three years from the original grant date. The Company has awarded a limited number of time-vested RSUs that proportionally vest over a period shorter than four years. Time-vested RSUs are expensed over the vesting period. Performance-based RSUs are expensed over the vesting period, based upon the probability that the performance target will be met. We grant fully vested RSUs, with dividend equivalent rights that accrue in cash, to non-employee members of our board of directors in lieu of a cash retainer and committee fees. All such RSUs will settle and common shares of the Company will be issued upon termination of service by the board member.
Starting in 2021, the time-vested RSUs generally vest 25% per year on December 31st over four years from the grant date and performance-based RSUs generally cliff vest three years from the grant date (the starting date for the applicable vesting period is referred to as the “Anniversary Date”). For grants prior to 2021, if the employee is terminated for any reason within the first two years of the Anniversary Date, 100% of the time-vested RSUs granted will be forfeited. If we terminate the employment of a time-vested RSU holder without cause two years after the Anniversary Date, or if the employee retires, the employee will become vested in the number of time-vested RSUs as if the time-vested RSUs vested 20% for each year after the Anniversary Date. For grants prior to 2021, if the employee is terminated for any reason within the first three years of the Anniversary Date, 100% of the performance-based RSUs granted will be forfeited. If we terminate the employment of a performance-based RSU holder without cause between three and five years after the Anniversary Date, or if the employee retires, the employee will become vested in 50% of the performance-based RSUs. For grants of time-vested RSUs beginning in 2021, if the employee is terminated for any reason prior to any vesting date, the employee will forfeit all of the RSUs that are unvested at the time of termination. For grants of performance-based RSUs beginning in 2021, if the employee is terminated within the first two years of the Anniversary Date, 100% of the performance-based RSUs will be forfeited. If we terminate the employment of a performance-based RSU holder without cause two years after the Anniversary Date, or if the employee retires, the employee will become vested in 67% of the performance-based RSUs that are earned based on the performance criteria. An alternate ratable vesting schedule applies to the extent the participant ends employment by reason of death or disability.
The following is a summary of time-vested RSUs and performance-based RSUs activity for the year ended December 31, 2021:
 Time-vested RSUsPerformance-based RSUs
 Total Number of
Shares
(in 000’s)
Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
Total Number of
Shares
(in 000’s)
Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
Outstanding at January 1, 20211,761 $49.99 4,869 $56.96 
Granted1,566 $60.97 425 $57.60 
Vested and settled(455)$39.54 (1,189)$38.07 
Dividend equivalents granted68 $— 133 $— 
Forfeited(176)$61.98 (343)$67.36 
Outstanding at December 31, 20212,764 $57.47 3,895 $62.09 
The weighted-average grant date fair value of time-vested RSUs granted was $65.20 and $64.82 during 2020 and 2019, respectively. The weighted-average grant date fair value of performance-based RSUs granted was $62.69 and $65.54 during 2020 and 2019, respectively. The total fair value, determined as of the date of vesting, of RSUs vested and converted to common shares of the Company during 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $99 million, $21 million and $8 million, respectively.





94

Table of Contents

Note 15.14. Revenue Recognition
Contract Liabilities
Contract liabilities consist of deferred revenue resulting from initial and renewal franchise fees paid by franchisees, as well as upfront fees paid by master franchisees, which are generally recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the underlying agreement. We may recognize unamortized franchise fees and upfront fees when a contract with a franchisee or master franchisee is modified and is accounted for as a termination of the existing contract. We classify these contract liabilities as Other liabilities, net in our consolidated balance sheets. The following table reflects the change in contract liabilities by segment and on a consolidated basis between December 31, 20202022 and December 31, 20212023 (in millions):
Contract LiabilitiesTHBKPLKConsolidated
Balance at December 31, 2020$62 $427 $39 $528 
Recognized during period and included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the year(9)(44)(4)(57)
Increase, excluding amounts recognized as revenue during the period12 40 21 73 
Impact of foreign currency translation— (13)— (13)
Balance at December 31, 2021$65 $410 $56 $531 
Contract Liabilities
Balance at December 31, 2022$540 
Recognized during period and included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the year(60)
Increase, excluding amounts recognized as revenue during the period69 
Impact of foreign currency translation
Balance at December 31, 2023$555 

100

Table of Contents
The following table illustrates estimated revenues expected to be recognized in the future related to performance obligations that are unsatisfied (or partially unsatisfied) by segment and on a consolidated basis as of December 31, 20212023 (in millions):
Contract liabilities expected to be recognized inContract liabilities expected to be recognized inTHBKPLKConsolidated
2022$10 $34 $$48 
202333 46 
2024
2024
2024202432 45 
2025202532 44 
2026202631 40 
2027
2028
ThereafterThereafter23 248 37 308 
TotalTotal$65 $410 $56 $531 
Disaggregation of Total Revenues
Total revenues consistAs described in Note 17, Segment Reporting and Geographical Information, during the fourth quarter of the2023, we revised our internal reporting structure, which resulted in a change to our operating and reportable segments. As a result, we manage each of our brands’ United States and Canada operations as an operating and reportable segment and our international operations as an operating and reportable segment.
The following tables disaggregate revenue by segment (in millions):
202120202019
20232023
THTHBKPLKFHSINTLTotal
SalesSales$2,378 $2,013 $2,362 
RoyaltiesRoyalties1,561 1,327 1,459 
Property revenuesProperty revenues793 718 833 
Franchise fees and other revenueFranchise fees and other revenue98 76 89 
Advertising revenues909 834 860 
Advertising revenues and other services
Total revenuesTotal revenues$5,739 $4,968 $5,603 
2022
THBKPLKFHSINTLTotal
Sales$2,631 $70 $78 $40 $— $2,819 
Royalties302 450 264 66 655 1,737 
Property revenues576 222 12 — 813 
Franchise fees and other revenue26 16 19 42 111 
Advertising revenues and other services266 438 257 13 51 1,025 
Total revenues$3,801 $1,196 $619 $138 $751 $6,505 
2021
THBKPLKFHSINTLTotal
Sales$2,249 $64 $64 $$— $2,378 
Royalties278 435 247 599 1,561 
Property revenues556 221 13 — 793 
Franchise fees and other revenue19 18 45 89 
Advertising revenues and other services229 418 230 — 41 918 
Total revenues$3,331 $1,156 $559 $$688 $5,739 
95101

Table of Contents


Note 16.15. Other Operating Expenses (Income), net
Other operating expenses (income), net, consist of the following (in millions):
202120202019
2023202320222021
Net losses (gains) on disposal of assets, restaurant closures and refranchisingsNet losses (gains) on disposal of assets, restaurant closures and refranchisings$$$
Litigation settlements and reserves, netLitigation settlements and reserves, net81 
Net losses (gains) on foreign exchangeNet losses (gains) on foreign exchange(76)100 (15)
Other, netOther, net— (8)(4)
Other operating expenses (income), netOther operating expenses (income), net$$105 $(10)
Net losses (gains) on disposal of assets, restaurant closures, and refranchisings represent sales of properties and other costs related to restaurant closures and refranchisings. Gains and losses recognized in the current period may reflect certain costs related to closures and refranchisings that occurred in previous periods. The amount for 2023 includes asset write-offs and related costs in connection with the discontinuance of an internally developed software project.
Litigation settlements and reserves, net primarily reflects accruals and payments made and proceeds received in connection with litigation and arbitration matters and other business disputes.
In early 2022, we entered into negotiations to resolve business disputes that arose during 2021 with counterparties to the master franchise agreements for Burger King and Popeyes in China. Based on these discussions, we expect to agree to paypaid approximately $100 million in 2022, includingof which $5 million and $72 million that is included inwas recorded as Litigation settlements and reserves, net for 2021. Remaining amounts primarily will be recorded as anin 2022 and 2021, respectively. The majority of this amount related to Popeyes, resolved our disputes, and allowed us to move forward in the market with a new master franchisee. Additionally, pursuant to this agreement we and our partners have made equity method investment when made.contributions to the Burger King business in China.
Net losses (gains) on foreign exchange areis primarily related to revaluation of foreign denominated assets and liabilities.liabilities, primarily those denominated in Euros and Canadian dollars.
Other, net for 2023 and 2022 are primarily related to payments in connection with FHS area representative buyouts.
Note 17.16. Commitments and Contingencies
Letters of Credit
As of December 31, 2021,2023, we had $12 million in irrevocable standby letters of credit outstanding, which were issued primarily to certain insurance carriers to guarantee payments of deductibles for various insurance programs, such as health and commercial liability insurance. Of these letters of credit outstanding, $2 million are secured by the collateral under our Revolving Credit Facility and the remainder are secured by cash collateral. As of December 31, 2021,2023, no amounts had been drawn on any of these irrevocable standby letters of credit.
Purchase Commitments
We have arrangements for information technology and telecommunication services with an aggregate contractual obligation of $33$30 million over the next three years, some of which have early termination fees. We also enter into commitments to purchase advertising. As of December 31, 2021,2023, these commitments totaled $194$201 million and run through 2025.2028.
Litigation
From time to time, we are involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business relating to matters including, but not limited to, disputes with franchisees, suppliers, employees and customers, as well as disputes over our intellectual property.
102

Table of Contents
On October 5, 2018, a class action complaint was filed against Burger King Worldwide, Inc. (“BKW”) and Burger King CorporationCompany, successor in interest, (“BKC”) in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Florida by Jarvis Arrington, individually and on behalf of all others similarly situated. On October 18, 2018, a second class action complaint was filed against RBI, BKW and BKC in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Florida by Monique Michel, individually and on behalf of all others similarly situated. On October 31, 2018, a third class action complaint was filed against BKC and BKW in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Florida by Geneva Blanchard and Tiffany Miller, individually and on behalf of all others similarly situated. On November 2, 2018, a fourth class action complaint was filed against RBI, BKW and BKC in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Florida by Sandra Muster,Munster, individually and on behalf of all others similarly situated. These complaints have been consolidated and allege that the defendants violated Section 1 of the Sherman Act by incorporating an employee no-solicitation and no-hiring clause in the standard form franchise agreement all Burger King franchisees are required to sign. Each plaintiff seeks injunctive relief and damages for himself or herself and other members of the class. On March 24, 2020, the Court granted BKC’s motion to dismiss for failure to state a
96

Table of Contents
claim and on April 20, 2020 the plaintiffs filed a motion for leave to amend their complaint. On April 27, 2020, BKC filed a motion opposing the motion for leave to amend. The court denied the plaintiffs motion for leave to amend their complaint in August 2020 and the plaintiffs appealed this ruling. Oral argumentsIn August 2022, the federal appellate court reversed the lower court's decision to dismiss the case and remanded the case to the lower court for the appeal were heard in September 2021 and the parties await a ruling on the appeal.further proceedings. While we currently believeintend to vigorously defend these claims, are without merit, we are unable to predict the ultimate outcome of this case or estimate the range of possible loss, if any.
In July 2019, a class action complaint was filed against The TDL Group Corp. (“TDL”) in the Supreme Court of British Columbia by Samir Latifi, individually and on behalf of all others similarly situated. The complaint alleges that TDL violated the Canadian Competition Act by incorporating an employee no-solicitation and no-hiring clause in the standard form franchise agreement all Tim Hortons franchisees are required to sign. The plaintiff seeks damages and restitution, on behalf of himself and other members of the class. In February 2021, TDL filed and served an application to strike which was heard in May 2021. The court struck the substantial points, including: the claim related to the Canadian Competition Act, the unlawful conspiracy claim, and the claim for unjust enrichment. While we currently believe this claim is without merit, we are unable to predict the ultimate outcome of this case or estimate the range of possible loss, if any.
On June 30, 2020, a class action complaint was filed against Restaurant Brands International Inc., Restaurant Brands International Limited Partnership and The TDL Group Corp. in the Quebec Superior Court by Steve Holcman, individually and on behalf of all Quebec residents who downloaded the Tim Hortons mobile application. On July 2, 2020, a Notice of Action related to a second class action complaint was filed against Restaurant Brands International Inc., in the Ontario Superior Court by Ashley Sitko and Ashley Cadeau, individually and on behalf of all Canadian residents who downloaded the Tim Hortons mobile application. On August 31, 2020, a notice of claim was filed against Restaurant Brands International Inc. in the Supreme Court of British Columbia by Wai Lam Jacky Law on behalf of all persons in Canada who downloaded the Tim Hortons mobile application or the Burger King mobile application. On September 30, 2020, a notice of action was filed against Restaurant Brands International Inc., Restaurant Brands International Limited Partnership, The TDL Group Corp., Burger King Worldwide, Inc. and Popeyes Louisiana Kitchen, Inc. in the Ontario Superior Court of Justice by William Jung on behalf of a to be determined class. All of the complaints allege that the defendants violated the plaintiff’s privacy rights, the Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act, consumer protection and competition laws or app-based undertakings to users, in each case in connection with the collection of geolocation data through the Tim Hortons mobile application, and in certain cases, the Burger King and Popeyes mobile applications. Each plaintiff seeks injunctive relief and monetary damages for himself or herself and other members of the class. These cases are in preliminary stages and we intend to vigorously defend against these lawsuits, but we are unable to predict the ultimate outcome of any of these cases or estimate the range of possible loss, if any.
On October 26, 2020, City of Warwick Municipal Employees Pension Fund, a purported stockholder of Restaurant Brands International Inc., individually and putatively on behalf of all other stockholders similarly situated, filed a lawsuit in the Supreme Court of the State of New York County of New York naming RBI and certain of our officers, directors and shareholders as defendants alleging violations of Sections 11, 12(a)(2) and 15 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in connection with certain offerings of securities by an affiliate in August and September 2019. The complaint alleges that the shelf registration statement used in connection with such offering contained certain false and/or misleading statements or omissions. The complaint seeks, among other relief, class certification of the lawsuit, unspecified compensatory damages, rescission, pre-judgement and post-judgement interest, costs and expenses. On December 18, 2020 the plaintiffs filed an amended complaint and on February 16, 2021 RBI filed a motion to dismiss the complaint. The plaintiffs filed a brief in opposition to the motion on April 19, 2021 and RBI filed a reply in May 2021. The motion to dismiss is scheduled to be heard in March 2022. We intend to vigorously defend. While we believe these claims are without merit, we are unable to predict the ultimate outcome of this case or estimate the range of possible loss, if any.
97

Table of Contents

Note 18.17. Segment Reporting and Geographical Information
As stated in Note 1, Description of Business and Organization, we manage 4four brands. Under the Tim Hortons brand, we operate in the donut/coffee/tea category of the quick service segment of the restaurant industry. Under the Burger King brand, we operate in the fast food hamburger restaurant category of the quick service segment of the restaurant industry. Under the Popeyes brand, we operate in the chicken category of the quick service segment of the restaurant industry. Under the Firehouse Subs brand, we operate in the specialty subs category of the quick service segment of the restaurant industry.
Our business generates revenue from the following sources: (i) franchisesales, consisting primarily of (1) Tim Hortons supply chain sales, which represent sales of products, supplies and advertisingrestaurant equipment to franchisees, as well as sales of consumer packaged goods (“CPG”), and (2) sales at Company restaurants; (ii) franchise revenues, consisting primarily of royalties based on a percentage of sales reported by franchised restaurants and franchise fees paid by franchisees; (iii) property revenues from properties we lease or sublease to franchisees; and (iv) advertising revenues and other services, consisting primarily of (1) advertising fund contributions based on a percentage of sales reported by franchisefranchised restaurants to fund advertising expenses and franchise(2) tech fees paidand revenues, that vary by franchisees; (ii) property revenues from properties we lease or sublease to franchisees;market, and (iii) sales at restaurants owned by us (“Company restaurants”). In addition, our TH business generates revenue from sales to franchiseespartially offset expenses related to technology initiatives.
During the fourth quarter of 2023, we revised our supply chain operations, including manufacturing, procurement, warehousinginternal reporting structure, which resulted in a change to our operating and distribution, as well as sales to retailers. Wereportable segments. As a result, we manage each of our brandsbrands’ United States and Canada operations as an operating and reportable segment and eachour international operations as a separate operating segment represents aand reportable segment.
Our management structure and financial reporting is organized around our 4 brands, including the information regularly reviewed by our Chief Executive Officer, who is our Chief Operating Decision Maker. Therefore,Consequently, we have 4five operating and reportable segments: (1) TH, which includes all operations of our Tim Hortons brand in the United States and Canada, (2) BK, which includes all operations of our Burger King brand in the United States and Canada, (3) PLK, which includes all operations of our Popeyesbrand in the United States and Canada, (4) FHS, which includes all operations of our Firehouse Subs brand.brand in the United States and Canada, and (5) INTL, which includes all operations of each of our brands outside the United States and Canada. Our 4five operating segments represent our reportable segments. Prior year amounts presented have been reclassified to conform to this new segment presentation with no effect on previously reported consolidated results. FHS revenues and segment income for the period from the acquisition date of December 15, 2021 through December 26, 2021 (the fiscal year end for FHS) are included in our consolidated statement of operations for 2021.

103

Table of Contents
The following tables present revenues, by segment and by country, depreciation and amortization, (income) loss from equity method investments, and capital expenditures by segment (in millions):
202120202019
2023202320222021
Revenues by operating segment:Revenues by operating segment:
TH
TH
THTH$3,342 $2,810 $3,344 
BKBK1,813 1,602 1,777 
PLKPLK579 556 482 
FHSFHS— — 
INTL
TotalTotal$5,739 $4,968 $5,603 
Revenues by country (a):Revenues by country (a):
Revenues by country (a):
Revenues by country (a):
Canada
Canada
CanadaCanada$3,035 $2,546 $3,037 
United StatesUnited States2,005 1,889 1,930 
OtherOther699 533 636 
TotalTotal$5,739 $4,968 $5,603 
Depreciation and amortization:Depreciation and amortization:
THTH$132 $119 $112 
TH
TH
BKBK62 62 62 
PLKPLK11 
FHS
INTL
TotalTotal$201 $189 $185 
(Income) loss from equity method investments:(Income) loss from equity method investments:
THTH$(13)$(4)$(7)
TH
TH
BKBK17 43 (4)
INTL
INTL
INTL
TotalTotal$$39 $(11)
Capital expenditures:
TH$61 $92 $37 
BK34 18 20 
PLK11 
Total$106 $117 $62 
98

Table of Contents
Capital expenditures:
TH$51 $39 $66 
BK37 31 13 
PLK13 
FHS— 
INTL19 18 14 
Total$120 $100 $106 
(a)Only Canada and the United States represented 10% or more of our total revenues in each period presented.
TotalOur CODM manages assets byon a consolidated basis. Accordingly, segment assets are not reported to our CODM or used in his decisions to allocate resources or assess performance of the segments. Therefore, total segment assets and long-lived assets have not been disclosed.

104

Table of Contents
Total long-lived assets by segment and country are as follows (in millions):
 AssetsLong-Lived Assets
 As of December 31,As of December 31,
 2021202020212020
By operating segment:
TH$13,995 $13,963 $1,963 $1,990 
BK4,946 5,334 1,137 1,128 
PLK2,563 2,525 141 131 
FHS1,103 — — 
Unallocated639 955 — — 
Total$23,246 $22,777 $3,245 $3,249 
By country:
Canada$1,670 $1,685 
United States1,556 1,539 
Other19 25 
Total$3,245 $3,249 
 As of December 31,
 20232022
By country:
Canada$1,545 $1,531 
United States1,578 1,558 
Other41 25 
Total$3,164 $3,114 
Long-lived assets include property and equipment, net, finance and operating lease right of use assets, net and net investment in property leased to franchisees. Only Canada and the United States represented 10% or more of our total long-lived assets as of December 31, 20212023 and December 31, 2020.2022.
Our measureIn connection with our change in operating and reportable segments, we also transitioned our definition of segment income is Adjusted EBITDA.from Adjusted EBITDA to Adjusted Operating Income and represents earnings (net income or loss) before interest expense, net, loss on early extinguishment of debt, income tax (benefit) expense, and depreciation and amortization,from operations adjusted to exclude (i) the non-cash impactfranchise agreement amortization as a result of share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense,acquisition accounting, (ii) (income) loss from equity method investments, net of cash distributions received from equity method investments, (iii) other operating expenses (income), net and, (iv) income/expenses from non-recurring projects and non-operating activities. For the periods referenced, thisincome/expenses from non-recurring projects and non-operating activities included (i) non-recurring fees and expense incurred in connection with the acquisition of Firehouse Subs acquisition consisting of professional fees, compensation-related expenses and compensation related expensesintegration costs (“FHS Transaction costs”); and (ii) non-operating costs from professional advisory and consulting services associated with certain transformational corporate restructuring initiatives that rationalize our structure and optimize cash movements includingas well as services related to significant tax reform legislation regulations and related restructuring initiativesregulations (“Corporate restructuring and tax advisory fees”);. Unlike Adjusted EBITDA, our previous measure of segment income, Adjusted Operating Income includes depreciation and (iii) costs incurred in connectionamortization (excluding franchise agreement amortization) as well as share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense. Prior year amounts presented have been reclassified to conform to this new segment income presentation with the centralization and relocation of our Canadian and U.S. restaurant support centers to new offices in Toronto, Ontario, and Miami, Florida, respectively, (“Office centralization and relocation costs”).
99

Table of Contents
no effect on previously reported consolidated results.
Adjusted EBITDAOperating Income is used by management to measure operating performance of the business, excluding these non-cash and other specifically identified items that management believes are not relevant to management’s assessment of our operating performance. A reconciliation of segment income to net income consists of the following (in millions):
202120202019
Segment income:
TH$997 $823 $1,122 
BK1,021 823 994 
PLK228 218 188 
FHS— — 
Adjusted EBITDA2,248 1,864 2,304 
Share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense102 84 74 
FHS Transaction costs18 — — 
Corporate restructuring and tax advisory fees16 16 31 
Office centralization and relocation costs— — 
Impact of equity method investments (a)25 48 11 
Other operating expenses (income), net105 (10)
EBITDA2,080 1,611 2,192 
Depreciation and amortization201 189 185 
Income from operations1,879 1,422 2,007 
Interest expense, net505 508 532 
Loss on early extinguishment of debt11 98 23 
Income tax expense110 66 341 
Net income$1,253 $750 $1,111 

202320222021
Segment income:
TH$958 $925 $845 
BK386 396 421 
PLK221 205 198 
FHS38 33 
INTL597 525 511 
Adjusted Operating Income2,200 2,084 1,977 
Franchise agreement amortization31 32 32 
FHS Transaction costs19 24 18 
Corporate restructuring and advisory fees38 46 16 
Impact of equity method investments (a)59 25 
Other operating expenses (income), net55 25 
Income from operations2,051 1,898 1,879 
Interest expense, net582 533 505 
Loss on early extinguishment of debt16 — 11 
Income tax (benefit) expense(265)(117)110 
Net income$1,718 $1,482 $1,253 
(a)Represents (i) (income) loss from equity method investments and (ii) cash distributions received from our equity method investments. Cash distributions received from our equity method investments are included in segment income.


105

Table of Contents

Note 19.18. Subsequent Events
Dividends
On January 5, 2022,4, 2024, we paid a cash dividend of $0.53$0.55 per common share to common shareholders of record on December 21, 2021.2023. On such date, Partnership also made a distribution in respect of each Partnership exchangeable unit in the amount of $0.53$0.55 per exchangeable unit to holders of record on December 21, 2021.2023.
On February 15, 2022,13, 2024, we announced that the board of directors had declared a cash dividend of $0.54$0.58 per common share for the first quarter of 2022.2024. The dividend will be paid on April 6, 20224, 2024 to common shareholders of record on March 23, 2022.21, 2024. Partnership will also make a distribution in respect of each Partnership exchangeable unit in the amount of $0.54$0.58 per Partnership exchangeable unit, and the record date and payment date for distributions on Partnership exchangeable units are the same as the record date and payment date set forth above.
Acquisition of Carrols Restaurant Group
On January 16, 2024, we announced that we have reached an agreement to acquire all of Carrols issued and outstanding shares that are not already held by RBI or its affiliates for $9.55 per share in an all cash transaction, or an aggregate total enterprise value of approximately $1.0 billion. Carrols is the largest Burger King franchisee in the U.S. today, currently operating approximately 1,020 Burger King restaurants and approximately 60 Popeyes restaurants.
The transaction is expected to be completed in the second quarter of 2024 and is subject to customary closing conditions, including approval by the holders of the majority of common stock held by Carrols stockholders excluding shares held by RBI and its affiliates and officers of Carrols in addition to approval by holders of a majority of outstanding common stock of Carrols.
The transaction is not subject to a financing contingency and is expected to be financed with cash on hand and term loan debt for which RBI has received a financing commitment.

*****
100106

Table of Contents

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
An evaluation was conducted under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Chief Financial Officer (CFO), of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15e under the Exchange Act) as of December 31, 2021.2023. Based on that evaluation, the CEO and CFO concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of such date.
Changes in Internal Controls
We are in the process of integrating Firehouse Subs into our overall internal control over financial reporting process.
Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Except as described above, theThe Company’s management, including the CEO and CFO, confirm that there were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of 20212023 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting and the report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are set forth in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
Item 9B. Other ItemsInformation
Item 5.02 Departure of Directors or Certain Officers; Appointment of Certain Officers; Compensatory Arrangements of Certain Officers
(e)
Pursuant to RBI’s Bonus Swap Program, RBI provides eligible employees, including its named executive officers, or NEOs, the ability to invest 25% or 50% of their net cash bonus into RBI common shares (“Investment Shares”) and leverage the investment through the issuance of matching restricted share units (“RSUs”). The matching RSUs vest ratably over four years on December 3115th of each year, beginning the year of grant. All of the unvested matching RSUs will be forfeited if an NEO’s service (including service on the Board of Directors of RBI) is terminated for any reason (other than death or disability) prior to the date of vesting. If an NEO transfers any Investment Shares before the vesting date, he or she will forfeit 100% of the unvested matching RSUs. All of RBI’s eligible NEOs elected to participate in the 2023 Bonus Swap Program at the 50% level. On December 13, 2021,January 29, 2024, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Compensation Committee”) approved the 20222024 bonus swap program on substantially the same terms as the 20212023 bonus swap program.
On December 13, 2021,January 29, 2024, the Compensation Committee determined to increase the base salary of NEOs to address inflation and competitiveness.reflect the competitive market. These changes will be effective March 1, 2022. For2024: Mr. Cil, hisKobza’s base salary will increase from $900,000 to $950,000, to $990,000. For Mr. Dunnigan, hisDunnigan’s base salary will increase from $600,000$650,000 to $650,000. For$685,000 and Mr. Kobza, hisShear’s base salary will increase from $800,000$700,000 to $840,000. For Mr. Schwan, his base$735,000. The bonus targets as a percentage of salary will increase from $525,000 to $550,000 and additionally his target annual incentive percentage will increase from 120% to 130% based on internal equity considerations. For Mr. Siddiqui, his base salary will increase from $525,000 to $550,000.for NEOs have not changed.
On December 13, 2021,January 29, 2024, the Compensation Committee approved the 20222024 Annual Bonus Program. For 20222024 annual incentive, each of the NEOs will have 25% of the target based on achievement of individual metrics which may be earned from 0% up to 100% and 75% of the target based on a mix of comparable sales achievement, NRGnet restaurant growth (“NRG”) achievement, franchisee profitability and on organic Adjusted EBITDAadjusted operating income (“AOI”) achievement, each of which may be earned from a threshold of 50% to a maximum of 200%; with the weighting based on the applicable business unit. For corporate roles, the weighting is 15% NRG achievement, 20% comparable sales achievement, 10% franchisee profitability achievement and 40%30% organic adjusted EBITDAAOI achievement. Overall, any annual incentive payout will require (1) achievement of the threshold amount of Adjusted EBITDA,organic AOI, (2) that individual achievement must also be earned at no less than 20% and (3) that certain general and administrative expense targets must be met. Additionally, annual incentives will be subject
On January 29, 2024, the Compensation Committee approved performance based RSUs (“PSUs”) discretionary awards to a 30% reduction ifMessrs. Kobza, Dunnigan, and Shear, which consist of the minimum free cash flowfollowing PSUs at target establishedbased on the closing price on February 22, 2024: $9 million for Mr. Kobza, $2.5 million for Mr. Dunnigan, and $4.5 million for Mr. Shear. The performance measure for purposes of determining the number of PSUs earned by each of Messrs. Kobza, Dunnigan, and Shear is the relative total shareholder return of RBI shares on the NYSE compared to the S&P 500 for the applicable yearperiod from February 23, 2024 to February 23, 2027. The Compensation Committee established a target performance level from the 50th to 60th percentile, a performance threshold at or above which 50% of target is not achieved.earned and below which no shares are earned at the 25th percentile, and a maximum performance level at the 85th percentile
101107

Table of Contents

at or above which 150% of the target is earned. Amounts earned between threshold and 50th percentile or 60th percentile and maximum will be based on linear interpolation. Once earned, the PSUs will cliff vest on March 15, 2027. In addition, if an executive’s service to RBI is terminated (other than due to death or disability) prior to February 23, 2026, he or she will forfeit the entire award. A copy of the form of the Performance Award Agreement between RBI and each of the NEOs is filed herewith as Exhibit 10.14(c). This summary is qualified in its entirety to the full text of the form of award agreement.
Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections
None.
Part III
 
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
The information required by this Item, other than the information regarding our executive officers set forth under the heading "Executive Officers of the Registrant" in Part I of this Form 10-K, required by Item 401 of Regulation S-K, is incorporated herein by reference from the Company’sRBI’s definitive proxy statement to be filed no later than 120 days after December 31, 2021.2023. We refer to this proxy statement as the RBI Definitive Proxy Statement.
Item 11. Executive Compensation
The information required by this item will be contained in the RBI Definitive Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
The information required by this item, other than the information regarding our equity plans set forth below required by Item 201(d) of Regulation S-K, will be contained in the RBI Definitive Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans
Information regarding equity awards outstanding under our compensation plans as of December 31, 20212023 was as follows (amounts in thousands, except per share data):
(a)(b)(c)
(a)(b)(c)
Plan CategoryPlan CategoryNumber of
Securities to be
Issued Upon
Exercise of
Outstanding
Options, Warrants
and Rights
Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding
Options, Warrants
and Rights(1)
Number of
Securities
Remaining
Available for
Future Issuance
under Equity
Compensation
Plans (Excluding
Securities Reflected
in Column (a))
Plan CategoryNumber of
Securities to be
Issued Upon
Exercise of
Outstanding
Options, Warrants
and Rights
Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding
Options, Warrants
and Rights(1)
Number of
Securities
Remaining
Available for
Future Issuance
under Equity
Compensation
Plans (Excluding
Securities Reflected
in Column (a))
Equity Compensation Plans Approved by Security HoldersEquity Compensation Plans Approved by Security Holders12,866 $54.80 10,123 
Equity Compensation Plans Not Approved by Security HoldersEquity Compensation Plans Not Approved by Security Holders— — — 
TotalTotal12,866 $54.80 10,123 
(1)The weighted average exercise price does not take into account the common shares issuable upon outstanding RSUs vesting, which have no exercise price.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
The information required by this item will be contained in the RBI Definitive Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services
Our independent registered public accounting firm is KPMG LLP, Miami, FL, Auditor Firm ID: 185.
The information required by this item will be contained in the RBI Definitive Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
102108

Table of Contents
Part IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
(a)(1)All Financial Statements
Consolidated financial statements filed as part of this report are listed under Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
(a)(2)Financial Statement Schedules
No schedules are required because either the required information is not present or is not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or because the information required is included in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.
(a)(3)Exhibits
The following exhibits are filed as part of this report.
Exhibit
Number
  Description  Incorporated by Reference
    
    
    
    


103109

Table of Contents
    
    
    
    
    
    
110

Table of Contents
    
    
    
104

Table of Contents
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    






111

Table of Contents


105

Table of Contents


    
112

Table of Contents
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    

106

Table of Contents
    
    
    
    
    
113

Table of Contents
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
114

Table of Contents
    
    
107

Table of Contents






108115

Table of Contents
    
    
    
    
    
116

Table of Contents
    
101.INS  XBRL Instance Document - the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document  Filed herewith.
101.SCH  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.  Filed herewith.
101.CAL  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.  Filed herewith.
101.DEF  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.  Filed herewith.
101.LAB  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.  Filed herewith.
101.PRE  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.  Filed herewith.
104Cover Page Interactive FileFormatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101.
*Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.arrangement
109

Table of Contents
 Certain instruments relating to long-term borrowings, constituting less than 10 percent of the total assets of the Registrant and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, are not filed as exhibits herewith pursuant to Item 601(b)(4)(iii)(A) of Regulation S-K. The Registrant agrees to furnish copies of such instruments to the SEC upon request.
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary
None.

Signatures
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
Restaurant Brands International Inc.
By: /s/ José E. CilJoshua Kobza
 Name: José E. CilJoshua Kobza
 Title: Chief Executive Officer
Date: February 23, 202222, 2024
110117

Table of Contents
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
Signature  Title Date
/s/ José E. CilJoshua Kobza  Chief Executive Officer February 23, 202222, 2024
José E. CilJoshua Kobza  (principal executive officer) 
/s/ Matthew Dunnigan  Chief Financial Officer February 23, 202222, 2024
Matthew Dunnigan  (principal financial officer) 
/s/ Jacqueline Friesner  Controller and Chief Accounting Officer February 23, 202222, 2024
Jacqueline Friesner  (principal accounting officer) 
/s/ J. Patrick DoyleExecutive ChairmanFebruary 22, 2024
J. Patrick Doyle
/s/ Alexandre Behring  Co-ChairmanDirector February 23, 202222, 2024
Alexandre Behring   
/s/ Daniel SchwartzCo-ChairmanFebruary 23, 2022
Daniel Schwartz
/s/ Joao M. Castro-NevesDirectorFebruary 23, 2022
Joao M. Castro-Neves
/s/ Maximilien de Limburg Stirum  Director February 23, 202222, 2024
Maximilien de Limburg Stirum   
/s/ Paul J.Jordana Fribourg  Director February 23, 202222, 2024
Paul J.Jordana Fribourg   
/s/ Neil GoldenDirectorFebruary 23, 2022
Neil Golden
/s/ Ali Hedayat  Director February 23, 202222, 2024
Ali Hedayat   
/s/ Golnar KhosrowshahiDirectorFebruary 23, 2022
Golnar Khosrowshahi
/s/ Marc LemannDirectorFebruary 23, 202222, 2024
Marc Lemann
/s/ Jason MelbourneDirectorFebruary 23, 202222, 2024
Jason Melbourne
/s/ John PratoCristina FarjallatDirectorFebruary 23, 202222, 2024
John PratoCristina Farjallat
/s/ Daniel SchwartzDirectorFebruary 22, 2024
Daniel Schwartz
/s/ Thecla Sweeney  Director February 23, 202222, 2024
Thecla Sweeney   
111118